Self Assessment Report (SAR) : For Accreditation of UG ENGINEERING (Electronics & Communication) Programme (TIER-II)

SELF ASSESSMENT REPORT
(SAR)
FOR ACCREDITATION OF
UG ENGINEERING (Electronics & Communication)
PROGRAMME
(TIER-II)
Submitted to
NATIONAL BOARD OF ACCREDITATION

New Delhi
AMAL JYOTHI COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING

Koovappally P. O., Kanjirappally
Kottayam Dst. Kerala
SEPTEMBER 2015
NBA- SAR Department of EC Engineering
Contents
Title Page No.
PART- A
Institutional Information 3
Departmental Information 11
Programme Specific Information 15
PART- B
Vision, Mission and Programme Educational Objectives 17
Programme Outcomes 30
Programme Curriculum 73
Students’ Performance 85
Faculty Contributions 96
Facilities and Technical Support 114
Academic Support Units and Teaching-Learning Process 127
Governance, Institutional Support and Financial Resources 154
Continuous Improvement 170
Declaration 178
Appendix 1: Syllabi
Appendix 2: Publication List
2
Self-Assessment Report (SAR)

Part A
I. Institutional Information
I.1. Name and address of the institution and affiliating university:
(Instruction: The name, address of the institution, and the name of the university
which has given affiliation to this institution, are to be listed here.)
Amal Jyothi College of Engineering
Koovappally P.O., Kanjirappally,
Kottayam Dst. Kerala.
PIN 686518
Affiliating University: Mahatma Gandhi University, Kottayam 686560/Kerala
Technological University, Kerala.
I.2. Name, designation, telephone number, and email address of

the contact person for the NBA:
(Instruction: The name of the contact person, with other details, has to be listed
here.)
Rev. Fr. Dr. Jose Kannampuzha
Principal
Telephones: O: 04282-305503; R: 048282-51136; M: 09447870275
E-Mail: principal@amaljyothi.ac.in
I.3. History of the institution (including the date of introduction and

number of seats of various programmes of study along with the NBA
accreditation, if any) in tabular form:
(Instruction: History of the institution and its chronological development along with
the records of past accreditation need to be listed here.)
Year Description
Institution established with the following programmes (intake)
B. Tech. Computer Science and Engineering (45)
2001 B. Tech. Electrical and Electronics Engineering (45)
B. Tech. Information Technology (45)
B. Tech. Electronics and Communication Engineering (45)
3
Intake of B. Tech. CSE increased (60)

Intake of B. Tech. EEE increased (60)
2002
Intake of B. Tech. IT increased (60)
Intake of B. Tech. ECE increased (60)
2004 Intake of B. Tech. ECE increased (90)
2005 Started B. Tech. in Mechanical Engineering (60)
Started B. Tech Civil Engineering (60)
2006
Intake of B. Tech. ECE increased (120)
NBA accreditation visits and accreditation for
B. Tech. Electronics and Communication Engineering, and
2008 B. Tech. Electrical and Electronics Engineering
Started MCA Programme (60)
Started M. Tech. Communication Engg (18)
2009
Intake of B. Tech. ME increased (90)
Started
B. Tech. Automobile Engineering (60)
M. Tech. Machine Design (18)
2010 M. Tech. Communication Engineering (24)
M. Tech. in Power Electronics & Power systems (18)
MCA lateral entry (60)
Intake of B. Tech. Civil Engineering increased (90)
Started M. Tech. Computer Science (18)
2011
Intake of B. Tech. Mechanical Engineering increased (120)
Started
B. Tech. Metallurgy (60)
2012
M. Tech. (Civil) Structural Engg. & Construction Management (24)
Intake of B. Tech. Civil Engineering increased (120)
Started
B. Tech. Chemical Engineering (60)
2013 M. Tech. Energy Systems (18)
Intake of M. Tech. CSE increased (24)
Started
2014 MCA Dual Degree (60)
M. Tech. (Civil) Computer aided structural design (24)
2015 Started M. Tech. in Nanotechnology (24)
I.4. Ownership status: Govt. (central/state) / trust / society

(Govt./NGO/Private) /private/ other:
Private
Managed by the Catholic Diocese of Kanjirapally, Kottayam, Kerala

4
I.5. Mission and Vision of the Institution:

Vision
To be a center of excellence in technical higher education, research and support
services, capable of making significant contribution to individual and societal
empowerment.
Mission
To create technically qualified world-class professionals with social commitment
through Career-oriented courses conducted by high profile faculties, complemented
with globally Interactive learning processes and leading edge technology.
I.6. Organizational Structure:

(Organizational chart showing the hierarchy of academia and administration to be
included)
ORGANISATION STRUCTURE OF AJCE
Figure 1: Organization Structure of AJCE: Management
5
Figure2: Organization Structure of AJCE: Department
I.7. Financial status: Govt. (central/state) / grants in aid / not for
profit / private self financing / other:
Private self-financing
I.8. Nature of the trust/society:

Also, list other institutions/colleges run by the trust/society
Diocesan Educational Trust, Kanjirapally having its office at Pastoral Centre,

Kanjirappally, Kanjirappally Panchayath, Ward IV, Building No.533 is the promoting
body of the institution. The deed of the trust is made on 6th September, 2000 and
registered under # 254 /2000 /4. The trust is promoted by the Catholic diocese of
Kanjirappally, a religious institution of the catholic denomination, which is a minority
community, engaged in charitable activities for the benefit of the public, irrespective
of caste, creed and community. Amal Jyothi College of Engineering, Kanjirappally is
the only institution under this Trust.
I.9. External sources of funds:
Name of the external source CFY CFYm1 CFYm2 CFYm3

Loan from Banks 3551 3235 2129 1399
6
I.10 Internally acquired funds:

(Instruction: The different sources of the internal funds over the last three
financial years are to be listed here.)
Name of the internal source CFY CFYm1 CFYm2 CFYm3

Students’ fee 2387 2643 2260 1804
Refundable deposit 532 522 513 498
I.11 Were scholarships or any other financial assistance provided

to students?
CFYm3 CFYm2 CFYm1 CFY

Name /Nature of
2011-2012 2012-2013 2013-2014 2014-15
scholarship
Nos. Amt No. s Amt No. s Amt No. s Amt
TFW GOVT. 81 54.51 98 67.26 113 84.75 123 92.25
TFW MGMT 2 0.75 4 2.00 7 4.625
AJECS AJECS 39 6.15 43 11.30 14 4.26 11 0.38
MOMA 39.92
GOVT. 19 5.65 125 34.60 136
- MCM 5
CSS GOVT. 8 2.90
GOVT.
PG-
- 11 10.56 30 28.8 45 43.2
GATE
AICTE
FISHE
RMEN
SCHO GOVT 1 1.16
LARS
HIP
AJCE
MGMT 32 0.48 49 0.49 22 0.22 38 0.45
MERIT
AJCE
MERIT MGMT
CUM
MEAN
7
CEE-
LOW
MGMT 43 7.97 57 7.56
INCO
ME
VATT
0.07
AKKU EF 4 0.075 4 0.075 4 4 0.08
5
NNEL
LINSA
EF 2 0.1 2 0.1 2 0.1 2 0.10
ANNIE
LUKES
EF 2 0.1 2 0.1 2 0.1 2 0.10
JOY
BALU
S EF 1 0.05 1 0.05
PILLAI 1 0.05
LIZ
EF
SIMON
SILVE
R
EF 1 0.04
ORDIN
ATION
SARA
MMA
IPE EF
MEMO 1 0.02
RIAL
RODRI
GUES
EF 1 0.01
MEMO
RIAL
VENG
AL IPE
EF 1 0.02
MEMO
RIAL
PROF.
VIJAY EF 1 0.02
AN’S
8
TFW: Tuition fee waiver; MOMA: Ministry of Minority Affairs; CSS: Central Sector
Scholarships
MGMT: Management; MCM: Merit cum Means; EF: Endowment Fund
Basis of award of all the above scholarships: Merit or Merit cum annual income of
parents.
I.12 Basis/criterion for admission to the institution:

All India entrance / state-level entrance / university entrance / 12th standard mark
sheet/others:
State-level entrance: 50% of the seats are filled from the rank list published by the
Commissioner of Entrance Examinations, Government of Kerala. The other 50 %
seats under Management quota are filled from the rank list prepared from the
applications received by adding the marks scored by the candidates in Plus 2
examination (Mathematics + Physics + Chemistry) and the marks scored by them in
the Entrance examination conducted by the Commissioner of Entrance Examinations,
Govt. of Kerala.
I.13 Total number of engineering students:
CAY CAYm1 CAYm2 CAYm3
Total no. of boys: 1612 1516 1350 1187

Total no. of girls: 1157 1160 1119 1040
Total no. of students: 2769 2676 2469 2227
Total number of other students, if any
MCA Students CAY CAYm1 CAYm2 CAYm3
2014-15 2013-2014 2012-13 2011-12

Total no. of boys 86 59 61 51
Total no. of girls 166 108 112 78
Total no. of students 252* 167 173 129
* 2014 -15 MCA includes MCA (Dual Degree), MCA (Lateral Entry) & MCA
(Regular)
9
I.14 Total number of employees

Minimum and maximum number of staff on roll in the engineering institution,
during the
CAY and the previous CAYs (1st July to 30th June):
A. Regular Staff
Items Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Max
M 104 117 116 96 103 100 95 104
Teaching staff
in engineering F 81 81 76 68 80 80 69 74
Teaching staff M 15 14 10 12 13 10 11 13
in science &
humanities F 19 14 17 15 15 14 11 12
M 78 83 81 72 78 73 63 67
Non-teaching F 18 24 21 18 21 22 23 18
staff
B. Contractual Staff

Min Max Min Ma Min Max Min Max
I M
Teaching staff in F
engineering
Teaching staff in M
science &
humanities
F
M 4 4 2 4 2 2 2 2
Non-teaching F
staff
10
II. Departmental Information
II.1.Name and address of the department:

Electronics & Communication Engineering
Amal Jyothi College of Engineering
Koovappally P.O., Kanjirappally 686 518
Kottayam, Kerala
II.2. Name, designation, telephone number, and email address of the

contact person for the NBA:
Prof. K. G. Satheesh Kumar (Head of the Department)
Telephone Number: 04828 251661(O), 9447368027(M)
Fax No: 04828251136
E Mail: hodece@amaljoythi.ac.in
II.3. History of the department including date of introduction and number

of seats of various programmes of study along with the NBA accreditation, if
any:
Program Description
Started with 45 seats in 2001

UG in Electronics and Intake increased to 60 in 2002
Communication Engineering Intake increased to 90 in 2004
Intake increased to 120 in 2006
Accredited by NBA for three years in 2008
PG in Communication Started with 18 seats in 2009

Engineering Intake increased to 24 in 2012
II.4. Mission and Vision of the department

(The department is required to specify its Mission and Vision).
Vision ECE
To take an anchoring position as one of the prime departments of the College in

molding Electronics and Communication Engineering professionals who are ready to
face the demands of industrial development and societal commitment.
11
Mission ECE
To prepare students of the Department of Electronics and Communication

Engineering for a brilliant career/entrepreneurship along with the development of
knowledge, skills, attitude and teamwork ideal for a professional through the
designed programme. The faculty of the Department continually seek to enhance their
knowledge to competently lead and empower students.
II.5. List of the programmes/ departments which share human

resources and/or the facilities of this department/programme (in %):
Hours Credit
Subjects taken for S1 S2 (13 batches)
/week
S1 S2 AUE EN010 109 Basic 3 5
Automobile Electronics Engineering. &
Engineering Information Technology
S1 S2 CE A&B EN010 109 Basic 3 5
Civil Engineering Electronics Engineering. &
Information Technology
S1 S2 CH EN010 109 Basic 3 5
Chemical Electronics Engineering. &
S1 S2 CSE A&B EN010 109 Basic 3 5
Computer Science Electronics Engineering. &
S1 S2 ECE A&B EN010 109 Basic 3 5
Electronics and Electronics Engineering. &
Communication Information Technology
Engineering
S1 S2 EEE EN010 109 Basic 3 5
Electrical & Electronics Engineering. &
Electronics Information Technology
Engineering
S1 S2 IT EN010 109 Basic 3 5
Information Electronics Engineering. &
Technology Information Technology
S1 S2 ME A&B EN010 109 Basic 3 5
Mechanical Electronics Engineering. &
S1 S2 MET EN010 109 Basic 3 5
Metallurgy Electronics Engineering. &
12
Subjects taken for S3 CSE two batches Hours/

Credit
week
CS010 306(EC) Electronics Devices and Circuits 4 4
CS010 305 Switching Theory and Logic Design 4 4
CS010 308 Logic Design lab 3 2
Subjects taken for S3 IT Hours/
Credit
week
IT010 303 (EC) Discrete and Integrated Electronic 4 4
Circuits
IT010 305 Principles of Communication 4 4
Engineering
IT010 307 (EC) Electronic Circuits and 3 2
Communication Lab
Subjects taken for S5 CSE two batches Hours/
Credit
week
CS010 504 Digital Signal Processing 4 4
CS010 508 Hardware and Microprocessors Lab 3 2
II.6. Total number of students:

Course No of Boys Girls
Students
UG 464 174 290
PG 37 5 32
II.7. Minimum and maximum number of staff on roll during the current
and three previous academic years (1st July to 30th June) in the department:

Items (2014-15) (2013-14) (2012-13) (2011-12)
Min. Max. Min. Max. Min. Max. Min. Max.
Teaching staff in the

31 32 31 34 31 34 33 35
department
Non-teaching staff 9 9 9 10 10 10 9 9
Total 40 41 40 44 41 44 42 44
13
II.7.1. Summary of budget for the CFY and the actual expenditure incurred in
the CFYm1, CFYm2 and CFYm3 (for the department): (all amount is Lakhs of
Rs.)
Items
Actual expenses in CFY
CFYm1 2013-14
Actual Expenses in
Actual Expenses in
Actual Expenses in
CFYm2 2012-13
CFYm3 2011-12
Budgeted in CFY
CFYm1 2013-14
CFYm2 2012-13
CFYm3 2011-12
(till 2014 -15)
Budgeted in
Budgeted in
Budgeted in
2014-15
Laboratory 5.44 1.80

equipment 12.54 1.00 10.00 5.39 10.00 5.55
Software NIL NIL 14.00 16.21 1.00 NIL 5.00 4.72

Laboratory 1.00
NIL 1.00 0.66 0.75 0.54 .75 0.35
consumable
Maintenance and
spares 0.05 NIL 0.70 NIL 0.35 NIL 0.25 0.25
Training and
0.08 0.05 0.16 0.06 0.08 0.06 0.07 0.05
Travel
Miscellaneous
expenses for
academic activities 1.50 0.95 0.80 0.70 1.50 0.60 1.00 0.25
Total 15.17 17.66 19.43 13.68 6.59 17.07 11.17
*In Lakhs
14
III. Programme Specific information
III.1. Name of the Programme

Bachelor of Technology, Electronics & Communication Engineering
III.2. Title of the Degree
Bachelor of Technology in Electronics & Communication Engineering

(B. Tech. ECE)
III.3. Name, designation, telephone number, and email address of the

Programme Coordinator for the NBA:
Prof. K. G. Satheesh Kumar (Head of the Department)
Telephone Number: 04828 251661(O), 9447368027(M)
Fax No: 04828251136
E Mail: hodece@amaljoythi.ac.in
III.4. History of the programme along with the NBA accreditation, if any:
Programme Description
UG in Electronics and Started with 45 seats in 2001
Communication Intake increased to 60 in 2002
Engineering Intake increased to 90 in 2004
Intake increased to 120 in 2006
Accredited by NBA for 3 years in July 2008
III.5. Deficiencies, weaknesses/concerns from previous accreditations:
The following are the deficiencies, weakness/concerns from the previous accreditation
1. Short term goals were not well documented.
2. Delegation of duties was planned, but not effectively implemented.
3. Proper financial planning and utilization.
4. Lack of senior faculties as per AICTE norms.
5. High attrition rate.
6. Poor efforts in the direction of continuing education, entrepreneurship
activities.
7. Professional society activities are lacking in number.
8. Ethical and value education is missing.
9. Proper planning and budgeting in the direction of R& D activities need
improvement.
10. Lack of networking with other colleges and industries for R&D.
15
III.6. Total number of students in the programme:

UG: Total: 464 174 Boys 290 Girls
III.7. Minimum and maximum number of staff for the current and the
three previous academic years (1st July to 30th June) in the programme:

Items
Min. Max. Min. Max. Min. Max. Min. Max.
Teaching staff in
the department 31 32 31 34 31 34 33 35
Non-teaching staff
9 9 9 10 10 10 9 9
Total 40 41 40 44 41 44 42 44
III.8. Summary of budget for the CFY and the actual expenditure
incurred in
CFYm1, CFYm2 and CFYm3 (for this programme in the department
exclusively):
Items
in CFYm1 2013-14
CFY (till 2014-15)
Actual Expenses in
Actual Expenses in
CFYm3 2011-12
Actual expenses in
CFYm2 2012-13
CFYm3 2011-12
CFYm2 2012-13
Budgeted in CFY
CFYm1 2013-14
Actual Expenses
Budgeted in
Budgeted in
Budgeted in
2014-15
Laboratory
12.54 3.06 1.00 NIL 10.00 5.39 10.00 5.55
equipment
Laboratory 1.00
NIL 1.00 0.66 .75 0.54 0.75 0.35
consumables
Maintenance and
0.05 NIL 0.70 NIL 0.35 NIL 0.25 0.25
spares
Travel 0.08 0.05 0.16 0.06 0.08 0.06 0.07 0.05
Miscellaneous
expenses for
1.50 0.95 0.80 0.70 1.50 0.60 1.00 0.25
academic
activities
Total 15.17 4.06 17.66 17.63 13.68 6.59 17.07 11.17

*In Lakhs
16
PART B
1. Vision, Mission and Programme Educational Objectives
(75)
1.1. Vision and Mission (5)

1.1.1. State the Mission and Vision of the institute and department (1)
Institute:
Vision:
To be a center of excellence in technical higher education, research and support
services, capable of making significant contribution to individual and societal
empowerment.
Mission:
To create technically qualified world-class professionals with social commitment
through career-oriented courses conducted by high profile faculties, complemented
with globally interactive learning processes and leading edge technology.
Department:
Vision:
To take an anchoring position as one of the prime departments of the College in
molding Electronics and Communication Engineering professionals who are ready to
face the demands of industrial development and societal commitment.
Mission:
To prepare students of the Department of Electronics and Communication
Engineering for a brilliant career/entrepreneurship along with the development of
knowledge, skills, attitude and teamwork ideal for a professional through the
designed programme. The faculty of the Department continually seek to enhance their
knowledge to competently lead and empower students.
1.1.2. Indicate how and where the Mission and Vision are
published and disseminated (2)
(Describe in which media, e.g. websites, curricula, books, etc. the mission and vision are
published and how the same is disseminated among stakeholders)
The College Vision and Mission are published in Institution Website

1. Web Link: http://www.ajce.in.
2. College Calendar.
17
3. College Magazine.
4. Printed and Displayed at the Reception area and several other locations
in the college.
The department Vision and Mission are published in department website
1. Web Link: http://www.ajce.in/amal-jyothi/courses/electronics-and-
commu nication– engineering/ece-vision-mission/
2. Displayed at the Department Entrance, labs, conference hall,
Department Brochure etc.
3. The staff and students are reminded of the Vision and Mission through
the displays.
4. Student Orientation programmes.
5. College Brochure.
6. They are also prominently displayed on the departmental notice boards.
7. Every class rooms/labs.
1.1.3. Mention the process for defining the Mission and Vision of the
department (2)
(Articulate the process involved in defining the mission and vision of the department from
the mission and vision of the institute.)
The department established the vision and mission through a consultative process
involving the stakeholders, faculty of the department and the Institutional Advisory
Board as shown in Figure 3 below, in establishing the vision and mission of the
department.
Figure 3. Process defining Department Vision & Mission

18
1.2. Programme Educational Objectives (15)

1.2.1. Describe the Programme Educational Objectives (PEOs) (2)
Programme educational objectives are broad statements that describe the career and
professional accomplishments that the programme is preparing graduates to achieve
within 3 to 5 years after graduation.
The PEOs of B. Tech Electronics and Communication Engineering are
1. Electronics and Communication Engineering graduates have successful careers
in Industry/ Entrepreneurship.
2. Our graduates show excellence in technical higher Education and in Research
3. Our graduates show good competency and social commitment in their work
culture.
1.2.2. State how and where the PEOs are published and disseminated (2)
PEOs are published in the college website, printed and displayed at the reception areas
of the department. They are made available to the access of stake holders. It is
included in the course file for each course in all semesters. They are conveyed to the
parents, students, alumni and other stake holders in the initial meetings.
1.2.3. List the stakeholders of the programme (1)
Stakeholders/Constituencies
For the development and assessment of the Programme Education Objectives, the
significant constituencies of the department were identified and a review/feedback
process is in place to continuously improve the curriculum to which the program
educational objectives are being met.
1 Students
Students are the important constituents due to the fact that the major investment (both
money and time) is envisaged in the students. Student evaluations and opinions are
obtained through student exit surveys, course and project surveys.
2 Industry
The corporate input from industry representatives is considered essential in assessing

student performance. The feedback from the employers is another milestone for the
vision achievement.
19
3 Faculty
The faculty is the backbone in providing an excellent teaching-learning experience and

the ultimate facilitator for engineering education. As a real facilitator, the faculty has
an excellent opportunity to evaluate student deliverables. Evaluations of student
performance in classes are used as assessment tools.
4 Alumni
Alumni of the programme represent a much broader spectrum of individuals with a

wide range of experience in their lives and careers. It is very important to include
their feedback, through Alumni surveys, in evaluating the programme’s success in
meeting its desired programme educational objectives.
5 Parents
Parents are another important stakeholder for the academic programme. The parent
constituency contributes by providing valuable suggestions and feedbacks.
1.2.4. State the process for establishing the PEOs (5)
Initial PEOs drafts were prepared by senior faculty by considering the Vision and
Mission of the Department. The PEO’s were framed by a committee consisting of
HOD, Coordinators and Class Teachers. They were discussed, finalized and presented
in the common staff meeting and approved by Academic Council of the College and
published in the college/department website.
The Committee meets every year after publication of University results of final year
students to review the PEO’s and analyses the achievement of the PEO and strategy to
be adopted to achieve the PEO. The modifications suggested by the committee are
incorporated from the next first year admission.
Inputs to review the PEO’s are taken from students, alumni, parents, employers and
feedback cells. The process is described in Figure 4 as shown below
20
Figure 4. PEO Definition & Assessment Process
1.2.5. Establish consistency of PEOs with Mission of the institute (5)

The Programme Educational Objectives of ECE Programme are consistent with the
Mission of the ECE department, in contributing to the society through innovative and
quality education; research and community service, and be responsive to global
development and local challenges. The PEOs flow naturally from the missions of the
Department.
The consistency is realized through producing graduates with strong capability to
comprehend the broad engineering context in physical phenomena as stated in the first
objective. This capability enables the graduates to take up leading roles in providing
21
engineering solution required as stated in second objective. The capability also enables
graduates to perform satisfactorily in pursuing graduate degrees in international level
as stated in the third objective. These capabilities are also supported by professional
and ethical character, and willingness and capability to pursue further knowledge, as
indicated by the fourth and fifth objectives.
To prepare students of the Department of Electronics and Communication Engineering

for a brilliant career/entrepreneurship along with the development of knowledge,
skills, attitude and teamwork ideal for a professional through the designed programme.
The faculty of the Department continually seeks to enhance their knowledge to
competently lead and empower students.
Department Programme Educational Objectives

Mission
Components PEO1 PEO2 PEO3
Brilliant
career/entrepreneurship √
Knowledge, skills,
attitude and teamwork
ideal for a professional √ √ √
Competent and
√
empowered √ √
1.3. Achievement of Programme Educational Objectives (20)
1.3.1. Justify the academic factors involved in achievement of the PEOs

(5)
1. Good academics and opportunities to engage in team work (specialized aptitude
trainings, placement trainings etc.)
2. Students are encouraged to select topics that have relevance to future research
activities for their final year seminar and project works.
3. Social service activities included in the curriculum cultivate good work culture and
social commitment in the students.
4. Ample opportunities to participate in international conferences encourage students
to become active members of professional bodies.
5. Class committee meeting, department meeting, PTA meeting and academic
council meeting held in regular interval and feedbacks are discussed and necessary
modifications in course delivery are made. Add on programs are arranged.
22
1.3.2. Explain how the administrative system helps in ensuring the

achievement of the PEOs (5)
The various committees with their clearly defined functions exist for ensuring the
attainment of PEO s and PO s. All committees work in good coordination for the
smooth functioning of the institute and the department which helps each stake holder
to work towards the attainment of PEOs.
Internal Quality Assurance cell

1. Assessment and evaluation at institutional level
2. Program wise assessment semester/year
3. Continuous improvement initiatives
Programme coordinator
1. Interacts and maintains liaison with key stake holders, students, faculty,
Department Head and employer.
2. Interacting with course coordinators towards attainment of PEOs and POs and
review/update the changes required for curriculum contents.
3. Conducts and interprets various surveys required to assess POs and PEOs
Course coordinator
1. Coordinates and supervise the faculty teaching the particular course
2. Assess the attainment of COs (course outcomes) by conducting Course End
Surveys and review/update the course delivery and assessment methods
3. Recommend and facilitate workshops, development programs, meetings or
conferences for students and faculty to meet the COs
4. Analyses results of particular course and recommends the Programme coordinator
and Head of the Department to take appropriate actions.
Programme Assessment Committee

1. Programme Assessment Committee consists of Program Coordinator, Course
Coordinator and faculty representatives.
2. The committee monitors and evaluates the programme effectiveness and proposes
necessary changes for the attainment of PEO s and PO s.
4. Prepares periodic reports/records on programme activities and progress and
submits to Department Advisory Board.
5. Interact with students, faculty and other stakeholders in facilitating PEOs.
23
Department Advisory Board (DAB)

1. Initiates process for defining or revising department and programme goals, PEOs
and PO s.
2. Survey of department academic functioning
3. Advice on improvements in functioning
4. DAB include the HOD, Programme Coordinator, faculty representatives and the
representatives of key stake holders
5. DAB chaired by Head of the Department, receives the report of the Programme
Assessment Committee and monitors the progress of the programme
6. In addition there are the following individual positions by faculty members that
handle specific tasks - Alumni Coordinator, Project-in-charge, Co-curricular
Coordinators
Institutional Advisory Board

1. Review of the attainment of PEO, PO and suggest improvements.
1.3.3. Indicate the additional co-curricular activities undertaken

towards the attainment of the PEOs (10)
1. Technical contests conducted during Azure, national level techno cultural fest,
department association fest.
2. Group discussions in class.
3. Seminars in class.
4. Participation in International Conferences.
5. Multidisciplinary Clubs.
6. Placement training.
7. Lab and Practical sessions.
8. Extra workshops and seminar.
9. National and international conference Participation.
10. Technical fest.
11. Arts and other non-technical events.
12. Tour and Industrial visits.
13. Event Volunteership.
14. Social Service Program.
15. Retreat and other renovation Programs.
16. NSS Activities.
17. I2U contest.
18. IEDC.
19. Professional Body Activities - ISTE, IEEE.
24
1.4. Assessment of the achievement of the Programme Educational

Objectives (25)
1.4.1. Indicate the tools and processes used in assessment of the

achievement of the PEOs (15)
a) Listing and description of the assessment processes used to gather data upon which the
evaluation of each Programme Educational Objective is based. Examples of data collection
processes may include, but are not limited to, employer surveys, graduate surveys, focus
groups, industrial advisory committee meetings, or other processes that are relevant and
appropriate to the programme;
Assessment
Direct/Indirect Remarks
Tools
Alumni Survey conducted among alumni
Alumni Survey Indirect
at the end of each academic year
Employer Survey conducted among
Employer survey
Indirect employers both as formal and informal
mode of communication
Student Exit Student Exit Survey conducted among
Indirect
Survey the graduates.
Project Evaluation conducted among the
Project
Direct students towards the end of their final
Evaluation
year
Course evaluation is collected from the
Course faculty at the end of each semester. Mode
Direct
Evaluation of evaluation is Semester Exam, Series
Test, Assignments, and Seminars.
Which can be a measure for the
AAJA Interaction Direct communication and technical skills
towards the achievement of the PEOs
b) The frequency with which these assessment processes are carried out.
Assessment Frequency Stakeholders Coordinator

Tools
Alumni Survey Yearly Alumni AAJA Coordinator
Employer As and when the Employer Department Advisory

survey employer visit the Board (DAB)
campus for
recruitment
(Yearly)
25
Student Exit Yearly Graduates Programme

Survey coordinator
Project Yearly Students Department Advisory
Evaluation Board(DAB)
Course Half Yearly Students Department Advisory
Evaluation Board(DAB)
1.4.2. Provide the evidence of the achievement of the PEOs (10)

a) The expected level of attainment for each of the programme educational
objectives;
PEO Performance Metrics Expected Assessment

Level of Tool
Attainment
/Goal
Percentage of graduates 60% Alumni
PEO 1. working in Technical or Survey
Electronics and professional careers.
Communication Level of Technical or 60% Employer
Engineering professional contribution Survey
graduates have according to employer
successful careers Percentage of graduates who 60% Placement
in industry/ got placement. cell
Entrepreneurship. Percentage of graduates as 1% Alumni
entrepreneurs survey
PEO 2. Percentage of graduates 40% Employer
Our graduates enrolled in professional courses Survey
show excellence since graduation
in technical Percentage who have published 15% Alumni
higher Education a conference or journal article Survey
and in Research Percentage of graduating 60% Project
students who have successfully Evaluation
applied their capability to
design a system
Percentage of graduates have 2% Alumni
Patent, IPR, copyright survey
PEO 3. Percentage of students have 60 % Employers
Our graduates Competency for employability feedback
show good Percentage of students got 60 % Employers
competency and promoted to next level feedback
social /Alumni
commitment in survey
their work Percentage of graduates 10 % Alumni
culture. contributes to social survey
commitment (full time or part
time for charity work.)
26
b) Summaries of the results of the evaluation processes and an analysis

illustrating the extent to which each of the Programme Educational Objectives is
being attained
Figure 5: Exit Survey of Outgoing student last two batches
27
Figure 6: Survey of Placement and Higher Education of various batches
c) How the results are documented and maintained.
The results are documented and maintained by the department career and placement
cell. From collected data, analysis is done and identifies the gap and discusses the
same in the department advisory meeting and new strategy will be planned and
executed.
The evaluation process and stakeholder from the data to be collected are defined.
Survey forms, rubrics and other measurement process are framed. Data collection
processes are stated. We will be checking the attainment process of 2014 YOP in
2017. Their statistics are monitored by the department career and placement cell.
28
1.5. Indicate how the PEOs have been redefining in the past (10)
The Programme Educational Objectives of the Department were redefined in the past
from the statistics available in the Department placement cell and by collecting feed
backs from stake holders like students, alumni, employers, parents and points come
out of class committee meetings, PTA meetings, Department quality cell meetings etc.
They were discussed in Department Assessment Committee meetings. The Committee
found out the achievement level and gaps in the attainment process.
Figure 7: Redefining the PEO
Department advisory body will be suggesting the method by which gap can be
overcome and the same will be implemented in the next coming batch. Modifications
starting from course delivery to attainment of PO will be implemented to achieve the
PEO. Add on programs are arranged to reduce the gap between the planning and
achievement of PEO.
29
2. Programme Outcomes (150)

2.1. Definition and Validation of Course Outcomes and Programme
Outcomes (25)
2.1.1. List the Course Outcomes (COs) and Programme Outcomes (POs)
(2)
Programme Outcome (PO)

At the end of the Programme, a student will be able to:
1. Apply knowledge of Mathematics, Science and Engineering to solve complex
engineering problems in Electronics and Communication Engineering
2. Investigate, design and conduct experiments, analyze and interpret data, make
inferences from the resulting data and apply the research skills to solve complex
engineering problems in analog and digital systems.
3. Demonstrate basic engineering practices and conduct experiments in electronics,
electrical system and in programming language.
4. Model and simulate communication systems and analyze the performance using
modern tools.
5. Demonstrates the knowledge of theoretical & practical aspects of signal and
systems to meet desired needs within realistic constraints such as economic,
environmental, social, ethical, health and safety.
6. Test, measure and provide valid conclusions on energy saving design using
modern engineering tools and software for environmental sustainability.
7. Understand the impact of engineering solutions on the society by considering
contemporary issues through lifelong learning.
8. Work as a member of a project team to find cost effective design solutions to
problems related to electronics and communication systems.
9. Communicate effectively in both verbal and written forms along with ethical
responsibilities.
10. Design systems for applications based on the acquired knowledge to solve real
time requirements.
EN010 101 Engineering Mathematics I

Upon completion of the course, the students will be able to:
CO[1] Have a fundamental understanding of Matrix, Eigen values, Eigen vectors,
diagonalised form of a given matrix and also reduce the quadratic form of a
matrix to its canonical form
CO[2] Understand the application of derivatives in more than one variable and also
find the derivatives higher orders
CO[3] Have a fundamental understanding of double integration , triple integration and
30
visualize the concept of volume in 3-dimensional space

CO[4] Understand the concept of linear differential equation of the second order and
modeling a differential equation from their applications
CO[5] Find the Laplace transform and its inverse Laplace transform of a function and
to solve a differential equation using Laplace transform
EN010 102 Engineering Physics

CO[1] Have an understanding of the fundamentals of science and engineering to
apply as appropriately to the field of electronics & communication engineering
practice.
CO[2] Identify, formulate, and solve electronics & communication engineering
problems.
CO[3] Understand and describe the principles behind various engineering
applications.
CO[4] Use the techniques, skills and modern engineering tools necessary to analyze
electronics & communication engineering problems.
CO[5] Apply engineering & management principles in their own / team projects in
multidisciplinary environment.
CO[6] Recognize and adapt to emerging applications in engineering and technology.
CO[7] Understand the principle of Fiber Optics and its applications in Engineering
and Technology
EN010 103 Engineering Chemistry & Environmental Studies

After completing this course, the student should demonstrate the knowledge and
ability to:
CO[1] Provide Numerical Simulation in Electro-processing Technologies.
CO[2] Test and optimize corrosion and wear resistant layers
CO[3] Clearly explains the applications of polymer composite in electronics and
communication engineering.
CO[4] Demonstrate an understanding of the impact of engineering solutions in a
global and societal context
CO[5] Demonstrate knowledge of contemporary environmental issues.
EN010 104 Engineering Mechanics

On completion of this course a successful candidate will be able to
CO[1] Develop the ability to work comfortably with basic engineering mechanics
concepts required for analyzing static structures
31
CO[2] Identify an appropriate structural system to studying a given problem and

isolate it from its environment, model the problem using good free-body
diagrams and accurate equilibrium equations
CO[3] Identify and model various types of loading and support conditions that act on
structural systems
CO[4] Understand the meaning of centers of gravity (mass)/centroids and moments of
Inertia
CO[5] Apply equations for straight line motion to solve problems with variable
acceleration
CO[6] Analyze dynamic problems using work energy and impulse momentum
technique
EN010 105 Engineering Graphics

On completion of this course a successful candidate will be able to:
CO[1] Prepare and understand drawings.
CO[2] Get an idea about various curves used in Engineering and their applications
CO[3] Understand and use the principles of orthographic projections.
CO[4] Visualize three dimensional objects and to design new products by studying
about projections of solids,
CO[5] Study about the sections of solids, and thus to describe the internal details of
objects, machine parts etc.
CO[6] Develop surfaces which enables to design and fabricate surfaces of different
shapes.
CO[7] Have a good knowledge in isometric and perspective projections which will be
helpful in representing the objects in three dimensional appearances.
EN010 106 Basic Civil Engineering

CO[1] Student will have a general idea on the varieties and cost of construction
materials available in the market, their manufacture processes and types.
CO[2] The student will have an understanding on the different parts of buildings and
its construction practices making him eligible to analyze a construction work.
CO[3] The students will get the idea about different foundations practically used and
about the structural significance of the same.
CO[4] The student gets the concepts on surveying and surveying results like maps,
remote sensing, GPS, GIS etc.
CO[5] The basics of transportation engineering, sanitary engineering, building
regulations and modern concepts of building construction are known to the
students that is of social, environmental relevance.
32
EN010 107 Basic Mechanical Engineering

CO[1] Student becomes interested in the field of mechanical engineering and
understands the relevance in industry.
CO[2] By studying the basics the student will be able to appreciate the importance of
this subject
CO[3] Student gets a better idea about relating mechanical engineering & electronics.
CO[4] Students gets a better idea about mechanical power transmission equipment
and the role of electronic circuitry in controlling them.
CO[5] The student will understand the theories behind turbine working and different
types of turbine.
CO[6] Students can understand the working of machine tools, manufacturing
processes and the role of automation in them.
EN010 108 Basic Electrical Engineering

After completing this course, the student will be able to:
CO[1] Solve the electrical networks mathematically.
CO[2] Achieve elementary knowledge of electromagnetism.
CO[3] Distinguish between DC and AC circuits and analyze them.
CO[4] Achieve elementary knowledge of Electric machines.
CO[5] Apply different energy conservation measures and create social awareness on
home energy management.
EN010 109 Basic Electronics Engineering. & Information Technology

ability to:
CO[1] Understand the methods to analyze and characterize basic Electronic circuits
and components like transistors, Diodes, OP-AMP etc
CO[2] Understand various frequency bands, analog modulation techniques, principles
related to the operation and concepts of Satellite and mobile Communication
CO[3] Know about electronic measuring instruments, Transducers, and consumer
Electronics
CO[4] Understand the basic idea about components of a digital computer, its
programming, different computer networks, internet and IP addressing
EN010 110 Mechanical Workshop

On Completion of the course the student will be able to
To use basic mechanical instruments and do basic mechanical activities like
CO[1] Carpentry
CO[2] Fitting
33
CO[3] Smithy
CO[4] Foundry
EN110 111 Electrical and Civil Workshops

On Completion of the course the student will be able to
CO[1] To use basic electrical instruments and activities like wiring, reading meters,
soldering etc.
CO[2] To know of Masonry, Plumbing, Surveying
CO[3] Acquire knowledge of latest building materials
EN010 301 A Engineering Mathematics II

CO[1] Do problems related to vector differentiation and have an idea about the
physical meaning of divergence and curl.
CO[2] Evaluate line integrals and surface integrals, understand and use the major
theorems in vector calculus (the Fundamental Theorem of Line Integral,
Green’s Theorem, Stokes’ Theorem, and the Divergence theorem).
CO[3] Have an idea about various numerical operations and their related application
CO[4] Have an idea about numerical integration and the method solving differential
equations using numerical integration
CO[5] Get an idea about Z-transforms and their applications.
EN010 302 Economics and Communication Skills

CO[1] To impart a sound knowledge of the structure and functions of Indian Financial
system
CO[2] To enable the students to analyze current economic issues related to and
evaluate the New Economic Policy of India (LPG Policy)
CO[3] To give the students an orientation to Indian Public Finance
CO[4] To teach the fundamentals of National Income estimates
CO[5] To enable the students to analyze the problems of inflation and BOP in the
country
CO[6] To acquaint the students with some of the major issues in International
Economics
EC010 303 Network Theory

CO[1] Understand the importance of Circuits and Networks and its applications in
electrical engineering
CO[2] Be familiar with the different methods(Node and Mesh analysis) that can be
used to simplify a networks containing independent and dependent sources
34
CO[3] Make out the importance of different Network Theorems which helps to
analyse the circuits
CO[4] Study the transient response of circuits.
CO[5] Study the frequency response of circuits
CO[6] Know two-port models and parameters to simplify the analysis of large
circuits.
EC010 304 Solid State Devices

CO[1] Analyse the performance of solid state devices like diode, IGBT's, MOSFETS
and BJT.
CO[2] Identify and describe the function and operations of diodes, BJT, FETs,
IGBT in different bias condition
CO[3] Acquire in-depth knowledge in construction and operations of solid state
devices.
CO[4] Understand the concepts of trans-conductance, inversion layer, ohmic and
rectifying contacts
CO[5] Describe the mechanisms for forming charge carriers in a semiconductor, and how
they behave in the presence and absence of an applied voltage
CO[6] Describe the factors that influence the flow of charge in semiconductors and
operation of semiconductor devices
EC010 305 Analog Circuits – I

CO[1] Understand basic RC circuit response and DC Power supply
CO[2] Understand BJT and Design and analyze BJT amplifiers
CO[3] Understand MOSFET and its application
CO[4] Perform the detailed analysis of BJT and MOSFET at high frequency
CO[5] Understand feedback and power amplifiers
EC010 306 Computer Programming

ability to:
CO[1] Describe fundamentals of programming such as variables, conditional and
iterative execution, methods, etc.
CO[2] Analyze and solve programming problems using a procedural and algorithmic
approach with functional decomposition
CO[3] Apply knowledge of computing and mathematics using arrays & strings
CO[4] Develop skill to use pointers, memory allocation and data handling through
files in ‘C’.
35
CO[5] Understand the process of compiling, linking, and running a program using a
computing tool
EC010 307 Analog Circuits Lab

ability to:
CO[1] Design, Analysis, Implementation and testing of Linear wave shaping circuits
using resistor and capacitor
CO[2] Understand and realize the characteristics of various Diodes and Transistors
CO[3] Design, Analysis, Implementation and testing of Non-Linear wave shaping
circuits using Diodes
CO[4] Design, Analysis, Implementation and testing of amplifiers using BJT
CO[5] Design, Analysis, Implementation and testing of Transistorized Voltage
regulators
EC010 308 Programming Lab

ability to:
CO[1] Understand fundamental concepts and basics commands in C.
CO[2] Write, compile and debug programs in C language.
CO[3] Formulate problems and implement algorithms in C.
CO[4] Effectively choose programming components that efficiently solve computing
problems in real-world.
EN010 401 Engineering Mathematics III

CO[1] To understand and solve problems in Fourier Series and Fourier Transform
CO[2] To solve problems in Partial Differential Equations
CO[3] To solve problems in probability distribution
CO[4] Test hypothesis for small samples
EN010 402(ME) Principles of Management

CO[1] To teach the fundamentals of management
CO[2] To teach the various issues in Personnel Management
CO[3] To teach the basic principles of Production Management
CO[4] To teach some of the issues in Financial Management
CO[5] To teach the basics of cost management
CO[6] To teach the fundamentals of Marketing Management
36
EC010 403 Signals and Systems

ability to:
CO[1] Identify different types of signal and systems properties that are commonly
used in engineering.
CO[2] Explain and differentiate the properties of continuous-time and discrete-time
Linear Time Invariant (LTI) systems.
CO[3] Differentiate the Fourier series and transform in terms of applicable time
functions and the resulting spectral properties
CO[4] Apply the Laplace Transform to the calculation of time responses of LTI
systems.
CO[5] Apply the Z Transform to the calculation of time responses of LTI systems.
EC010 404 Digital Electronics

CO[1] Convert decimal number into binary, octal and hexa decimal system and also
to apply them for real life problems.
CO[2] Minimize the digital circuits by simplification of the expression using Boolean
algebra.
CO[3] Design efficient combinational and sequential circuit’s from functional
description of digital system
CO[4] Identify and prevent various hazards and timing problems.
CO[5] Design the circuits for any real life problems with the knowledge of digital
systems.
EC010 405 Analog Communication

ability to:
CO[1] To familiarize students with the fundamentals of communication systems and
comprehensive description of telephone systems used in the public telephone
network.
CO[2] To provide students with mathematical and theoretical description of linear
and angle modulation.
CO[3] Have detailed understanding of linear and nonlinear modulators and
demodulators
CO[4] To understand basic concepts of radio transmitter and receiver
CO[5] To describe the basic concepts of probability and random variables.
37
EC010 406 Analog Circuits –II

ability to:
CO[1] Analyze a given differential amplifier or design a differential amplifier to
meet the given specifications with constant current bias circuit.
CO[2] Understand the general properties of an operational amplifier (op-amp).
CO[3] Understand different applications of operational amplifiers.
CO[4] Analyze the different filter circuits using operational amplifiers
CO[5] Understand A/D and D/A convertors
EC010 407 Analog Circuits -II Lab

ability to:
CO[1] To design and conduct experiments, analyze and interpret data, make
inferences from the resulting data and apply the research skills to solve
complex engineering problems in analog circuits.
CO[2] To demonstrate basic engineering practices and conduct experiments using
basic operational amplifiers.
CO[3] Apply the knowledge of theoretical & practical aspects of transistor circuits
to meet desired needs within realistic constraints.
CO[4] Test, measure and provide valid conclusions on oscillator and amplifier
design using op-amps and other linear integrated circuits.
CO[5] Work as a team to find cost effective design solutions to the problems
related to electronics circuits and systems.
EC010 408 Analog Communication Lab

ability to:
CO[1] To provide experience on design, testing, and analysis of few electronic
circuits used for communication engineering
CO[2] To understand basic transmission concepts and to develop strong concepts in
fundamentals
EN010 501 Engineering Mathematics IV

ability to:
CO[1] To understand the concept of complex variable and complex integration.
CO[2] To understand the concept of numerical solutions of algebraic, transcendental
and ordinary differential equations.
CO[3] To understand linear programming problem.
38
EC010 502 Control Systems

ability to:
CO[1] To develop the basic understanding of control system theory and its role in
engineering design
CO[2] To familiarize the inputs , outputs and building blocks of a control system to
differentiate between open – loop and closed loop control system
CO[3] To understand utility of Laplace transforms and transfer functions for
modeling complex interconnected systems
CO[4] To understand concept of poles and zeros of a transfer function and how they
affect the physical behavior of a system
CO[5] To understand the concept of time domain and frequency domain analysis and
to determine the physical behavior of systems using these analysis
CO[6] To understand state variable analysis of systems and the relationship with state
variable representation and transfer functions
EC010 503 Digital System Design

ability to:
CO[1] To study the fundamentals and concepts of Verilog HDL
CO[2] To design and implement combinational circuits
CO[3] To design and implement synchronous sequential circuits
CO[4] Ability to simulate and debug a digital system described in Verilog HDL
EC010 504(EE) Electrical Drives and Power Electronics

CO[1] Studied about the DC generator & motor and its various industrial applications
CO[2] To understand the working principle of transformer, alternator, synchronous
motor, three phase induction motor & single phase induction motor.
CO[3] Gain knowledge about the constructional features of semiconductor devices.
Can understand the characteristics of power devices such as IGBT, MOSFET,
and SCR and Triac.
CO[4] Gain knowledge about the concept of phase controlled rectifier; understand
the working principle and application of single- phase and three phase
controlled rectifier, chopper, single phase and three phase voltage and current
source inverter.
CO[5] To apply of power electronics devices such as IGBT, MOSFET etc to the
control of electrical Machines.
39
EC010 505 Applied Electromagnetic Theory

CO[1] To acquire understanding and ability to analyze static electric and magnetic
fields, time-varying electric and magnetic fields, wave propagation in different
types of media
CO[2] To have knowledge of, physical interpretation and ability to apply Maxwell’s
equations to determine field waves, potential waves, energy and charge
conservation conditions.
CO[3] To have basic concept of the guiding of electromagnetic waves by constructive
multiple reflections from conductors and dielectrics and have some knowledge
of cut-off frequency, dominant mode, excitation methods
CO[4] To lay the foundations of electromagnetism and its practice in modern
communications such as wireless , guided wave principles such as fiber optics
and electronic electromagnetic structures including those on the sub-micron
scale.
CO[5] To have acquired techniques for the measurement of basic transmission line
parameters, such as the reflection coefficient, standing wave ratio, and
impedance.
EC010 506 Microprocessors and Applications

CO[1] Understand architecture and operations of a microprocessor system in depth
CO[2] Demonstrate programming proficiency using the various addressing modes and
data transfer instructions of the microprocessor.
CO[3] Analyze, specify, design, write and test assembly language programs of
moderate complexity.
CO[4] Perform the detailed hardware design of a microprocessor system, and program
the microprocessor using suitable techniques and software tools.
CO[5] Design electrical circuitry to the Microprocessor I/O ports in order to interface
the processor to external devices
EC010 507 Digital Electronics Lab

CO[1] Design, Analysis, Implementation and testing of logic gates and functions
CO[2] Design, Analysis, Implementation and testing of combinational circuits
CO[3] Design, Analysis, Implementation and testing of flip-flops and registers
CO[4] Design, Analysis, Implementation and testing of counters
CO[5] Design, Analysis, Implementation of application level projects
40
EC010 508(EE) Electrical Drives and Power Electronics Lab

CO[1] Study the characteristics of DC series and shunt motor.
CO[2] Perform OC, SC and load test on single phase transformers.
CO[3] Study and perform load test on induction motor.
CO[4] Study and determine the regulation of an alternator by emf and mmf methods.
CO[5] Study the characteristics and working of SCR and TRIAC.
EC010 601 Digital Communication Techniques

CO[1] Understand the random process and the signal space concepts of signals in
detail
CO[2] Study and analyze the detection and estimation process in digital
communication
CO[3] Study the concepts of sampling and pulse modulations
CO[4] Understand the concepts of Inter Symbol Interference and the design of
equalizers
CO[5] Study and analyze the different digital modulation schemes
EC010 602 Digital Signal Processing

ability to:
CO[1] Get the response of the discrete time LTI systems.
CO[2] Get the response of linear phase systems and all pass systems.
CO[3] Design Digital filter and realize the structures.
CO[4] Understand DFT and convolution concepts.
EC010 603 Radiation and Propagation

ability to:
CO[1] Have a fundamental understanding of how antenna converts the electrical
energy to electromagnetic wave and vice versa.
CO[2] Have an idea of communication of information from source to destination and
to understand the basic theory of electromagnetic waves traveling from
transmitter to receiver.
CO[3] Describe the various types of transmitting and receiving antennas recently in
use and to design different types of antennas
CO[4] Describe atmospheric and terrestrial effects on radio wave propagation and
influence of ionosphere on propagation.
CO[5] Various techniques involved in various antenna parameter measurements
41
EC010 604 Computer Architecture and Parallel Processing

CO[1] Understand the Architecture, operational concepts, Software support of
computer systems and Instruction types and its Addressing modes
CO[2] Understand the basic idea about CPU Performance, concepts of pipelining,
Superscalar architecture and Processor Organisation and Arithmetic and logic
unit design
CO[3] Understand the idea about Memory, I/O Organisation and Buses
CO[4] Understand the idea about Parallel Processing and enhancing performance of
the computer systems
CO[5] Understand the idea about Today’s PC architecture, Processors, Motherboard,
storage devices and SMPS
EC010 605 Microcontrollers and Applications

When a student completes this course, she/he should be able to:
CO[1] Understand the fundamentals of 8051 and microcontrollers.
CO[2] Understand about programming concepts and memory interfacing
CO[3] Understand different peripheral interfacing and design of embedded systems
CO[4] Design and interface the different peripheral device to the microcontroller
CO[5] Understand the basics and design of systems using PIC microcontroller
EC010 606L04 – Medical Electronics

When a student completes this course, she/he should be able to:
CO[1] Understand the importance of electronics instrumentation in medical field.
CO[2] Successfully practice biomedical engineering to serve state and regional
industries, hospitals, government agencies, or national and international
industries.
CO[3] To familiarize the core ideas of the following areas: biomedical electronics,
medical instrumentation, medical imaging, biomedical signal processing,
rehabilitation engineering, and neuro engineering.
CO[4] Achieve personal and professional success with awareness and commitment to
their ethical and social responsibilities, both as individuals and in team
environments.
CO[5] Maintain and improve their technical competence through lifelong learning,
including entering and succeeding in an advanced degree program in a field
such as engineering, science, business, or medicine.
42
EC010 606L06 Television and Radar Engineering

CO[1] Understand the various principles used in television
CO[2] Explain the features of a color Television and the different standards used
CO[3] Understand the various modern Broadcasting Technologies and Television
standards
CO[4] Understand the working principle of radar and its features
CO[5] Explain the working principle of different special purpose radars
EC010 607 Microprocessor & Microcontroller Lab

CO[1] Design circuits for various applications using microprocessors and
microcontrollers
CO[2] An in-depth knowledge of applying the concepts on real- time applications
CO[3] Solid foundation on interfacing the external devices to the processor and
controllers according to the user requirements to create novel products and
solutions for the real time problems
CO[4] Train the students for industrial environment aware of excellence guidelines
and lifelong learning needed for a successful professional career in embedded
and real time system design
CO[5] To expose the students to design work where there is no single correct
solution, rather competing objectives; and to encourage cooperative team work
and develop communication skills.
EC010 608 Mini project lab

CO[1] Understand, Plan and execute a Mini Project with team, using necessary
literature survey
CO[2] Design and Implementation of electronic system using appropriate hardware,
software, Implementation and troubleshooting techniques
CO[3] Prepare technical report based on the Mini Project
EC010 701 VLSI Design

CO[1] Analyze various processing steps involved in IC Fabrication and explain the
fabrication process of any monolithic devices
CO[2] Gain comprehensive understanding of the CMOS Technology
CO[3] Design a combinational circuit for any complex problems and implement it
using CMOS/Transmission gate/CPL
CO[4] Apply the knowledge of CMOS technology to design a sequential circuit for
43
any problems which can be simplified using Boolean algebra and draw the lay
out using any modern tool.
CO[5] Evaluate how GA As technology enhances the performance of the digital
device design.
EC010 702 Information Theory and Coding

ability to:
CO[1] Learn the concept of Information and to calculate the information content of a
random variable from its probability distribution
CO[2] Understand the physical significance of entropy and to imbibe a clear cut idea
about the various entropies associated with a communication system
CO[3] Gain comprehensive understanding about capacity, efficiency and redundancy
of a communication channel
CO[4] Evaluate the key aspects of Data compression methodologies and analyze the
codes in detail.
CO[5] Understand the basics of field arithmetic and its application in Channel Coding
CO[6] Develop precise understanding of the different linear block codes and
convolutional codes.
EC010 703 Microwave Engineering

On successful completion of this course, the students will:
CO[1] Understand the basic properties and application areas of microwaves, analyze
the transmission lines, analyze the waveguides, analyze the microwave
networks
CO[2] Be able to apply analysis methods to determine circuit properties of
passive/active microwave devices.
CO[3] Know how to model and determine the performance characteristics of a
microwave circuit or system
CO[4] Have knowledge of transmission and waveguide structures and how they are
used as elements in impedance matching and filter circuits for development of
real time applications.
EC010 704 Electronic Instrumentation

CO[1] Understand the objectives of engineering measurement & the significance of
calibration in measurement.
CO[2] Be able to describe and model different electrical transducers.
CO[3] Be able to design system for acquiring and transmitting data effectively from
transducers.
CO[4] Be able to design devices to analyse any instrumentation system output.
44
CO[5] Be able to design and implement an electronic instrumentation system.
EC010 705 Embedded Systems

CO[1] Understand the basics of Embedded Systems and its application areas.
CO[2] Understand the basics of Embedded Systems Development and Embedded C
programming.
CO[3] Familiarize the various communication protocols and devices used in
Embedded Systems
CO[4] Design and familiarize of various interfacing devices using 8051 and
Embedded C.
CO[5] Understand the basics of Real Time Operation Systems(RTOS).
EC010 706 Elective

EC010 706L03 Digital Image Processing
ability to:
CO[1] Understand image fundamentals and the various steps in digital image
processing. Get the response of the discrete time LTI systems.
CO[2] Understand various image transforms.
CO[3] Understand various image enhancement, segmentation and compression
techniques.
EC010 706L06 – System Software

ability to:
CO[1] Understood the basic concepts used in operating systems, such as processes,
IPC, pipes, file I/O and threads. Also have understood the problems of
deadlocks and starvation in operating system, and how to handle them.
CO[2] Have acquired good programming skills, and understood good programming
practices And be able to solve problems and program proficiently using the
high level and low level Language
CO[3] Design a highly secure distributed systems, and understanding of the principles
behind these techniques, so as to make sound judgments during systems and
software design.
CO[4] Identify and describe the function assemblers, compiler, interpreter, linker etc.
and to design a new plat form for windows and linux based operating systems.
CO[5] Design an embedded real time operating systems using Dos, Windows and
Linux based system especially in electronic automotive design areas.
45
EC010 707 Advanced Communication Lab

CO[1] Do experiments in Digital Modulation & Demodulation.
CO[2] Do experiments in Error Checking & Correcting Codes.
CO[3] Do basic experiments in Microwave Engineering.
EC010 708 Signal Processing Lab

CO[1] Understand concept of generation of basic waveforms and general operations
in linear time invariant systems
CO[2] Develop a precise understanding of various transforms in and its applications
in signal processing areas.
CO[3] Gain comprehensive understanding about filter design
EC010 709 Seminar

CO[1] An ability to write technical documents and give oral presentations related to
the work completed and improve personality development and communication
skills
CO[2] Train the students to approach ethically any multidisciplinary engineering
challenges with economic, environmental and social contexts and to set them
for future recruitment by potential employers.
CO[3] Identify and apply appropriate well-rehearsed note-taking interactive and time-
management strategies to their academic studies.
CO[4] Develop audience-centered presentations meeting concrete professional
objectives and integrating ethical and legal visual aids.
CO[5] Identify and critically evaluate the quality of claims, explanation, support, and
delivery in public and professional discourse, and understand the factors
influencing a speaker’s credibility.
EC010 710 Project

Upon completion of the course, the students will be able to
CO[1] Select a suitable project making use of the technical and engineering
knowledge gained from previous courses with the awareness of impact of
technology on the society and their ethical responsibilities.
CO[2] Collect and disseminate information related to selected project
CO[3] Identify the modern tools required for the implementation of the project.
CO[4] Form a team and distribute the work among themselves.
CO[5] Communicate technical and general information by means of oral as well as
written presentation skills with professionalism.
46
EC010 801 Wireless Communication

ability to:
CO[1] Have a fundamental understanding of the Cellular Telecommunication
CO[2] Understand the processes happening in a radio environment and how it is
manipulated to better communication technology
CO[3] Distinguish different multiple access techniques and its evolution to Hybrid
Schemes
CO[4] Understand the basic principles of GSM & CDMA technology
CO[5] Make a presentation on beyond the syllabus technologies that are currently
being used
EC010 802 Communication Networks

ability to:
CO[1] Have a fundamental understanding of the network services and layered
architecture
CO[2] Have a good knowledge about the different LAN networks
CO[3] Applying the different routing methods in different networks
CO[4] Have an understanding about ATM networks and internetworking with ATM
CO[5] Describe basic concepts and algorithms of cryptography, including
encryption/decryption and security services and develop a security model to
prevent, detect and recover from attacks.
EC010 803 Light Wave Communication

On successful completion of the course students will be able to
CO[1] Understand the basics concepts of Light wave
CO[2] Evaluate the transmission characteristics of optical fibre connections
CO[3] Identity the applications of various optical sources
CO[4] Design optical amplifiers and modulators
CO[5] Analyze optical networks.
EC010 804L02 Elective – Micro Electro Mechanical Systems

ability to:
CO[1] Understand the fundamentals and applications of MEMS
CO[2] Understand the principle of various Microsystems
CO[3] Identify the suitable materials for different application
CO[4] Analyze the various fabrication process
CO[5] Familiarize with the manufacturing technologies involved in MEMS
47
EC010 804L03 Secure Communication

ability to:
CO[1] Understand the mathematics involved in secure communication.
CO[2] Have an idea about the different Ciphers.
CO[3] Understand the ways of encrypting data.
CO[4] Understand the public key cryptosystems.
CO[5] Have an idea about the intrusion and detection, password management
EC010 805G02 E-Learning

ability to:
CO[6] Have an idea about the evolution of education and the components of e-
learning.
CO[7] Have an idea about the different technologies that enhance e-learning.
CO[8] Will understand the ways of managing the e-learning content.
CO[9] Will understand the different teaching learning processes.
CO[10] Have an idea about the tools for development, the challenges and the future of
e-learning.
EC010 805G06 Professional Ethics

ability to:
CO[1] Have a fundamental understanding of the objectives of ethics in engineering.
CO[2] Apply the self ethical beliefs and those inside to the area of involvement.
CO[3] Will be more responsible to the society, environment and to the involved area.
Must stand for uplift of the country without seeking personal benefits.
CO[4] Make assessment and knowledge on their rights and duties in the specialized
area.
CO[5] Identify and classify threats and security issues to the environment and to the
country, and will stand as perfect leaders.
EC010 806 VLSI & Embedded Systems lab

CO[1] Do experiments in Verilog in different types of modeling.
CO[2] Do experiments in PIC microcontroller.
48
EC010 807 Project

CO[1] Refine and complete the selected project making use of the technical and
engineering knowledge which meets the expected outcome.
CO[2] Work with the modern tools required for the implementation of the project.
CO[3] Achieve the results within in the stipulated time.
CO[4] Communicate technical and general information by means of oral as well as
written presentation skills with professionalism.
CO[5] Acquire problem solving, system integration, project management and
documentation skills.
2.1.2. State how and where the POs are published and disseminated (3)
1. Staff includes the POs in their course file and the same is communicated to the
students in the first class of the semester by the concerned staff.
2. The PO’s are displayed in the website and conference hall of the department.
2.1.3. Indicate the processes employed for defining of the POs (5)
1. The POs were framed from the Graduate Attributes to train our students to
achieve PEOs by a committee consisting of HOD, Coordinators and Class
Teachers. The process of framing and updating the PO is as shown in Figure 8.
2. The Committee meets every semester after the publication of internal assessment
to monitor the CO attainment and suggest the immediate changes, if required, in
course delivery. It evaluates the attainment of the PO from all the COs of a batch
at the end of the program and review the PO’s attainment level and recommends
if the methods of delivery or new courses to be added. That will be implemented
from the next year’s admission.
3. Course exit survey is conducted and data’s are analyzed to identify the attainment
level and gaps.
4. Feedbacks are taken from the stakeholders for reviewing POs.
49
Figure 8. PO Definition & Assessment Process
2.1.4. Indicate how defined POs aligned to Graduate Attributes

prescribed by the NBA (10)
The Graduate Attributes of Engineering Programs as identified by NBA (January

2013) are:
1. Engineering knowledge: Apply the knowledge of mathematics, science,
engineering fundamentals, and an engineering specialization to the solution of
complex engineering problems.
2. Problem analysis: Identify, formulate, research literature, and analyze complex
engineering problems reaching substantiated conclusions using first principles of
mathematics, natural sciences, and engineering sciences.
3. Design/development of solutions: Design solutions for complex engineering
problems and design system components or processes that meet the specified
needs with appropriate consideration for the public health and safety, and the
cultural, societal, and environmental considerations.
4. Conduct investigations of complex problems: Use research-based knowledge
and research methods including design of experiments, analysis and interpretation
of data, and synthesis of information to provide valid conclusions.
50
5. Modern tool usage: Create, select, and apply appropriate techniques, resources,
and modern engineering and IT tools including prediction and modeling to
complex engineering activities with an understanding of the limitations.
6. The engineer and society: Apply reasoning informed by the contextual
knowledge to assess societal, health, safety, legal and cultural issues and the
consequent responsibilities relevant to the professional engineering practice.
7. Environment and sustainability: Understand the impact of the professional
engineering solutions in societal and environmental contexts, and demonstrate the
knowledge of, and need for sustainable development.
8. Ethics: Apply ethical principles and commit to professional ethics and
responsibilities and norms of the engineering practice.
9. Individual and team work: Function effectively as an individual, and as a
member or leader in diverse teams, and in multidisciplinary settings.
10. Communication: Communicate effectively on complex engineering activities
with the engineering community and with society at large, such as, being able to
comprehend and write effective reports and design documentation, make effective
presentations, and give and receive clear instructions.
11. Project management and finance: Demonstrate knowledge and understanding of
the engineering and management principles and apply these to one’s own work, as
a member and leader in a team, to manage projects and in multidisciplinary
environments.
12. Life-long learning: Recognize the need for, and have the preparation and ability
to engage in independent and life-long learning in the broadest context of
technological change.
PO’s/ GA GA GA GA GA GA GA GA GA GA GA GA
GA’s 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
PO[1] X X
PO[2] X X
PO[3] X
PO[4] X
PO[5] X X X X
PO[6] X X
PO[7] X
PO[8] X X
PO[9] X X
PO[10] X X X X X X X X X X X X
51
2.1.5. Establish the correlation between the POs and the PEOs (5)
Programme Outcomes
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
1 X X X X X X X
Programme
Educational 2 X X X X X X
Objectives
3 X X X X
2.2. Attainment of Programme Outcomes (40)

2.2.1. Illustrate how course outcomes contribute to the POs (10)
1. EN010 101 Engineering Mathematics I
Programme Outcome
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
CO [1] S M
CO [2] S S
CO [3] S S
CO [4] S S
CO [5] S S
2. EN010 102 Engineering Physics
Programme Outcome
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
CO [1] S
CO [2] S
CO [3]
CO [4] M
CO [5] S
CO [6] S
CO [7] S
3. EN010 103 Engineering Chemistry & Environmental Studies
Programme Outcome
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
CO [1] M
CO [2] S
CO [3] S
CO [4] M S
CO [5] M S
52
4. EN010 104 Engineering Mechanics
Programme Outcome
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
CO [1] S W S
CO [2] S W S
CO [3] S M S S
CO [4] S M W S
CO [5] S
CO [6] S M S
5. EN010 105 Engineering Graphics
Programme Outcome
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
CO [1] M
CO [2] S
CO [3] S
CO [4] S M
CO [5] S
CO [6] S
CO [7] S
6. EN010 106 Basic Civil Engineering
Programme Outcome
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
CO [1] S S
CO [2] S S S
CO [3] S S S S
CO [4] M S S S
CO [5] S S S
7. EN010 107 Basic Mechanical Engineering
Programme Outcome
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
CO [1] S
CO [2] S
CO [3] S
CO [4] S M
CO [5] M
CO [6] S S
53
8. EN010 108 Basic Electrical Engineering
Programme Outcome
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
CO [1] S S
CO [2] S
CO [3] S S
CO [4] S
CO [5] S S
9. EN010 109 Basic Electronics Engineering. & Information Technology
Programme Outcome
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
CO [1] S M
CO [2] S M
CO [3] S
CO [4] M
10. EN010 110 Mechanical Workshop
Programme Outcome
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
CO [1] S
CO [2] S
CO [3] S
CO [4] S
11. EN110 111 Electrical and Civil Workshops
Programme Outcome
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
CO [1] S
CO [2] S
CO [3] S
12. EN010 301 Engineering Mathematics II
Programme Outcome
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
CO [1] S S
CO [2] S S
CO [3] S S
CO [4] S S
CO [5] S S
54
13. EN010 302 Economics and Communication Skills
Programme Outcome
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
CO [1] S S
CO [2] S S
CO [3] S S
CO [4] S S
CO [5] S S
CO [6] S S
14. EC010 303 Network Theory
Programme Outcome
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
CO [1] S
CO [2] S M
CO [3] S S
CO [4] S
CO [5] S S
CO [6] S S
15. EC010 304 Solid State Devices
Programme Outcome
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
CO [1] S
CO [2] M S
CO [3] M
CO [4] S
CO [5] S M
CO [6] S M S
16. EC010 305 Analog Circuits – I
Programme Outcome
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
CO [1] S S M M
CO [2] S S M M
CO [3] S S M M
CO [4] S S M M
CO [5] S S M M
55
17. EC010 306 Computer Programming
Programme Outcome
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
CO [1] M M
CO [2] S S
CO [3] M
CO [4] S
CO [5] S S
18. EC010 307 Analog Circuits Lab
Programme Outcome
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
CO [1] M S W W M M M
19. EC010 308 Programming Lab
Programme Outcome
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
CO [1] M S M
CO [2] S M M
CO [3] M M S
CO [4] S M M
20. EN010 401 Engineering Mathematics III
Programme Outcome
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
CO [1] S S
CO [2] S S
CO [3] S S
CO [4] S S
21. EN010 402(ME)Principles of Management
Programme Outcome
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
CO [1] S S S
CO [2] S S S
CO [3] S S S
CO [4] S S S
CO [5] S S S
CO [6] S S S
56
22. EC010 403 Signals and Systems
Programme Outcome
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
CO [1] M M M
CO [2] S M M
CO [3] S M
CO [4] S M M M
CO [5] S M
23. EC010 404 Digital Electronics
Programme Outcome
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
CO [1] S M
CO [2] S S
CO [3] S M S
CO [4] S
CO [5] S S
24. EC010 405 Analog Communication
Programme Outcome
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
CO [1] S M
CO [2] S S M
CO [3] M M
CO [4] S S M M M M
CO [5] S
25. EC010 406 Analog Circuits –II
Programme Outcome
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
CO [1] S S M
CO [2] M M M M
CO [3] S S M
CO [4] S S S S
CO [5] M M S
26. EC010 407 Analog Circuits -II Lab
Programme Outcome
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
CO [1] M S
CO [2] S M
CO [3] S
CO [4] M S
CO [5] S
57
27. EC010 408 Analog Communication Lab
Programme Outcome
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
CO [1] M S S S
CO [2] M S S S
28. EN010 501 Engineering Mathematics IV
Programme Outcome
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
CO [1] S S
CO [2] S S
CO [3] S S
30. EC010 502 Control Systems
Programme Outcome
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
CO [1] M
CO [2] S M
CO [3] S S M
CO [4] S M
CO [5] S M
CO [6] S M
31. EC010 503 Digital System Design
Programme Outcome
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
CO [1] M S
CO [2] S
CO [3] S
CO [4] S S
32. EC010 504(EE) Electrical Drives and Power Electronics
Programme Outcome
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
CO [1] S
CO [2] S
CO [3] S
CO [4] S
CO [5] S
58
33. EC010 505 Applied Electromagnetic Theory
Programme Outcome
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
CO [1] S
CO [2] S M
CO [3] S S
CO [4] S S M
CO [5] S
34. EC010 506 Microprocessors and Applications
Programme Outcome
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
CO [1] S
CO [2] S
CO [3] S
CO [4] S
CO [5] S
35. EC010 507 Digital Electronics Lab
Programme Outcome
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
CO [1] M S S
CO [2] M M M
CO [3] M S S
CO [4] M S S M M
CO [5] M S S M M
36. EC010 508(EE) Electrical Drives and Power Electronics Lab
Programme Outcome
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
CO [1] S
CO [2] S
CO [3] S
CO [4] S
CO [5] S S
37. EC010 601 Digital Communication Techniques
Programme Outcome
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
CO [1] S S
CO [2] S S M
CO [3] S S
CO [4] S M
CO [5] M S
59
38. EC010 602 Digital Signal Processing
Programme Outcome
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
CO [1] M S
CO [2] M S
CO [3] S M
CO [4] M S M
39. EC010 603 Radiation and Propagation
Programme Outcome
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
CO [1] M
CO [2] S S S M
CO [3] S M
CO [4]
CO [5] M
40. EC010 604 Computer Architecture and Parallel Processing
Programme Outcome
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
CO [1] M
CO [2] M S M
CO [3] M S
CO [4] M S
CO [5] S
41. EC010 605 Microcontrollers and Applications
Programme Outcome
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
CO [1] M
CO [2] M S M
CO [3] M S S
CO [4] M M
CO [5] M S
42. EC010 606L04 Medical Electronics
Programme Outcome
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
CO [1] S M S S S S
CO [2] S M S M S
CO [3] S M M
CO [4] S S S M M S
CO [5] S S S
60
43. EC010 606L06 Television and Radar Engineering
Programme Outcome
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
CO [1] M
CO [2] M
CO [3] M S M M
CO [4] M M M
CO [5] M M S
44. EC010 606L07 Microprocessor & Microcontroller Lab
Programme Outcome
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
CO [1] S
CO [2] S S
CO [3] S S
CO [4] S S
CO [5] S M S S
45. EC010 608 Mini Project
Programme Outcome
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
CO [1] S S S S S S S
CO [2] S S S S
CO [3] S
46. EC010 701 VLSI Design
Programme Outcome
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
CO [1] S
CO [2] S
CO [3] S
CO [4] M S
CO [5] S
47. EC010 702 Information Theory and Coding
Programme Outcome
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
CO [1] S M
CO [2] M
CO [3] S S
CO [4] S
CO [5] M M
CO [6] M
61
48. EC010 703 Microwave Engineering
Programme Outcome
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
CO [1] M S
CO [2] M M S
CO [3] M S
CO [4] S
49. EC010 704 Electronic Instrumentation
Programme Outcome
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
CO [1] S
CO [2] M M
CO [3] S
CO [4] M M
CO [5] M
50. EC010 705 Embedded Systems
Programme Outcome
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
CO [1] M
CO [2] S
CO [3] S S
CO [4] S S
CO [5] S
51. EC010 706L03 Digital Image Processing
Programme Outcome
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
CO [1] S S S
CO [2] S S
CO [3] S S S
52. EC010 706L06 System Software
Programme Outcome
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
CO [1] S
CO [2] S
CO [3] S M
CO [4] S M
CO [5] S
62
53. EC010 707 Advanced Communication Lab
Programme Outcome
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
CO [1] M S S S
CO [2] M S S S
CO [3] M S S S
54. EC010 708 Signal Processing Lab
Programme Outcome
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
CO [1] S S S S S
CO [2] S S S S S
CO [3] S S S S S
55. EC010 709 Seminar
Programme Outcome
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
CO [1] M M S
CO [2] S
CO [3] S
CO [4] S
CO [5] S
56. EC010 710 Project
Programme Outcome
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
CO [1] S S S
CO [2] S
CO [3] S S
CO [4] S
CO [5] S S
57. EC010 801 Wireless Communication
Programme Outcome
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
CO [1] M
CO [2] M M
CO [3] M M S
CO [4] S
CO [5] S M
63
58. EC010 802 Communication Networks
Programme Outcome
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
CO [1] M
CO [2] M
CO [3] S S M S
CO [4] M M
CO [5] S M S
59. EC010 803 Light Wave Communication
Programme Outcome
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
CO [1] M S
CO [2] M S
CO [3] S
CO [4] M S
CO [5] S S
60. EC010 804L02 Micro Electro Mechanical Systems
Programme Outcome
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
CO [1] W
CO [2] M S M
CO [3] M
CO [4] M
CO [5] M S
61. EC010 804L03 Secure Communication

Programme Outcome
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
CO [1] S
CO [2] S M M
CO [3] S M M M
CO [4] S M
CO [5] S M S
62. EC010 805G02 E-Learning
Programme Outcome
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
CO [1] S S
CO [2] M M M
CO [3] M M
CO [4] S
CO [5] M S
64
63. EC010 805G06 Professional Ethics
Programme Outcome
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
S S S
CO [1]
CO [2] S S
CO [3] M S S
CO [4] S S
CO [5] S S S
64. EC010 806 VLSI & Embedded Systems lab
Programme Outcome
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
CO [1] S S
CO [2] S S
65. EC010 807 Project
Programme Outcome
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
CO [1] S S S S S S
CO [2] S
CO [3] S S S
CO [4] S
CO [5] S S S S S S S S S
2.2.2. Explain how modes of delivery of courses help in the attainment of

the POs (10)
1. The subjects are allocated well in time so that the faculty can prepare the
course plan consisting of course delivery methods, assessment plan,
assignment frequency. And the same is monitored by the HOD before
commencement of the class. Weekly progress is monitored and reported to
Dean Academics.
2. Examinations are planned and announced before the commencement of the
semester classes, evaluated answer scripts are returned within five days and
week students are monitored and mentored. The same is informed to the
parents. By this process the course outcome attainment is monitored and intern
achieves the PO.
3. Assignments are distributed evenly throughout the semester.
4. Assignments are given in different forms to develop their interpersonal skill,
communication skill, lifelong learning, usage of modern tools, group activity
and self-learning capability are monitored.
65
5. Micro projects and mini projects are made compulsory as part of the course
delivery by which skill development is achieved.
6. Subject wise quizzes are organized and conducted among the students of the
class.
7. Assignments, quizzes and examinations contribute to assessing the students’
ability to use fundamental concepts, quantitative, numerical and analytical
skills.
8. Laboratory exams, mini projects and main projects contribute to the
assessment of practical skills which reflect the ability of students to implement
ideas and techniques.
9. Reports, oral presentation and viva-voce contribute to the assessment of overall
communication skills and dissemination of ideas.
10. These assessments are carried out periodically and hence allow the faculty
members to monitor and provide attention to the students who may not be
attaining the PO’s to the required level.
11. This ensures that all students attain the minimum level of each programme
outcomes
2.2.3. Indicate the extent to which the laboratory and project course
work are contributing towards the attainment of the POs (20)
PO No of Theory No of Lab Credit Credit

Percentage – Percentage -
Theory Lab
PO1 34 6 90 10
PO2 27 9 85 15
PO3 22 11 80 20
PO4 12 7 76 24
PO5 23 5 89 11
PO6 13 8 76 24
PO7 20 2 93 7
PO8 9 5 77 23
PO9 8 5 73 27
PO10 31 10 86 14
66
List of sample of 20% best and average projects from total projects and
achievement of POs
Sl PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO
No. Topic Year 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Grading of Indian
Basmati Rice Image
Processing and Neural
1 Network 2014 M S S
2 Pipeline Inspection robot 2012 S S
Satellite Image
Enhancement by
3 Adaptive HIS Method 2014 S M S W S
Sign Language
Recognition Using
4 Sensor Gloves 2014 S S M S
Adaptive Noise
Cancelation Using
Adaptive Neuro - Fuzzy
5 Inference System 2014 M S S
Compact dual Band

Microstrip Antenna For
6 GPS Applications 2014 S S
Design and comparison

of H-shaped Antenna for
7 wireless applications 2014 S M S W S
GPS based land survey

8 system 2013 S S M S
9 Smart cane for blind 2012 M S S
Multi sensor based fire

detection using fuzzy
10 logic 2013 S S
Audio noise cancellation

and the filter circuit
11 analysis 2013 S M S W S
67
Implementation of real
time positioning of BUS
with estimated time of
12 arrival 2014 S S M S
Health monitoring by
wireless transmission of
13 ECG signal 2014 M S S
Novel approach for error

detection and correction
capability in Viterbi
algorithm using graphical
14 programming 2014 S S
Anti-Sleep driver
15 assistance system 2014 S M S W S
Detection of epilepsy
16 using DWT with ANN 2014 S S M S
An analytical approach
for the improvement of
QoS in optical burst
17 switched network 2014 M S S
Design of an OCR system

18 for scanned images 2014 S S
An efficient coin sorting

19 system 2014 S M S W S
Image compression using

multilayer feed forward
20 artificial neural network 2014 S S M S
Car security system using

face detection and
21 recognition 2014 S S M S
68
2.3. Evaluation of the attainment of Programme Outcomes

(75)
2.3.1. Describe assessment tools and processes used for assessing the
attainment of each PO (50)
a) Listing and description of the assessment processes used to gather the data upon which
the evaluation of each the Programme Outcome is based. Examples of data collection
processes may include, but are not limited to, specific exam questions, student portfolios,
internally developed assessment exams, project presentations, nationally-normed exams,
oral exams, focus groups, industrial advisory committee;
Assessment Plan
1. Tutorial questions ranging from basic to challenging problems are used to assess
the fundamental concepts, numerical and analytical skills.
2. Assignments on specific topics which involve application of concepts to solve a
wide range of problems are given frequently to the students.
3. Mini projects/practical assignments/ power point presentations are used to evaluate
the students’ ability to use various tools, equipment, components and software.
4. Participation and involvement in different clubs/societies such as IEEE Student
Branch, Youth club, Lions club, technical fest and cultural fest to evaluate the
curricular, co-curricular and extra-curricular activities and the abilities to work as a
team in a professional environment.
5. Assessment of project work to ensure proficiency in the students’ chosen field of
interest and the tools necessary to practice that field.
6. Students are encouraged to appear for GATE, GRE, CAT etc. and scores of such
exams are also used as secondary tools to evaluate attainment of PO’s
a) List & Description of assessment processes

Assessment Tools Direct/ Remarks
Indirect
External Exam Direct Conducted by the University during
each semester for every course.
Oral Exams/Viva Direct Viva Voce conducted during lab
Voce sessions. End semester course viva is
also used to measure the same.
Project Evaluation Direct Project Evaluation conducted among
the students towards the end of their
final year
Course Evaluation Direct Course evaluation is collected from
the faculty at the end of each sem.
Mode of evaluation are Internal
Theory & Practical Exams,
Assignments, Seminars.
69
Alumni Survey Indirect Alumni Survey conducted among

alumni at the end of each academic
year
Employer survey Indirect Employer Survey conducted among
employers both as formal and informal
mode of communication
Graduating Student Indirect Student Exit Survey conducted among
Exit Survey the graduates.
b) The frequency with which these assessment processes are carried out.
1. The frequency of assessment processes are carried out as shown below.

2. Tutorials are assessed weekly
3. Minimum of two assignments are evaluated in every course (theory).
4. One micro-project, mini-project and main projects are associated with each
program.
5. Project works progress is monitored by the guide; in addition to that frequent
evaluation is carried out with proper assessment tools.
6. Oral presentation is conducted thrice in the presence of a subject expert panel
project panel, weekly bi-weekly meetings and discussion with the concerned
project supervisor is documented with proper well defined formats.
7. Every club/society organizes certain activity in every semester and annual
technical and cultural fests are organized and students are encouraged to
participate actively in different roles.
2.3.2. Indicate results of evaluation of each PO (25)
a. The expected level of attainment for each of the Program Outcomes;
The department advisory committee initially set the expected level of attainment of
the each Program outcomes, so that the students expected to be reasonably
proficient with each of the program outcomes so that they achieve the PEO. From
the attainment level of Course outcomes we can compute the attainment of PO.
The achievement of program outcomes are assessed with the help of course
outcomes of the relevant courses through different methods and the same is
monitored at various stages and computation of the final PO is done. The result is
compared with the threshold value of three in a scale of five. The illustration of the
same is shown as a graph in the next session.
b. Summaries of the results of the evaluation processes and an analysis illustrating the
extent to which each of the programme outcomes are attained.
70
Values of CO of courses contributing to PO9(Refer to CO-PO mapping)
Average
Courses under of CO
PO9 CO1 CO2 CO3 CO4 CO5 CO6 CO7 values
EN010 103 4.41 4.41
EN010 108 4.12 4.12
EN010 302 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.20
EC010 308 4.1 4.10
EN010
402(ME) 4.22 4.12 4.12 4.14 4.14 4.15
EC010 607 4.1 4.10
EC010 608 4.14 4.14
EC010 704 2.681 2.681 2.68
EC010 709 4.64 4.33 4.33 4.33 4.41
EC010 710 3.87 3.87 3.87
EC010 805G02 4.29 3.052 4.36 4.56 4.07
EC010 805G06 3.98 3.88 3.88 3.91
Average=PO9 Attainment value 4.01
Figure 9: Sample bar chart showing PO 9 Attainment
71
The minimum PO attainment value is taken to be 3 and the attained values are well
above this range.
e) How the results are documented and maintained.

The results of evaluation process are documented and maintained by the department
as follows.
1. Course outcome is documented by each faculty during the course and at the
end the same is handed over to the department program coordinator. He
combines the CO s to compute the attainment of PO.
2. Starting from first series examination to the University end semester result
of the batch is maintained in a separate file batch wise. The same is available
in the intranet for monitoring the student’s progress. Parents are also
informed timely.
3. College administrative office maintains the final university result of each
semester batch wise and programmed wise. The results are displayed on web
server so that the students and their parents have an easy and all time access
to the progress of the students.
2.4. Indicate how the results of evaluation of achievement of the

POs have been used for redefining the POs (10)
1. The PO’s were framed from the Graduate Attributes to train our students to
achieve PEO by a committee consisting of HOD, Coordinators and Class
Teachers.
2. The Committee meets every semester after the publication of internal assessment
to monitor the CO attainment and suggest the immediate changes if required in
course delivery, It evaluates the attainment of the PO from all the COs of a batch
at the end of the program and review the PO’s attainment level and recommends if
the methods of delivery or new courses are to be added. That will be implemented
from the next year’s admission.
3. Course exit survey is conducted and data are analyzed to identify the attainment
level and gaps.
4. Feedbacks are taken from the stakeholders for reviewing PO’s.
5. The process of redefining is similar to the process of framing and updating the PO
is as shown in figure 3
The Academic Council in its fortnight meetings discusses about the performance of
students after the examinations and suggests implementing the new methods to
improve the result. Same has been implemented by the faculty. University results are
compared among the college under our affiliated university, analyses and identify the
gap in our system. Thereafter, the Academic Council meets the staff and faculty
members to discuss how the attainment of PO’s can be improved and suggest the
methods to be followed from the next batch. This information is further used by the
Department Advisory Board to propose a final revised set of POs.
72
3. Programme Curriculum (125)
3.1. Curriculum (15)
3.1.1. Describe the structure of the curriculum (5)
Total Number of contact hours

Course Total
L T P/D Credits
Code Course Title hours
EN010 101 Engineering Mathematics I 2 1 - 3 5
EN010 102 Engineering Physics 1 1 - 2 4
Engineering. Chemistry &
1 1 - 2 4
EN010 103 Environmental Studies
EN010 104 Engineering Mechanics 3 1 - 4 6
EN010 105 Engineering Graphics 1 3 - 4 6
EN010 106 Basic Civil Engineering 1 1 - 2 4
EN010 107 Basic Mechanical Engineering 1 1 - 2 4
EN010 108 Basic Electrical Engineering 1 1 - 2 4
Basic Electronics Engineering.
2 1 - 3 5
EN010 109 & Information Technology
EN010 110 Mechanical Workshop - - 3 3 1
Electrical and Civil
- - 3 3 1
EN110 111 Workshops
EN010
2 2 - 4 4
301A Engineering Mathematics II
Economics and
2 2 - 4 4
EN010 302 Communication Skills
EC010 303 Network Theory 2 2 - 4 4
EC010 304 Solid State Devices 3 1 - 4 4
EC010 305 Analog Circuits - I 3 1 - 4 4
EC010 306 Computer Programming 3 1 - 4 4
EC010 307 Analog Circuits Lab - - 3 3 2
EC010 308 Programming Lab - - 3 3 2
EN010 401 Engineering Mathematics III 2 2 - 4 4
EN010 Principles of
3 1 - 3 4
402(ME) Management(C,M,P,L,A,T)
EC010 403 Signals and Systems 2 2 - 4 4
EC010 404 Digital Electronics 3 1 - 4 4
EC010 405 Analog Communication 3 1 - 4 4
EC010 406 Analog Circuits -II 3 1 - 4 4
EC010 407 Analog Circuits -II Lab - - 3 3 2
EC010 408 Analog Communication Lab - - 3 3 2
73
EN010
2 2 - 4 4
501A Engineering Mathematics IV
EC010 502 Control Systems 2 2 4 4
EC010 503 Digital System Design 3 1 - 4 4
EC010
3 1 - 4 4
504(EE) Electrical Drives and Control
Applied Electromagnetic
3 1 - 4 4
EC010 505 Theory
Microprocessors and
3 1 - 4 4
EC010 506 Applications
EC010 507 Digital Electronics Lab - - 3 3 2
EC010 Electrical Drives and Control
- - 3 3 2
508(EE) Lab
Digital Communication
2 2 - 4 4
EC010 601 Techniques
EC010 602 Digital Signal Processing 2 2 - 4 4
EC010 603 Radiation and Propagation 3 1 - 4 4
Computer Architecture and
3 1 - 4 4
EC010 604 Parallel Processing
Microcontrollers and
3 1 - 4 4
EC010 605 Applications
EC010
3 1 - 4 4
606Lxx Elective I
Microprocessor and
- - 3 3 2
EC010 607 Microcontroller Lab
EC010 608 Mini Project Lab - - 3 3 2
EC010 701 VLSI Design 2 2 - 4 4
Information Theory and
2 2 - 4 4
EC010 702 Coding
EC010 703 Microwave Engineering 3 1 - 4 4
EC010 704 Electronic Instrumentation 3 1 - 4 4
EC010 705 Embedded Systems 3 1 - 4 4
EC010
Elective II 3 1 - 4 4
706Lxx
Advanced Communication
- - 3 3 2
EC010 707 Lab
EC010 708 Signal Processing Lab - - 3 3 2
EC010 709 Seminar 2 2
EC010 710 Project 1 1
EC010 801 Wireless Communication 3 2 - 5 4
EC010 802 Communication Networks 2 2 - 4 4
EC010 803 Light Wave Communication 2 2 - 4 4
EC010
2 2 - 4 4
804Lxx Elective III
74
EC010
2 2 - 4 4
805Gxx Elective IV
VLSI and Embedded Systems
- - 3 3 2
EC010 806 Lab
EC010 807 Project - - 6 6 4
EC010 808 Viva Voce - - - - 2
Electives II
EC010 706L01 – Optimization Techniques
EC010 706L02 – Speech and Audio Processing
EC010 706L03 – Digital Image Processing
EC010 706L04 – Wavelets and Applications
EC010 706L05 – Antenna Theory and Design
Electives III
EC010 804L01 – Nano Electronics
EC010 804L02 – Micro Electro Mechanical Systems
EC010 804L03 – Secure Communication
EC010 804L04 – Management Information Systems
EC010 804L05 – Pattern Recognition
EC010 804L06 – R F Circuits
Electives IV
EC010 805G01 – Test Engineering
EC010 805G02 – E-Learning
EC010 805G03 – Mechatronics
EC010 805G04 – Bio Informatics
EC010 805G05 – Intellectual Property Rights
EC010 805G06 – Professional Ethics
#
Seminars, project works may be considered as practical
75
3.1.2. Give the Prerequisite flow chart of courses (5)
The pre-requisite flowchart of courses is given in the following flowchart.
Figure 10: Prerequisite flow chart of courses
76
3.1.3. Justify how the programme curriculum satisfies the

programme specific criteria (5)
Programme Specific Criteria:

Lead Society: IEEE
These programme criteria apply to engineering programmes that include electrical,
electronic, computer, or similar modifiers in their titles.
1. Curriculum
The structure of the curriculum must provide both breadth and depth across the
range of engineering topics implied by the title of the program.
The curriculum must include probability and statistics, including applications
appropriate to the program name; mathematics through differential and integral
calculus; sciences (defined as biological, chemical, or physical science); and
engineering topics (including computing science) necessary to analyze and design
complex electrical and electronic devices, software, and systems containing
hardware and software components.
The curriculum for programs containing the modifier “electrical” in the title must
include advanced mathematics, such as differential equations, linear algebra,
complex variables, and discrete mathematics.
The curriculum for programs containing the modifier “computer” in the title must
include discrete mathematics.
The programme curriculum satisfies the IEEE Programme Specific Criteria and can be
shown by dividing it into core component
1. Mathematical Logic: These subjects provide the foundation to the electronics
and communication programme. These include probability, statistics and
calculus necessary to solve complex problems.
2. Science: These include subjects like Physical and Chemical science, which can
be used to analyze and solve advanced engineering subjects.
3. Computing: These topics help to bridge the gap between hardware and
software, to analyze and solve simple as well as complex problems.
4. Engineering Basics: Helps in developing awareness about various
mathematical structures and its applications, which provide the breadth across
the range of engineering topics implied by the title of the programme.
5. Professional Core: These are ones that help to mould the student’s future, by
developing appropriate skills. It helps in providing an academics perspective
on electronics and communication addressing a wide range of areas like wired
and wireless communication, VLSI, Embedded systems and Optics.
77
3.2. State the components of the curriculum and their

relevance to the POs and the PEOs (15)
Course Curriculum Total Total POs PEOs

Component Content (% of number of
total number number of credits
of credits of contact
the hours
programme )
Mathematics 8% 15 17 1,2 2
Science 18% 27 39 1,2,7 2,3
Computing 3% 7 6 3,10 1,2
Humanities 3% 8 8 7,9 1,3
Professional 68% 187 146 1,2,3,4,5,6, 1,2,3

core 7,8,9,10
3.3. State core engineering subjects and their relevance to

Programme Outcomes including design experience (30)
S. Subject PO→
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
N0. Code CO corresponding to Subject↓
EN010
1 Engineering Mathematics I x x
101
EN010
2 Engineering Physics x x x x
102
EN010 Engineering Chemistry &

3 x x x x
103 Environmental Studies
EN010
4 Engineering Mechanics x x x x x x
104
EN010
5 Engineering Graphics x x
105
78
EN010
6 Basic Civil Engineering x x x x x
106
EN010
7 Basic Mechanical Engineering x x x x
107
EN010
8 Basic Electrical Engineering x x x x
108
EN010 Basic Electronics Engineering. &

9 x x x
109 Information Technology
EN010
10 Mechanical Workshop x
110
EN110
11 Electrical and Civil Workshops x
111
EN010
12 A Engineering Mathematics II x x
301
EN010 Economics and Communication

13 x x
302 Skills
EC010
14 Network Theory x x x
303
EC010
15 Solid State Devices x x x x
304
EC010
16 Analog Circuits – I x x x x
305
EC010
17 Computer Programming x x x
306
EC010
18 Analog Circuits Lab x x x x x x x
307
EC010
19 Programming Lab x x x x x x x
308
EN010
20 Engineering Mathematics III x x
401
EN010
21 Principles of Management x x x
402(ME)
EC010
22 Signals and Systems x x x x x
403
79
EC010
23 Digital Electronics x x x x
404
EC010
24 Analog Communication x x x x x x x
405
EC010
26 Analog Circuits -II x x x x x x
406
EC010
27 Analog Circuits -II Lab x x x x x x x
407
EC010
28 Analog Communication Lab x x x x
408
EN010
29 A Engineering Mathematics IV x x
501
EC010
30 Control Systems x x x x
502
EC010
31 Digital System Design x x x x
503
EC010 Electrical Drives and Power

32 x
504(EE) Electronics
EC010
33 Applied Electromagnetic Theory x x x x x
505
EC010
34 Microprocessors and Applications x x x x
506
EC010
35 Digital Electronics Lab x x x x x
507
EC010
36 Electrical Drives and Control Lab x x
508(EE)
EC010 Digital Communication

37 x x x x x x
601 Techniques
EC010
38 Digital Signal Processing x x x
602
EC010
39 Radiation and Propagation x x x x x x
603
EC010 Computer Architecture and

40 x x x
604 Parallel Processing
80
EC010 x x x x
41 Microcontrollers and Applications
605
EC010606 x x x x x x
42 Medical Electronics
L 04
43 EC010606 Television and Radar Engineering x x x x x x
EC010 Microprocessor & Microcontroller x x x x

44
607 Lab
EC010 x x x x x x x x x
45 Mini Project
608
EC010
46 VLSI Design x x x
701
EC010
47 Information Theory and Coding x x x
702
EC010
48 Microwave Engineering x x x
703
EC010
49 Electronic Instrumentation x x x x
704
EC010
50 Embedded Systems x x x x x
705
EC010
51 Elective
706
EC010
52 Digital Image Processing x x x
706L03
EC010
53 System Software x x x x
706L06 –
EC010
54 Advanced Communication Lab x x x x
707
EC010
55 signal Processing Lab x x x x x x
708
EC010 x x x
56 Seminar
709
81
EC010
57 Project x x x x x
710
EC010
58 Wireless Communication x x x x x
801
EC010
59 Communication Networks x x x x x
802
EC010
60 Light Wave Communication x x x x
803
EC010 Micro Electro Mechanical

61 X x x x
804L02 Systems
EC010
63 Secure Communication X X X X X
804L03 –
EC010
64 E-Learning x X X X
805G02
EC010
65 Professional Ethics x x x x
805G06
EC010
66 VLSI & Embedded Systems lab x x
806
EC010
67 Project X X X X X x X X X X
807
3.4. Industry interaction/internship (10)
The following are the procedures followed for industry interaction.

1. Industrial visit to know the working standards, process and procedures involved in
an industry.
2. Students are sent for internship/ industrial training of 10 to 15 days during the
program.
3. Industry personnel are invited to the College to discuss about the current standards
and trends in the relevant core areas and the expectation of the industry from the
students. This type of seminar helps the students to get updated in the field of
interest.
4. Training program on the industry used modern tools are offered to the students like
Lab View training, ORCAD etc.
82
3.5. Illustrate the measures and processes used to identify the

curricular gaps to the attainment of the COs/POs (15)
1. During the placement drive we can identify the area where the gap exists in our
students. Such gaps are reduced by the required training through add on courses or
by implementing it in the regular time table.
2. One such gap identified was lack of communication skills and student’s fear of
facing interview. Communication classes (English) are included in the timetable
and during those hours students are given exclusive training in communication
skill. Other arrangements include use of language lab, mock debate and group
discussions.
3. Aptitude training, career enhancement, GATE coaching etc are given regularly
along with the course of study in well-defined manner.
4. In this regard almost 1 lakh general aptitude questions are added in the college
server in addition to the technical questions which are contributed by faculty.
Each faculty contributes hundreds of objective type questions related to subject in
every semester and updating the server for analyzing the technical knowledge of
the students.
5. Students are motivated to attend the same twice in a week and faculty monitors the
score. Department career and placement cell regularly conducts the aptitude
training and motivational talks.
6. To know about the current development in the field of study students are
encouraged to select the topics for seminar and projects from refried journals.
They are encouraged to publish paper in the conference or in the journal even at
UG level, this helps them to improve the technical publication skill and to know
about the journals in the field of interest.
7. Additional training on a subject or modern tools are given to the students to make
them to compete among the peer groups.
3.6. Indicate the content beyond syllabus imparted for the attainment
of the COs/POs (35)
The following process is added in the Time-Table in addition to the regular syllabus so
that technical and behavioral skill of our students will improve.
1. Induction program in first year and in subsequent semester as and when required.
2. Micro project included in second year of study, where the students are expected to
do a small project, which starts with selection of the circuit, implementing it in the
bread board, testing and converting it into a common PCB, soldering and casing.
Entire work in the project is done so that this process will develop their skill for
hands-on work. A report of the activity is also prepared by the students.
83
3. During the Club activities students are expected to develop team work,
presentation skill and faculty monitors the same.
4. Add on training in modern tools used in the industry to reduce the gap in those
areas.
5. Regular aptitude training to improve their skill for placement.
6. Interaction with the stake holders to identify the gaps and the same is reduced
through the proper training.
7. Invited talks by eminent people from academia, industry etc to feed the needs of
the hour.
8. Seminars by the students and motivational talks, retreat, other valued added classes
are incorporated as part of the regular academic calendar.
3.7. Course Syllabi (5)
The syllabus is given in Appendix 1
84
4. Students’ Performance (100)

Admission intake in the programme
Item CAY CAYm1 CAYm2 CAYm3

Sanctioned intake strength of the programme (N)
120 120 120 120
Total number of students admitted in first year

minus number of students migrated to other
programmes at the end of 1st year (N1) 119 103 121 121
Number of students admitted in 2nd year in the

same batch via lateral entry (N2) 0 0 0 0
Total number of students admitted in the

programme
119 103 121 121
(N1 + N2)
4.1. Success Rate (30)

Provide data for the past seven batches of students
The success rate of students, in tabular form is given below.
Year of entry (in Number of students Incomplete Number of students who have
reverse chronological admitted in 1st year successfully completed*
order) + admitted via lateral
entry in 2nd year
4th Year
(N1+ N2) 1st Year 2nd Year 3rd Year
CAY 117
CAYm1 103 81
CAYm2 121 100 71
CAYm3 121 106 95 68

CAYm4 / 125 107 88 80 85
LYG
CAYm5 / LYGm1 127 106 102 99 97
CAYm6 / LYG m2 123 113 56 78 103

*
successfully completed implies zero backlogs
85
Success rate = 30 × mean of success index (SI) for past three batches
SI= (Number of students who graduated f r o m the programme in the stipulated
period of course duration)/ (Number of students admitted in the first year of that
batch and admitted in 2nd year via lateral entry)
Item LYG LYGm1 LYGm2

(CAYm4) (CAYm5) (CAYm6)
Number of students admitted in the corresponding 125 127 123

First Year + admitted via lateral entry in 2nd year
Number of students who have graduated in the 85 97 103
stipulated period
Success index (SI) 0.68 0.76 0.84
Average SI = 0.76
Success rate = 30 × Average SI = 22.8
4.2. Academic Performance (20)

Academic Performance = 2 * API
Where API = Academic Performance Index
= Mean of Cumulative Grade Point Average of all successful
Students on a 10 point CGPA System
OR
= Mean of the percentage of marks of all successful students / 10

(CAYm4) (CAYm5) (CAYm6)
Approximating the API by the following mid-point Analysis
9 < Number of students with CGPA < 10.0 /

0 0 0
91-100 %
8 < Number of students with CGPA < 9.0/
12 13 23
81- 90 %
7<=8 / 71- 80 % 55 65 67
6<=7 / 61 - 70 % 18 17 12
5<=6 /50 - 60 % 0 2 1
Total 85 97 103
Approximating API by Mid-CGPA
Mean of CGPA/Percentage of all the 7.43 7.42 7.59

students (API)
Av. API = 7.48

Academic Performance = 2 x Av. API = 14.96
86
4.3. Placement and Higher Studies (30)
Assessment Points = 30 × (x + 1.25y)/N

Where,
x = Number of students placed
y = Number of students admitted for higher studies with valid qualifying
scores/ranks, and
N = Total number of students who were admitted in the batch including lateral
entry subject to maximum assessment points = 20
Number of students admitted

corresponding to LYG 94 93 62
including lateral entry (N)
Number of students who obtained
jobs as per the record of placement 33 10 21
office (x1)
Number of students who found
employment otherwise at the end of 3 10 3
the final year (x2)
x = x1 + x2 36 20 24
Number of students who opted for
higher studies with valid qualifying 11 22 15
scores/ranks (y)
Assessment points 15.88 15.32 20.69
Average assessment points = 17.30
4.4. Professional Activities (20)
4.4.1. Professional societies / chapters and organizing engineering

events (4)
(Instruction: The institution may provide data of the past three years).
1. ISTE Student Chapter of Amal Jyothi College of Engineering(KE33)

2. IEEE Kerala Student Chapter (School Code: STB64771)
87
Sl No Date
1 27/01/2014 - Training on LabVIEW and Data IEEE SB of Amal Jyothi

31/01/2014 Acquisition Systems College of Engineering
2 03/02/2014 Wireless and Optical Communication IEEE SB of Amal Jyothi

Society (WOCS) College of Engineering
3 28/02/2014 National Science Day IEEE SB of Amal Jyothi

Theme - Fostering Scientific Temper College of Engineering
4 15/03/2014 Hands on training in PIC IEEE SB of Amal Jyothi

College of Engineering
5 1/08/2014 – Hands On Training On Spice Circuit IEEE SB of Amal Jyothi

2/08/2014 Simulation College of Engineering
6 4/05/2015 Invited talk on ‘‘MOEMS’’ Micro-Opto- IEEE SB of Amal Jyothi

Electro-Mechanical Systems College of Engineering
7 May 25-29, Summer School On Electronics (SSE) IEEE SB of Amal Jyothi

2015 College of Engineering
8 20/07/2015 Induction programme ‘‘KNOW IEEE’’, IEEE SB of Amal Jyothi

Subsection. College of Engineering
4.4.2. Organization of paper contests, design contests, etc., and achievements

(4)
(Instruction: The institution may provide data of t h e past three years).
CAY (2014-15)
1. LIVEWIRE2014 Organized by the ECE Students Association. The major

technical events are
1) LED Show
2) Electronics Component Exhibition
3) Roboscocer
4) Roborace
5) Paper Presentation
CAY m1 (2013-14)
1. LIVEWIRE2013 Organized by the ECE Students Association. The major
technical events are
88
a) Roborace
b) Paper Presentation
c) Circuit Debugging
CAY m2 (2012-13)
1. Science Day
2. Robotics workshop ‘eTRIX’ conducted with Joint collaboration with
THINKLABS, Mumbai and ECE students Association
3. Hands on Training on AWR software, AJCE, AWR
4. IEEE International conference on Microelectronics, Communication and
Renewable Energy
4.3. Publication of technical magazines, newsletters, etc. (4)

(Instruction: The institution may list the publications mentioned earlier along with
the names of the editors, publishers, etc.).
(Instruction: The institution may specify the efforts and achievements.)
Publication Description Publisher
In CAYm2 (2012-13) Zealous
In CAYm1 (2013-14) News Letter Vol 1
News Letter Vol 2
Proceedings of IEEE Manager, Amal

International Conference Jyothi College of
AICERA 2013 Engineering
In CAY (2014-15) Zeleous
News Letter Vol 3
Proceedings of International
Conference ICQMQC 2015
89
4.4.4. Entrepreneurship initiatives, product designs and innovations (4)

(Instruction: The institution may provide data of the past three years).
Item Description Achievements

In CAYm2 (2012-13)
Green Hearth I2U Funding, IEDC
Wireless Attendance I2U Funding
Driver Assistance I2U Funding
In CAYm1 (2013-14)
Sign Language Recognition using G
I2U Funding
loves
Detection of Epilepsy Disease Using
I2U Funding
EEG Signals
Virtual – I I2U Funding
In CAY (2014-15)
Mini Spy Drone I2U Funding
Virtual –I CeDS
Blind Assistance technology CeDS
Blind Assistive Wearable Device IEI Funding
Intelligent Helmet IEI Funding
4.4.5 Publications and awards in inter-institute events by students of

the programme of study (4)
(Instruction: The institution may provide a table indicating those publications, which
received awards in the events/conferences organized by other institutes. A tabulated
list of all other student publications may be included in the appendix.)
Achievemen
Year Event/ College Description Students
ts
Jowin Jose
DHISHNA Second Place
2012 Robo Soccer Thayil
2012
Rahul Mohan
90
Julin Joseph
Jithin Raju
Thomas N
Rarichan
Robin Tom
Manu Paul
Toms George
Abin Thomas
Praveen Mathew
Circuit Bittu Sebastian

First Place
Debugging Silpha Robin
Tony Thomas
NAKSHATRA
Robin Mathews
2012
Paper
Akhil Antony First Place
Presentation
Vinod Joshy K
Melvin Mathew
Nijo Thomas
TECH FEST
Robo War Rakesh Krishnan First Place
2012
R
Sam P Joseph
Sebin Sebastian
ASTRAL 2012 Robowar Manu Manual First Place
Toby James
Micah George
Dragster-
VIDYUT2012 Joby Joy Second Place
Robo Race
91
Abel Aby
First Place
Kuriakose
Robowar
Alen Thomas
Varghese
Denson K Shaji
Circuit
NAKSHATRA Ben John
Debugging
, ST GITS First Place
Circuit
Mathew M John
Debugging
Paper
2013 Arun Thomas
Presentation
Second Place
Paper
Silviya Benny
Presentation
Abhilash
Anandan
Dennis John Participation

TECHTOP Innovative
(Final
2013 Project Ajith Mathew Round)
Thoomkuzhy
Geet Rose Jose
Abhilash
Third Place
GEC, Techfest of Anandan
WAYANAD KSCSTE Ajith Mathew
Thoomkuzhy
Young Geet Rose John

INFOCOM
2014 NCSM Innovators Second Place
Award Dennis John
Mathew M John
NAKSHATRA Circuit
Pinky Mary First
, ST GITS Debugging
Sunny
NAVIGATOR, Paper Nimisha Mohan Third

92
MARIAN Presentation P
KUTTIKANA
M
Angry Bots
Praveen Mathew First
- Robo War
FOTIOS, Project Arun Thomas

First
CAARMEL Presentation Chindu Varghese
Project
Jose Louis First
Competition
SFERICS; ST
Ram N Rom Akhil Benny First
GITS
Mind
Charles Antony First
Mapping
MECHNIUS Abel Aby

Machine Kuriakose
2014; ST GITS First
Design
Akhil P Kumar
Pitstop Denson K Shaji First
Abhilash
Anandan
Ajith Mathew First

National
TECHTOP Consolation
Innovation
2014 Geet Rose Jose Prize
Competition
Techtop
Dennis John
Sreedev K
Hena Prince
Lia Ann Third

Varghese
HORIZON; ST Project
GITS Competition Philip Chetallan
Mathew M John Second
Philip T
93
Nedumpuram
Roshiny Thomas
Sandeep Babu
Nithin Peter
Sidhu M Raju
First
Sreejith
Harikumar
Suryakeerthi V
Tomin George
Abhilash
First
Anandan
Ajith Mathew
Project Thoomkuzhy
INFOCOM,KO
Presentation
LKATA Dennis John
Sreedev K
Geet Rose Jose
Alen Thomas
Paper Varghese First
Presentation
LUMIERE Denson K Shaji
COE
Jacob Shibu
KIDANGUR
Project
Jerin Varghese First
Presentation
2015
Ritchie Johnson
SWASTIKA, Project
Jaison Joy First
MBC Presentation
TORQUE
Robowar Melwin Mathew First
MANGALAM
ADVAY Circuit Nithin Peter First

94
TOCH Debugging
Project
Philip Chethalan
Presentation
First
ASTHRA Philip T
SJCE PALA Nedumburam
C
Mathew M John First
Debugging
Sandeep Babu Best

Fabrication
IIST TVM Aerotrics Sidhu M Raju
Award +
Surya Keerthi V Participation
EQUINOX
Techno Sreejith
LOURDES First
calypso Harikumar
MATHA
95
5. Faculty Contributions (175)

List of Faculty Members: For the programme exclusively / Shared with other
programmes
Distribution of teaching
Qualification, university, and year of
Designation and date of joining the
R&D and consultancy work with

No. of research publications in
Interaction with outside world

Holding an incubation unit
journals and conferences
load (%)
Name of the faculty member
since joining
graduation
institution
amount
IPRs
UG
PG
S
Dr. James Jacob BE, PhD Professor 30,5 NA NA NA NA
3.3/4(CGPA) 14/2/2007
Mr. Satheesh M. Tech Professor 100 5, 3 NA NA NA NA
Kumar KG 8.93 CGPA 09/06/2001
Dr.MGR
Educational &
Research
Institute,
Chennai
Dr. K Karunakaran Ph D, Professor 100 5, 5 NA NA NA NA
Nair Calicut 01/06/2012
University
Ms. Therese M. Tech Assist. 100 8, 3 NA NA NA NA
Mahesh Yamuna 8.61/10 CGPA Professor
Dr.MGR 03/04/2002
Educational &
Research
Institute,
Chennai
Mr. Geevarghese M. Tech. Assist. 100 10,1 NA NA NA NA
Titus 8.65/10 CGPA Professor
Dr.MGR 03/01/2005
Educational &
Research
Institute,
Chennai
Ms. Darsana P M. Tech. Assist. 43 57 NA NA NA NA
8.56 CGPA Professor
M.G 14/6/2004
96
University,
Kottayam
Mr. Anu Abraham M. Tech Assist. 100 NA NA NA NA
Mathew 7.59 CGPA Professor
M.G 15/2/2007
University,
Kottayam
Ms. Indu Reena M. Tech. 8.5 Assist. 100 NA NA NA NA
Varughese CGPA, Professor
VIT university 16/8/2007
Mr. Jose J M. Tech. Assist. 18 82 7,1 NA NA NA NA
Edathala 8 CGPA Professor
VIT university 16/8/2007
Mr. Jaison C S M. Tech. Assist. 100 3 NA NA NA NA
8.65 CGPA Professor
Dr.MGR 08/07/2008
Educational &
Research
Institute,
Chennai
Ms. Rosamma M. Tech. Assist. 100 NA NA NA NA
Sebastian 3.1/5 CGPA Professor
Kerala 04/08/2008
University
Ms. Ranjitha M. Tech. Assist. 100 NA NA NA NA
Rajan 3.04/5 CGPA Professor
Kerala 21/6/2010
University
Ms. Jomy Susan M. Tech. Assist. 100 1, 1 NA NA NA NA
Ipe 8.64 CGPA, Professor
CUSAT 07/07/2010
Mr. Binu C Pillai M. Tech. Assist. 50 50 1 NA NA NA NA
7.2, CGPA Professor
NIT Suratkal 12/07/2010
Ms. Careena P M. E. Assist. 100 NA NA NA NA
72% Professor
Anna 11/01/2011
University,
Coimbatore
Ms. Reeju Elisa M.E Assist. 50 50 1 NA NA NA NA
Baby 8.05 CGPA Professor
Anna 28/6/11
University,
Tiruchirappalli
Ms. Tessy Annie M. Tech. 8.1 Assist. 18 82 NA NA NA NA
Varghese CGPA Professor
97
Karunya 1/7/2011
University,
Coimbatore
Mr.Agi Joseph M.E Assist. 100 2 NA NA NA NA
George 7.6 CGPA Professor
Anna 1/7/2011
University,
Tiruchirappalli
Mr. Binu Mathew M.E Assist. 56 44 NA NA NA NA
7.8 CGPA Professor
Anna 1/7/2011
University,
Chennai
Mr. Ajai Mathew M.E Assist. 75 25 6,2 NA NA NA NA
7.4 CGPA Professor
Anna 1/7/2011
University,
Tiruchirappalli
Ms. Ria Maria M.E Assist. 1 NA NA NA NA
Anna 1/7/2011
University,
Coimbatore
Mr. Shinto M. Tech. Assist. 56 44 1 NA NA NA NA
Sebastian 6.5 CGPA Professor
VIT University 11/01/2010
Mr. Abubeker K ME, Assist. 75 25 3 NA NA NA NA
M 8.4 CGPA Professor
SRM 14/12/2009
University
Kancheepuram
Ms. Praseeda B M. Tech. 7.88 Assist. 18 82 2 NA NA NA NA
Nair CGPA Professor
M.G 04/09/2007
University,
Kottayam
Ms. Muth M. Tech. Assist. 37 63 2 NA NA NA NA
Sebastian 6.3 CGPA Professor
M.G 15/2/2007
University,
Kottayam
Mr. Binoshi M. Tech. Assist. 100 NA NA NA NA
Samuel 8 CGPA, Professor
CUSAT 14/7/2008
Ms Merene Joseph M. Tech. Assist. 18 82 5, 3 NA NA NA NA
M.G Professor
98
University, 01/07/2013
Kottayam
Mr. Mathew M. Tech. Assist. 37 63 5, 5 NA NA NA NA
M.G 01/07/2013
University,
Kottayam
Mr. Midhun Joy M. Tech. Assist. 100 2, 3 NA NA NA NA
7.8 CGPA Professor
M.G 01/07/2013
University,
Kottayam
Mr. Devadathan S M. Tech. Assist. 1 NA NA NA NA
7.8 CGPA Professor
M.G 20/07/2015
University,
Kottayam
Ms. Divya R S M. Tech. Assist. 2 NA NA NA NA
7.9 CGPA, Professor
Amritha 09/04/2007
Vishwa
Vidhyapeetham
Coimbatore
Mr. Sunish Kumar M. Tech. Assist. 3,2 NA NA NA NA
OS 8.2 CGPA Professor
CUSAT 02/01/2007
The table below depicts the total fractional workload of faculty, engaging the B Tech
courses, odd and even semesters of the following year 2012-13, 2013-14, and 2014-15. The
table above depicts one such table corresponding the present semester.
Duration 2014-2015 2013-2014 2012-2013
July -December 2178 2261 2423
January-June 2171 2479 2456
Fractional Workload 21.75 23.7 24.4
5.1. Student Teacher Ratio (STR) (20)

STR is desired to be 15 or superior
Assessment = 20 × 15/STR; subject to maximum assessment of 20
99
STR = (x + y + z)/N1
Where, x = Number of students in 2nd year of the programme
y = Number of students in 3rd year of the programme
z = Number of students in 4th year of the programme
N1 = Total Number Faculty Members in the program (by considering fractional load)
Year x y Z x + y + N1 STR Assessment

z (Max. = 20)
CAYm2 121 125 127 373 25 14.92 20.11

CAYm1 121 121 125 367 24 15.29 19.62
CAY 102 120 121 343 22 15.59 19.24
Average assessment
19.66
For item nos. 5. 2 to 5. 8, the denominator term (N) is computed as follows:

N = Maximum {N1, N2}
N1 = Total number of faculty members in the programme (considering the fractional
load)
N2 = Number of faculty positions needed for student-teacher ratio of 15
Year N1 N2 N = Max. (N1, N2)
CAYm2 25 25 25
CAYm1 24 25 25
CAY 22 23 23
5.2. Faculty Cadre Ratio (20)

Assessment = 20 × CRI
Where, CRI = C a d r e ratio index = 2.25 × (2x + y)/N;
Subject to max. CRI = 1.0 where,

x = Number of professors in the programme
y = Number of associate professors in the
Year x y N CRI Assessment
CAYm2 3 0 25 0.54 10.8
100
CAYm1 3 0 25 0.54 10.8
CAY 3 0 23 0.59 11.8
Average assessment 11.13
5.3. Faculty Qualifications (30)

Assess 4 × FQI
where, Faculty qualification index
(10x + 6y +2z0)/N2
such that, x + y +z0 ≤ N2; and z0 ≤ z
where, Number of faculty members with Ph D
y Number of faculty members with ME/ M Tech
Z Number of faculty members with B.E/B. Tech
Year x y z N FQI Assessment
CAYm2 2012-13 2 30 2 25 8.16 32.64
CAYm1 2013-14 2 30 0 25 8 32
CAY 2014-15 3 29 0 23 8.87 35.48
5.4. Faculty competencies in correlation to Programme Specific

Criteria (15)
Name Of Faculty Qualifica Area of Areas of Research

tion specialization Interest
Dr. James Jacob M Tech, CAD VLSI, CAD Testing

Ph D
Mr. Network Biomedical Image

Satheeshkumar M. Tech. , Communication processing, VLSI
KG PhD* & Security
101
Dr. K M Sc, Optics, RF Microwave Circuits,

Karunakaran Nair PhD Communication Optical Communication
Network Image processing,

Ms. Therese M. Tech. Communication Computer Networks,
Mahesh Yamuna PhD* & Security Signal Processing
Network Computer networks,

Mr. Gee Varghese M. Tech. Communication Bio-signal Processing,
Titus PhD* & Security
M. Tech. Communication DSP, Multi-rate Signal

Ms. Darsana P PhD* Engineering Analysis
Mr. Anu Abraham Communication DSP

Mathew M. Tech. Engineering
Ms. Indu Reena Sensor System Sensor Design

Varughese M. Tech.
Mr. Jose J Sensor System Sensor Design

Edathala M. Tech.
M. Tech. Network RF Communication

Communication
Mr. Jaison C S & Security
Ms. Rosamma M. Tech. Opto- Optical Communication

Sebastian Electronics
Ms. Ranjitha M. Tech. Opto Optical communication,

Rajan Electronics Signal Processing
Ms. Jomy Susan M. Tech. Digital VLSI, Digital system

Ipe Electronics Design
Mr. Binu Pillai C M. Tech. VLSI Design VLSI, Control System
Ms. Careena P M.E Communication Wireless
102
System communication
Ms. Reeju Baby M.E VLSI Design VLSI

Elisa
Ms. Tessy M.E Communication Communication

Varghese Annie System
Mr. Agi Joseph M.E VLSI Design VLSI, Embedded

George system
M.E Communication Wireless

System Communication,
Mr. Binu Mathew MIMO
M.E Communication Microprocessor and

System Microcontroller design,
Mr. Ajai Mathew Embedded System
Ms. Ria Maria M.E Communication Antenna Design

George System
Mr. Shinto M. Tech. Communication Communication,

Sebastian System MIMO
M. Tech. Embedded Microprocessor and

Mr. Abubeker K System Microcontroller design,
M Embedded System
Ms. Praseeda B M. Tech. Communication Communication, DSP

Nair Engineering
Ms. Muth M. Tech. Communication Communication, DSP

Sebastian Engineering
Mr. Binoshi M. Tech. Signal Signal Processing,

Samuel Processing Control System
M. Tech. Communication Communication, DSP

Ms. Merene
103
Joseph Engineering
Mr. Mathew M. Tech. Communication Communication,

George Engineering MIMO
M. Tech. Communication
Engineering
Mr. Midhun Joy Antenna Design
5.5. Faculty as participants/resource persons in faculty

development/training activities (15)
Participant/resource person in two week faculty development programme: 5 points
Participant/resource person in one week faculty development programme: 3 Points
(Max. 5 per faculty)
CAYm2 CAYm1 CAY
Name of the Faculty 2012-2013 2013-2014 2014-2015
Dr. James Jacob 5
Mr. Satheesh Kumar K G 5

Dr. K Karunakaran Nair
Ms. Therese Mahesh Yamuna 3 5 3
Mr.Gee Varghese Titus 5
Ms. Darsana P 5 5 5
Mr. Anu Abraham Mathew

Ms. Indu Reena Varghese 5
Mr. Jose J Edathala 5 5
Mr. Jaison C S
Ms. Divya R S 5 5
Ms. Rosamma Sebastian 5 5
Ms. Ranjitha Rajan 3
Ms. Jomy Ipe Susan

Mr. Binu Pillai C 3 5 5
Ms. Careena P
104
Ms. Reeju Elisa Baby

Ms. Tessy Varghese Annie 5 5
Mr. Agi Joseph George 5 5
Mr. Binu Mathew 5 5
Mr. Ajai Mathew 5 5
Ms. Ria Maria George

Mr. Shinto Sebastian 5 5
Mr. Abubeker K M 5 5 5
Ms. Praseeda B Nair

Ms. Muth Sebastian 5
Mr. Binoshi Samuvel 5 5
Ms. Merene Joseph 5
Mr. Mathew George 3
Mr. Midhun Joy 3 3

46 66 74
Sum
N (Number of Faculty 25 25 23
Positions Required for an STR
Assessment = 3 × Sum/N 5.52 7.92 9.65

Average Assessment 7.70
5.6. Faculty Retention (15)

Assess 3 × RPI/N
where Retention point
Points assigned
to all faculty
b
Where points assigned to a faculty member = 1 point for each year of experience at
the institute but not exceeding 5.
Item CAYm2 CAYm1 CAY
Number of faculty members with experience of less than l year (x0) 1 3 0

Number of faculty member s w i t h 1 to 2 years of experience (x1) 8 1 3
105
Number of faculty members with 2 to 3 years of experience (x2) 8 8 1

Number of faculty members with 3 to 4 years of experience (x3) 5 5 8
Number of faculty m e m b e r s with 4 to 5 years of experience (x4) 8 3 4
Number of faculty m e m b e r s with more than 5 years of
4 11 15
experience (x5)
N 25 25 23
RPI = x1 + 2x2 + 3x3 + 4x4 + 5x5 91 99 120
RPI/N 3.64 3.96 5.22
Assessment 10.92 11.88 15.66
5.7. Faculty Research Publications (FRP) (20)

Assessment of FRP = 4 × (Sum of the research publication points scored by each
faculty member)/N
The research papers considered are those ( i ) which can be located on t h e

internet and/or are included in hard-copy volumes/proceedings, published by
reputed publishers, and ( i ) w h e t h e r the faculty member’s affiliation, in the
published papers/books, is of the current institution.
Include a list of all such publications and IPRs along with details of DOI, publisher,
month/year, etc.
(Max. 5 per faculty)

Name of the faculty
CAYm2 CAYm1 CAY
2012-2013 2013-2014 2014-2015
Dr. James Jacob
Mr. Satheesh Kumar K G 3 5

Ms. Therese Mahesh Yamuna 3 5

Mr. Gee Varghese Titus 3 5 5
Ms. Darsana P 3 5
Mr. Anu Abraham Mathew 3
Ms. Indu Reena Varughese 3 5
Mr. Jose J Edathala 5 5 3
106
Mr. Jaison C S 3 5
Ms. Divya R S
Ms. Rosamma Sebastian 3 3
Ms. Ranjitha Rajan
Ms. Jomy Ipe Susan 3
Mr. Binu Pillai C 5 5
Ms. Careena P 3 3
Ms. Reeju Elisa Baby
Ms. Tessy Annie Varghese 3
Mr. Agi Joseph George
Mr. Binu Mathew 5 5
Mr. Ajai Mathew 3
Ms. Ria George Maria 3 3
Mr. Shinto Sebastian 3 5 5
Mr. Abubeker K M 5 5
Ms. Praseeda B Nair
Ms. Muth Sebastian 5
Mr. Binoshi Samuvel 3 3 5
Ms. Merene Joseph 5 3
Mr. Mathew George
Mr. Midhun Joy 3
Sum 26 61 79
N (Number of faculty positions
required for an STR of 15 25 25 23
Assessment = 4 × Sum/N 4.16 9.76 13.73

List of Publication is added in the Appendix 2
5.8. Faculty Intellectual Property Rights (FIPR) (10)

Assessment of FIPR = 2 × ( Sum of the FIPR points scored by each faculty
member)/N
107
(Instruction: A faculty member scores maximum five FIPR points yea

FIPR includes awarded National/International Patents, Design, and C opyrights.)
FIPR points (max. 5 per faculty

member)
Name of faculty m e m b CAYm2 CAYm1201 CAY 2014-
e r (contributing to 2012-2013 3-2014 2015
2012-13 0 0 0
2013-14 0 0 0
2014-15 0 0 0
Sum 0 0 0
N 0 0 0
Assessment of FIPR = 2 0 0 0
× Sum/N
Average assessment 0
5.9. Funded R&D Projects and Consultancy (FRDC) Work

(20)
Assessment of R&D and Consultancy projects = 4 × (Sum of FRDC by each faculty
member)//N
(Instruction: A faculty member scores maximum 5 points, depending upon the amount.)
A suggested scheme is given below, for a minimum amount of Rs. 1 lakh:
Five points for funding by national agency, Four points for funding by state agency/
private sector, Two points for funding by the sponsoring trust/society.
Departmental projects funded by DST-FIST, UGC, DBT, ICSSR etc and total
grants received
Sl. Project Year Amount Status Funded by

No.
1 Intelligent Light Dimmer 2008 216000 Completed KSCTE
for Automobiles
2 Driver’s Assistant 2009 100000 Completed DST
3 Green Hearth 2014 100000 Completed IEDC
4 Virtual –i 2014 50000 Completed CeDS
5 Blind Assistance 2014 50000 Completed CeDS

technology
6 Blind Assistive Wearable 2014 10000 Fund IEI
108
Device Sanctioned
7 Intelligent Helmet 2014 20000 Fund IEI
Sanctioned
8 Intelligent Light Dimmer 2007 10000 Completed Institution
for automobiles Constituted
9 Electronic Wheel Chair 2007 10000 Completed Institution
Constituted
10 Solar Powered Irrigation 2008 Completed Institution
Constituted
11 Smart Home 2008 10000 Completed Institution
Constituted
12 Improved Head Light with 2009 10000 Completed Institution
a Path Follower Eye Constituted
13 Mobility Enhancement 2010 10000 Completed Institution
System For Visually Constituted
Impaired People
14 Smart Aide For Cardiac 2010 10000 Completed Institution
Patient Constituted
With Pedometer
15 Smart Adaptive Speed 2010 10000 Completed Institution
limiter Constituted
16 Direct generation of DC 2011 Completed Institution
power Constituted
17 Navigator under water 2012 10000 Completed Institution
search equipment Constituted
18 Accident Response System 2012 10000 Completed Institution
Constituted
19 Green Hearth 2013 10000 Completed Institution
Constituted
20 Wireless Attendance 2013 10000 Completed Institution
Constituted
21 Driver Assistance 2013 10000 Completed Institution
Constituted
22 Sign Language 2014 10000 Completed Institution
Recognition using Constituted
Gloves
23 Detection of Epilepsy 2014 10000 Completed Institution
Disease Using EEG Constituted
Signals
24 Virtual I 2014 10000 Completed Institution
Constituted
25 Mini Spy Drone 2015 10000 Completed Institution
109
Constituted
26 IPR - Seminar 2011 25000 Competed KSCSTE
27 FDP- Intelligent System 2012 Competed AICTE
Design
28 International Conference- 2013 50000 Completed KSCSTE
AICERA 2013
29 International Conference- 2013 40000 Competed DRDO
AICERA 2013
30 Ekalavya – Basic 2012 Competed MHRD
Electronics
31 Ekalavya – Control System 2014 Competed MHRD
32 Ekalavya – Analog Circuits 2013 Competed MHRD
FRDC points (Max. 5 per faculty

Name of faculty member CAYm2 2012- CAYm12013- CAY 2014-
(contributing to FRDC) 2013 2014 2015
Dr. James Jacob 1*5=5
Mr. Satheesh Kumar K G 1*5+1*4=9(5) 1*2= 2
Mr. Gee Varghese Titus 1*5=5 1*2= 2 1*5= 5
Mr. Jaison Cs 1*2= 2

1*2=2 2*4=8
Mr. Binu Mathew (5)
Mr. Binoshi Samuel 1*5=5
Mr. Binu C Pillai 1*5=5

2*2= 4 1*2+1*5=7
(5)
Mr. Ajai Mathew
Mr. Sunish Kumar O S 1*2= 2
Ms. Merene Joseph 1*5= 5

Sum 12 21 26
N 25 25 23
Assessment of FRDC =
4 × Sum/N 1.92 3.36 4.52
5.10. Faculty interaction with outside world (10)

110
Sl. Seminars/Conferences/Workshops Date Source of funding

No. organized
1 IPR - Seminar 2010 KSCSTE
2 International Conference-AICERA 2013 DRDO

2013
3 International Conference-AICERA 2013 KSCSTE
2013
4 FDP- Intelligent System Design 2012 AICTE
Faculty as Resource persons
1 Current Research in Wireless and 3 to 5- TEQIP Phase II
Optical Communications from Dec-13 sponsored program-
College of
Engineering,
Kidagnoor
2 Information and Communication June 26- TEQIP Phase II
System Security 28, 2013. sponsored program,
College of
engineering Adoor
Faculty as Editorial members/ Programme /Technical/ Advisory Committee
Journal/Conference Faculty
1 International Journal for K G Satheeshkumar, Binu
Transformation of Consciousness Mathew
Faculty as Resource persons for development of semester-long course /
teaching modules
1 M Tech Syllabus revision 2013 M G University
2 M Tech Syllabus Formation 2015 KTU
3 LabView Core1 & Core2 Training 2014 National
Instruments,
Bangalore
FIP
Name Of Faculty Member CAYm2 CAYm1 CAY
(Contributing To FIP) 2012-2013 2013-2014 2014-2015
Dr. James Jacob
111
5 5
Mr. Satheesh Kumar KG
Ms. Therese Mahesh Yamuna

5 5
Mr. Gee Varghese Titus
5
Ms. Darsana P
Mr. Anu Mathew Abraham
Mrs. Indu Reena Varughese
Mr. Jose J Edathala
Mr. Jaison C S
Ms. Divya R S
Ms. Elsa George
Ms. Rosamma Sebastian
Ms. Ranjitha Rajan
Ms. Jomy Ipe Susan
5
Mr. Binu Pillai C
Ms. Careena P
Ms. Reeju Baby Elisa
Ms. Tessy Varghese Annie
Mr. Agi George
Mr. Binu Mathew
Mr. Ajai Mathew
Ms. Ria George Maria
Mr..Shinto Sebastian
5
Mr. Abubeker K M
Mrs. Praseeda B Nair
Ms. Muth Sebastian
5
Mr. Binoshi Samuel
5
Mr. Sunish Kumar O S
Ms. Merene Joseph
112
5
Mr. Mathew George
5
Mr. Midhun Joy
Sum 0 45 10
25 25 23
Assessment O F FIP = 2 × 0 3.6 0.87
Sum/N
Average Assessment 1.49
FIP = Faculty interaction points

Assessment = 2 × (Sum of FIP by each faculty member)/N
(Instruction: A faculty member gets maximum five interaction points, depending upon the
type of institution or R&D laboratory or industry, as follows)
Five points for interaction with a reputed institution abroad, institution of eminence in
India, national research laboratories.
Three points for interaction with institution/industry (not covered earlier).
Points to be awarded, for those activities, which result in joint efforts in publication of
books/research paper, pursuing externally funded R&D / consultancy projects and/or
development of semester-long course / teaching modules.
113
6. Facilities and Technical Support (125)

(Description of classrooms, faculty rooms, seminar, and conference halls: (Entries in the
following Table are sampler entries)
Room Usage Shared/ Capacity Rooms equipped

description exclusive with PC, internet,
book rack, meeting
space, etc.
No. of 6 Multimedia
classrooms Exclusive 66 Projector, Black
board, Netbook.
No. of tutorial 6 Multimedia
rooms Exclusive 66 Projector, Black
board, Netbook.
No. of seminar 3 250
rooms Shared 90
600
No. of meeting 2 20
Exclusive
rooms 24
7 1
No. of faculty 1
rooms 1
2 PC, Printers, Book
Exclusive
Rack
2
8
15
Room Shared / Rooms Equipped

Usage
Description Exclusive Capacity with
Class Room For Projector, Black

Class Room No Board, Chalk,
2nd Year A Exclusive 65
DC402 Duster, Notice
Batch
Board
Class Room For Projector, Black
Class Room No Board, Chalk,
2nd Year B Exclusive 65
DC403 Duster, Notice
Batch
Board
114
Projector, Black
Class Room No Class Room For Board, Chalk,
Exclusive 65
DC407 3rd Year A Batch Duster, Notice
Board
Projector, Black
Exclusive 65
DC408 3rd Year B Batch Duster, Notice
Board
Projector, Black
Exclusive 65
DC410 4th Year A Batch Duster, Notice
Board
Projector, Black
Exclusive 65
DC411 4th Year B Batch Duster, Notice
Board
Projector, Black
Tutorial Room - Board, Chalk,
Batch Tutorials Exclusive 65
6 nos. Duster, Notice
Board
Seminar Room Students Project 90/ Projector, Laptop,
no. R204, Presentations, Shared 200/ Internet, Laser
Alphonsa Hall, Seminars, Guest 500 Pointer, White
Auditorium Lectures Board, White
Projector,
Meeting room ,
Staff meetings Shared 25 Laptop, Internet,
Conference hall Laser Pointer,
White Board,
Faculty room, PC, Laptop,
Faculty rooms - Internet,
counseling, Exclusive 30
7 nos. Intercom, Printer,
discussion
Scanner, Wi-Fi,
PC, Internet,
Dept. Library
Library Exclusive 20 Printer, Scanner,
DB 109 Book rack,
Reading Tables
115
6.1. Classrooms in the department (30)

6.1.1. Adequate number of rooms for lectures (core/electives), seminars,
tutorials, etc., for the programme (10)
Adequate number of class rooms is available for conducting lectures and tutorials. The
class rooms are equipped with most modern LCD projectors which can be made useful
for taking power point presentations and showing videos of interest. Conventional black
boards are also provided in every class room. Classrooms are spacious enough to
accommodate 60 students and are well furnished and ensure proper circulation of fresh
air and light. State of the art seminar halls are available which are made use of for
conducting lectures by eminent persons from industry and academia
6.1.2. Teaching aids, Multimedia projectors, etc. (15)
In order to foster the integration of technologies in teaching and learning, the students
and professors access to a wide variety of computers and multimedia equipment that
reflect the resources available in department and college. The department has Lecture
Halls equipped with modern teaching aids like Netbooks, Multimedia Projectors,
Laser Pointers, Portable Addressing systems(to address a larger crowd) etc. for
effective teaching-learning process.
6.1.3. Acoustics, classroom size, conditions of chairs/benches, air

circulation, lighting, exits, ambience, and other such amenities/facilities (5)
All class rooms are fully furnished with tables, benches and desks made of high
quality timber. Class rooms are spacious enough to accommodate 60 to 70 students.
Class rooms are well lit with windows opening to natural light and air. In addition
sufficient number of tube lights and fans are provided. Curtains are also provided so as
to minimize the effect of extreme sunlight during afternoons.
All classrooms are provided with good ventilation. The acoustics of the classrooms is
good. Students haven’t complained about this so far.
6.2. Faculty rooms in the department (20)

6.2.1. Availability of individual faculty rooms (5)
There are individual cabins for faculty in addition to a separate room for
H.O.D. The cabins are partitioned such that each faculty gets sufficient
working space for himself/herself. Each faculty is provided with a personal
computer in the form of desktop computers or Netbooks. Internet connectivity
in the form of LAN or Wi-Fi is also provided.
116
6.2.2. Room equipped with white/black board, computer, internet, and

other such amenities/facilities (10)
All the faculty rooms are equipped with White board, Computer with internet facility
and telephone with intercom facility. Entire campus is Wi-Fi enabled.
6.2.3. Usage of room for discussion/counseling with students (5)
Staff rooms are made student friendly. Students are always welcome to approach the
faculty both for their academic as well as personal needs. Mentoring sessions are
held regularly in the staffrooms where students can approach their respective
mentors for guidance/counseling
6.3. Laboratories in the department to meet the Curriculum

Requirements and the POs (60)
Laboratories that are provided in the department are

1. Electronics Circuit Lab
2. Integrated Circuits Lab
3. Advanced Communication Lab
4. Project Lab
5. Systems Lab
6. Mini project/Hardware Lab
7. Communication Lab for PG
6.3.1. Adequate, well-equipped laboratories to meet the curriculum

requirements and the POs (20)
Laboratory Exclusive Space, Number of Quality of Lab

description in use / number experiments instruments manuals
the curriculum shared of
students
Circuit Lab Exclusive 86 m2 11 Good Yes
Integrated
Exclusive 86 m2 11 Good Yes
Circuit Lab
Project Lab Exclusive 117 m2 11 Good Yes
Advanced
Communication Exclusive 77 m2 11 Good Yes
Lab
117
System Lab Exclusive 126 m2 11 Good Yes
Mini project Lab Exclusive 117 m2 11 Good Yes
Lab View Lab Exclusive 77 m2 11 Good Yes
Computing Exclusive Number of Quality of Laboratory

People
facility use / shared Equipment instruments manuals
Computer Students Exclusive 90 Good Yes
Computer Faculty Exclusive 35 Good Yes
Printer Faculty Exclusive 5 Good Yes
Scanner Faculty Exclusive 4 Good Yes
Experiment List of various Labs
S3- EC 010 307 Analog Circuits I Lab

1. Characteristics of Diodes and Zener diodes
2. Characteristics of Transistors (CE&CB)
3. Characteristics of MOSFET
4. Frequency responses of RC low and high pass filters -.RC integrating and
differentiating circuits
5. Rectifiers-half wave, full wave, bridge with and without filter-ripple factor
and regulation
6. Clipping &Clamping circuits
7. Zener regulator with and without emitter follower
8. RC coupled CE amplifier-Frequency response characteristics
9. MOSFET Amplifier (CS) Frequency response characteristics
10. Feedback amplifiers (Current series, Voltage series)-gain and frequency
response.
11. Power amplifiers (Transformer less) class B and class AB
Introduction to SPICE
1. Models of resistor, capacitor, inductor, energy sources (VCVS, CCVS,
118
Sinusoidal source, pulse, etc.) and transformer.

2. Models of DIODE, BJT, FET, MOSFET, etc.
3. Simulation of following circuits using spice (Schematic entry of circuits
using standard packages).
4. Analysis- (transient, AC, DC, etc.):
5. Potential divider.
6. Integrator & Differentiator (I/P PULSE) – Frequency response of RC
circuits.
7. Diode Characteristics.
8. BJT Characteristics.
9. FET Characteristics.
10. MOS characteristics.
11. Full wave rectifiers (Transient analysis) including filter circuits.
12. Voltage Regulators.
13. Sweep Circuits.
14. RC Coupled amplifiers - Transient analysis and Frequency response.
15. FET & MOSFET amplifiers.
S4- EC 010 407 Analog Circuits II Lab
1. Differential Amplifiers (Using BJT and MOSFETs)-Measurement of

CMRR
2. Cascade amplifiers - Frequency response
3. Cascode amplifiers (Using BJT and MOSFETs) - Frequency response
4. Familiarization of operational amplifiers - inverting and non-inverting
amplifiers, frequency response adder, integrated, comparator and voltage
level detector
5. Measurement of OP-AMP parameters
6. Difference amplifier and Instrumentation amplifier
7. Astable, Monostable and Schmitt trigger circuits using OP-AMPs
8. Triangular and square wave generators using OP-AMPs
9. Wienbridge oscillator using OP-Amplifier with amplitude stabilization and
amplitude control, RC phase shift oscillator
10. Study of 555 and Astable, Monostable Multi-vibrator using 555
11. Active second order filters using OP-AMP (LPF,HPF,BPF and BSF)
12. A/D converters – Counter-ramp and flash type
13. D/A converters - Ladder circuit
S4- EC010 408 Analog Communication Lab
1. Amplitude Modulator-measurement of modulation index

2. Amplitude demodulator
3. Study of PLL and VCO IC's
119
4. Frequency modulator using VCO

5. Frequency demodulator
6. DSB-SC demodulator
7. DSB-SC modulator
8. Tuned amplifier
9. Mixer
10. AGC
11. Study of 8038
12. Spectral analysis of AM and FM
13. Multiplexing using Analog multiplexer IC's
S5-EC010507 Digital Electronics lab
1. Study of logic gates ;truth table verification of OR, AND, NOT, XOR,
NAND and NOR Gates
2. Implementation of the given Boolean function using logic gates in both
SOP and POS forms
3. Design and realization of half, full adder or sub tractor using basic gates
and universal gates
4. Flip Flops- truth table verification of JK Master slave FF,T and D FF
5. Asynchronous counter- realization of 4 bit up counter and mod-N counters
6. Synchronous counter- realization of 4 bit up counter and mod-N counters
7. Shift registers-study of shift right, SIPO, SIFO. PIPO,PISO and shift left
operations
8. Ring counter and Johnson counter
9. Design examples using multiplexer and de multiplexer
10. LED Display-Use of BCD to 7 segment decoder/driver chip to drive LED
Display
11. Static and dynamic characteristic of NAND gate (Both TTL and MOS)
S7-EC 010 607 Microprocessor and Microcontroller lab
Programming experiments using 8086 (MASM)

1. Sum of N Numbers.
2. Display message on screen using code and data segment.
3. Sorting, factorial of a number
4. Addition /Subtraction of 32 bit numbers.
5. Concatenation of two strings.
6. Square, Square root, & Fibonacci series.
Programming experiments using 8051 simulator (KEIL).

7. Addition and subtraction.
8. Multiplication and division.
120
9. Sorting, Factorial of a number.

10. Multiplication by shift and add method.
11. Matrix addition.
Interface experiments using Trainer kit / Direct down loading the programs from
Personal computer.
13. ADC / DAC interface.
14. Stepper motor interface.
15. Display (LED, Seven segments, LCD) interface.
16. Frequency measurement.
17. Wave form generation.
18. Relay interface.
S6-EC010608 Mini Project Lab
1. 555 applications
2. Light activated alarm circuit
3. Speed control of electric fan using TRIAC
4. Illumination control circuits
5. Touch control circuits
6. Sound operated circuits
7. Relay driver circuit using driver IC
8. Interfacing using Opto- coupler
9. Schematic capture software (ORCAD or similar) familiarization.
10. PCB design software (ORCAD Layout or similar) familiarization.
S7 EC 010 707 -Advanced Communication Lab
1. Delta Modulation & Demodulation.

2. Sigma delta modulation.
3. PCM (using Op-amp and DAC).
4. BASK (using analog switch) and demodulator.
5. BPSK (using analog switch).
6. BFSK (using analog switch).
7. Error checking and correcting codes.
8. 4 Channel digital multiplexing (using PRBS signal and digital multiplexer).
9. Microwave experiments ( Experiments based on subject EC010 703)
MATLAB or LAB View Experiments

1. Mean Square Error estimation of a signals.
2. Huffman coding and decoding.
121
3. Implementation of LMS algorithm.

4. Time delay estimation using correlation function.
5. Comparison of effect in a dispersive channel for BPSK, QPSK and MSK.
6. Study of eye diagram of PAM transmission system.
7. Generation of QAM signal and constellation graph.
8. DTMF encoder/decoder using Simulink.
9. Phase shift method of SSB generation using Simulink.
10. Post Detection SNR estimation in Additive white Gaussian environment using
Simulink.
S7-EC 010 708 Signal Processing Lab
1. Generation of Waveforms (Continuous and Discrete)

2. Verification of Sampling Theorem.
3. Time and Frequency Response of LTI systems.
4. Implement Linear Convolution of two sequences.
5. Implement Circular convolution of two sequences.
6. To find the DFT and IDFT for the given input sequence. To find the DCT and
IDCT for the given input sequence.
7. To find FFT and IFFT for the given input sequence.
8. FIR and IIR filter design using Filter Design Toolbox.
9. FIR Filter Design (Window method).
10. IIR Filter Design (Butterworth and Chebychev).
11. Mini Project based on digital signal processing or control systems or
communication applications.
S8-EC 010 806 VLSI and Embedded Systems Lab
Verilog
1. Implementations of
a) Multiplexer
b) Demultiplexer
c) Full adder & Full subtractor
d) Decoder
2. Using data flow style of modelling.
3. Using Structural modelling implement
a) 4:1 multiplexer using 2:1 multiplexer.
b) Four bit full adder using one bit full adder.
c) 4 bit counters.
4. Using behavioral modelling implement
a) D Flip Flop
b) J K Flip Flop
5. Using switch level modelling implement
122
a) One bit Full adder

b) Multiplexer – 2 channel
c) CMOS AND gate
d) CMOS OR gate
6. Verilog implementation of Moore and Mealy FSM.
Embedded Lab (PIC)
1. Four bit binary counter using LEDs.

2. Interfacing 7 segment LED and a character LCD.
3. Timers and counters.
4. Analog to digital convertor.
5. DC motor control using.
6. Understanding interrupts.
7. Asynchronous Serial Communication.
CS010 508: Hardware and Microprocessors Lab
Phase I- 8085
1. Arithmetic operation on a 8 bit

a. Addition of two 8 bit numbers with carry
b. Subtraction of two 8 bit numbers with borrow
2. 3 .Multiplication of two 8bit numbers
3. Division of two 8bit numbers
4. Bit data transfer
5. Data transfer
6. Square of a number
7. Factorial of a number
8. 08 bit array manipulations -01
9. Array sorting in ascending order
10. Array sort in descending order
11. Largest number from an array
12. Smallest number from an array
13. 08 bit array manipulation -02
14. Sum of ‘N’ number
15. Data search
Phase II - 8086(MASM)
1. 8bit Arithmetic Operation

2. 16 Bit Arithmetic Operation
123
3. Bit Manipulation
4. String Manipulation -01
5. String Manipulation -02
6. Array Manipulation
6.3.2. Availability of computing facilities in the Department (15)

Computing facility with sufficient number of computers with high speed internet
connectivity are available for students’ use. All the computing facility of the
department is connected to the Institute 100Mbps Network on optical fibre. UPS
power is made available to the entire department. The computer consists of Intel i5, i3,
Pentium 4 or AMD Phenon processors.
Licensed software such as Matlab, LabView, EdwinXp, AWR etc are provided. All
Microsoft products with MSDNAA, which is the Microsoft Academic Alliance
programme and consists of a bundle of Microsoft Software for academic purposes.
Development environments like MS Visual Studio, MS Visual Studio .NET, Visual
Prolog, MS Office developer, etc. are available.
Matlab with various toolbox like Communication, Image Acquisition, Filter

Design, Signal Processing, MATLAB Compiler, Simulink Signal Processing
Blockset, Communications Blockset, Video and Image Processing Blockset,
etc. Labview Academic edition(35 Genuine User License), Acquisition
Module (NI USB 6211), Data MyRIO Module. The Microwave Office®
design suite for design of all types of RF and microwave circuits, from
integrated microwave assemblies to monolithic microwave integrated circuits
(MMICs).
6.3.3. Availability of laboratories with technical support within and beyond

working hours (15)
All labs are assisted by competent technical staff with thorough knowledge of various
experiments and procedures. Students are encouraged to make maximum use of labs
for conducting their project works during and beyond the class hours. Technical staff
are available beyond working hours to help students. Please see Table 6.4.1 for a list
of technical staff and their qualification/experience.
6.3.4. Equipment to run experiments and their maintenance, number of

students per experimental setup, size of the laboratories, overall ambience,
etc. (10)
All labs are well lit and have continuous power supply which ensures
unhindered working of machines. Around 3-4 students work on a single
124
experimental setup at a time. The department hardware laboratory is equipped

with educational tools to promote interest and better understanding of
computer hardware and peripherals among the students. 8085/86
Microprocessor Trainer kits and 8033 Micro-controller kits etc., are used to
provide hands-on experience to students in basic hardware, Embedded
System Development Software and tools, Universal Trainer kits, and other
similar hardware items are provisioned to inculcate interest and familiarize
the students with various software developmental models and test them.
Please see section 6.3.1 for details of laboratory facilities.
The labs are equipped with adequate number of equipments and necessary
software.
Few hardware equipments are
1. CRO
2. DSO
3. Spectrum Analyzer
4. Function Generator
5. Dual/Variable Power supply
6. Digital Trainer kits
7. 8085 kits
8. 8081 kits
9. CPLD
10. Antenna Trainer kit
11. Optical kit
12. Microwave bench, for the related experiments.
We also have a well furnish Systems lab, with original OS, and other related
softwares like
1. Matlab
2. Labview
3. EdwinXp
4. AWR Microwave Office
`
6.4. Technical Manpower Support in the Department (15)
6.4.1. Availability of adequate and qualified technical supporting staff for

programme- specific laboratories (10)
Qualified technical staff is available for all labs as is evidenced form the following
Table
125
Name of Designati Exclusiv Date of Qualification Other Respons

the on e/ joining technical ibility
technical shared At skills
staff work Joining gained
Susamma Lab CSE/IT 03-02- ITI Circuits

Dominic Instructor Lab 2003 Electronics lab/Store
Jilimol K.C Lab CSE/IT 18-09- Diploma in Circuits

Instructor Lab 2006 Electronics lab
Aneesh Lab CSE/IT 04-09- ITI Projects

Thankachan Instructor Lab 2007 Electronics lab
Shefeena Lab CSE/IT 14-07- Diploma in IC lab

Karim Instructor Lab 2008 Electronics
Lab CSE Lab 09-07- Diploma in Systems

Rajesh.M.G Instructor 2008 Electronics Microcont lab
roller
Jomon Lab CSE Lab 01-12- Diploma in Projects
Joseph Instructor 2008 Electronics lab
Manoj A.V Lab CSE/IT 01-07- ITI Adc lab

Instructor Lab 2009 Electronics
Sreejith C.S Lab CSE/IT 02-08- Diploma in Adc lab

Instructor Lab 2010 Electronics
Jobish .D Lab M. Tech. 02-02- B.Tech in PCB Systems

Instructor Lab 2012 ECE Design lab
6.4.2. Incentives, skill upgrade, and professional advancement (5)

All technical staff is encouraged to attend skill enhancement programmes organized
by the institute as well as other institutes.
Higher studies
1. Jobish D is pursuing Higher education( M Tech)
Staff Development Programmes and Workshops attended by the Technical staff

a. SDP on Analog Circuits, Ekalavya Programme of MHRD.
b. IIRS (ISRO) 3 Month Outreach Programme on “Remote Sensing,
Geographical Information System & Global Navigation Satellite System”.
126
7. Academic Support Units and Teaching-Learning Process

(75)
Students’ Admission
Admission intake (for information only)
(Instruction: The intake of students during the last three years against the sanctioned
capacity may be reported here.)
Item CAY CAYm1 CAYm2 CAYm3

Sanctioned intake strength in the institute 780 780 720 600
(N)
Number of students admitted on merit b a s i
s 594 562 540 512
(Number
) of students admitted on
122 122 100 3
management quota/otherwise (N2)
Total number of students admitted in the
institute (N1 + N2) 716 684 640 515
Admission quality (for information only)

Divide the total admitted ranks (or percentage marks) into five or a few more meaningful
ranges
(Instruction: The admission quality of the students in terms of their ranks in the entrance
examination may be presented here.)
Rank range CAY CAYm1 CAYm2 CAYm3

More than 80 percentile 1 3 1 2
50--80 percentile 6 3 9 3
30--50 percentile 30 11 61 5
20--30 percentile 69 44 112 4
10--20 percentile 215 200 231 45
0--10 percentile 273 302 126 453
Admitted outside rank list 122 122 100 3
Tabular data for estimating student-teacher ratio and faculty qualification for first year
common courses
127
List of faculty members teaching first year courses:
(Instruction: The institution may list the faculty members engaged in first year teaching
along with other relevant data here.)
Name of faculty Qualification Designation Date of joining Department Distribution of teaching

member the institution with which load
associated (%)
1st year UG PG
Abin Manoj Ph. D Assoc. Prof. 26-01-2005 DBS 100.00 0.00 0.00
Shinto Sebastian M. Tech. Asst. Prof. 01-11-2010 ECE 60.00 40.00 0.00
Aju S Nair M. Tech. Asst. Prof. 06-02-2014 EEE 25.00 20.00 65.00
Nobin Thomas M. Sc, MPhil Asst. Prof. 07-01-2013 DBS 61.54 38.46 0.00
Neenu K Mathew M. Tech. Asst. Prof. 06-03-2014 CE 35.20 64.70 0.00
Linu Tess Antony M.Sc. B. Ed Asst. Prof. 07-02-2008 DBS 30.95 69.05 0.00
Joy Cyriac M.Sc. Professor 10-01-2004 DBS 100.00 0.00 0.00
Thomaskutty
Stephen M.Sc. Asst. Prof. 01-11-2010 DBS 30.68 53.70 15.63
Jibin C Jacob M. Tech. Asst. Prof. 28-01-2008 ME 31.25 68.75 0.00
Ashwin Chandy
Alex M. Tech. Asst. Prof. 07-09-2013 ME 33.33 66.66 0.00
Abu Mani M. Tech. Asst. Prof. 07-01-2013 ME 33.33 66.66 0.00
Mathew K.J. M. Tech. Asst. Prof. 29/12-2010 AUE 33.33 76.67 0.00
Jacob Philip Ph. D Professor 14-07-2014 DBS 100.00 0.00 0.00
Reeju Elisa Baby M. Tech. Asst. Prof. 28-06-2011 ECE 50.00 50.00 0.00
Manu Harilal M. Tech. Asst. Prof. 18-06-2014 MT 25.00 75.00 0.00
M Sc., MPhil,
Sini Rose Devasia B. Ed Asst. Prof. 07-02-2012 DBS 30.68 53.69 15.63
Sharon Jacob M. Tech. Asst. Prof. 08-01-2014 CE 44.60 55.40 0.00
Francis.K M. Tech. Asst. Prof. 07-01-2013 ME 25.00 37.50 37.50
Deepthi I Gopinath M. Tech. Asst. Prof. 24-07-2014 CE 48.80 51.21 0.00
Priya Philip M. Tech. Asst. Prof. 24-07-2014 CE 48.80 51.21 0.00
Deepak John Peter M. Tech. Asst. Prof. 22-07-2013 CE 31.25 68.75 0.00
Jose Joseph M. Tech. Asst. Prof. 07-04-2013 CE 26.92 5023.08 0.00
George Mohan M. Tech. Asst. Prof. 07-04-2013 CE 31.30 68.75 0.00
Minnu M M. Tech. Asst. Prof. 16-07-2014 CE 48.82 51.21 0.00
Jeena B Edayadiyil M. Tech. Asst. Prof. 20-08-2013 CE 42.55 57.46 0.00
Linu Theresa Jose M. Tech. Asst. Prof. 07-01-2013 CE 31.30 37.40 31.30
Maria Michael M. Tech. Asst. Prof. 08-01-2014 CE 33.30 40.00 26.70
Vipin Vijayan M. Tech. Asst. Prof. 08-01-2014 ME 62.50 37.50 0.00
Rony Thomas
Murickan M. Tech. Asst. Prof. 15-07-2013 ME 31.25 68.75 0.00
George M Varghese M. Tech. Asst. Prof. 07-01-2014 CE 10.53 52.63 36.84
Tessy Annie M. Tech. Asst. Prof. 07-01-2011 ECE 23.08 76.92 0.00
128
Varghese
Subin P George MS Asst. Prof. 12-09-2013 ECE 20.00 0.00 80.00
Richu Zachariah M. Tech. Asst. Prof. 07-01-2014 ME 63.33 10.00 26.67
Merene Joseph M. TECH. Asst. Prof. 07-01-2013 ECE 21.54 78.46 0.00
Mathew George M. Tech. Asst. Prof. 07-01-2013 ECE 38.08 61.92 0.00
Midhu Das B. M. Tech Asst. Prof. 16-06-2014 EEE 30.95 56.55 12.50
Jinson Paul M.E Asst. Prof. 07-02-2014 AUE 29.32 4239.07 0.00
Shany Jophin M. Tech. Asst. Prof. 07-07-2014 CSE 25.50 65.50 9.00
MSc, B.Ed.,
Rino Laly Jose NET Asst. Prof. 22-08-2012 DBS 57.00 43.00 0.00
Margret Sherin
Joseph M. Tech. Asst. Prof. 07-02-2012 CE 31.30 68.75 0.00
Anjana P. M. Tech. Asst. Prof. 01-01-2015 CE 43.75 0.00 0.00
Nimmy Chacko M.Sc Asst. Prof. 07-04-2011 DBS 29.17 55.21 15.63
Jose J Edathala M. Tech. Asst. Prof. 16-08-2007 ECE 25.00 62.50 12.50
Anitta Jose M. Tech. Asst. Prof. 07-07-2015 CE 48.82 51.21 0.00
Dona Sebastian M. Tech. Asst. Prof. 07-01-2013 EEE 40.00 60.00 0.00
Ajosh Abraham M. Tech. Asst. Prof. 28-12-2009 ME 21.88 78.13 0.00
M Sc., MPhil.
Deepamole S B. Ed Asst. Prof. 20-07-2009 DBS 32.50 62.50 5.00
Rakesh Reghunath M Tech Asst. Prof. 15-12-2008 ME 12.50 50.00 37.50
Reynold Jose M. Tech Asst. Prof. 16/08/2007 AUE 9.38 91.13 0.00
Binu Thomas M. Tech. Asst. Prof. 07-04-2005 ME 62.50 37.50 0.00
Toms Philip M. Tech. Asst. Prof. 28-08-2006 ME 68.75 0 31.25
Amal Sajikumar M. Tech. Asst. Prof. 01-01-2015 ME 17.64 82.00 0.00
Bini Koshy
Varghese M. Tech. Asst. Prof. 08-01-2013 ME 17.64 47.05 35.29
Yelana Thomas MA B. Ed Asst. Prof. 14-8-2008 HUM 6.25 81.25 6.25
Meby Mathew ME Asst. Prof. 07-08-2013 ME 40.63 43.75 15.63
Dr Sebastian
Narively MA Ph. D HOD 26-11-2006 HUM 100.00 0.00 0.00
MN
Muraleedharan BSc. Engg. Asst. Prof. 31-12-2007 AUE 70.00 30.00 0.00
Mathew J Joseph M. Tech. Asst. Prof. 07-02-2012 ME 62.50 37.50 0.00
M. Sc., M.
Phil
Lisa Rani Alex B. Ed Asst. Prof. 07-04-2007 DBS 53.57 9.38 37.05
V.I.Cherian M.E. Professor 01-08-2006 EEE 29.00 0.00 71.00
Neenu Rose Antony M. Tech. Asst. Prof. 22-06-2009 EEE 26.67 73 0.00
Shamini James MBA Asst. Prof. 07-04-2011 HUM 6.25 62.50 31.25
Jasmine Mathew MSc Asst. Prof. 07-06-2010 DBS 32.50 67.50 0.00
K P Sundareswaran M Tech Professor 10-01-2002 ME 17.00 83.00 0.00
Jency Sara Kurian M Tech Asst. Prof. 12-01-2014 CE 26.67 73.33 0.00
Joffie Jacob M Tech Asst. Prof. 15-12-2008 EEE 28.00 28.00 44.00
Dr. Sajith Kurian Ph. D Assoc. Prof. 15-07-14 DBS 100.00 0.00 0.00
129
Anumod D M M Tech Asst. Prof. 07-03-2014 EEE 13.77 79.03 14.20

M. Sc., M.
Rose Jacob Phil Asst. Prof. 08-08-2012 DBS 100.00 0.00 0.00
Jose Dominic MTM, BSc,
Joseph B. Ed Asst. Prof. 07-04-2013 HUM 6.25 81.25 12.50
Sherin Thampi ME Asst. Prof. 07-01-2014 ME 50.00 50.00 0.00
Tom Sunny M. Tech Asst. Prof. 15-1-2014 ME 50.00 50.00 0.00
M.A. , B.Ed. ,
Sangeeta S SET Asst. Prof. 07-04-2013 HUM 5.72 91.50 2.78
Rohitha Joseph M. Tech. Asst. Prof. 07-01-2014 CE 53.84 46.16 0.00
Saju Sebastian ME Asst. Prof. 01-01-2015 ME 31.25 68.75 0.00
Vishnu Prasad M. Tech. Asst. Prof. 07-02-2014 AUE 50.00 50.00 0
7.1. Academic Support Units (35)

7.1.1. Assessment of First Year Student Teacher Ratio (FYSTR) (10)
Data for first year courses to calculate the FYSTR:
Year Number of students Number of faculty FYSTR Assessment =

(approved intake members (10 × 5)/FYSTR
strength) (considering (Max. is 10)
fractional load)
CAYm2 690 27.45 25.14 5.97

CAYm1 780 30.78 25.34 5.92
CAY 780 30.27 25.77 5.82
Average 5.90
7.1.2. Assessment of Faculty Qualification Teaching First Year Common Courses (15)
Assessment of qualification = 3 × (5x + 3 y + 2z0)/N, where x + y + z0 ≤ N and z0 ≤ Z

X = Number of faculty members with PhD
Y = Number of faculty members with ME/M. Tech/NET-
Z = Number of faculty members with BE/B. Tech/MSc/MCA/MA
N = Number of faculty members needed
for FYSTR of 25
Year x y z N Assessment of faculty
qualification
CAYm2 2012-13 3 34 24 27.6 9.65
CAYm1 2013-14 4 48 18 31.2 9.77
CAY 2014-15 4 64 9 31.2 9.77
Average assessment of faculty qualification 9.73
130
7.1.3. Basic science/engineering laboratories (adequacy of space, number of students per

batch, quality and availability of measuring instruments, laboratory manuals, list of
experiments) (8)
(Instruction: The institution needs to mention the details for the basic science/engineering
laboratories for the first year courses. The descriptors as listed here are only suggestive in
nature, not exhaustive. )
Laboratory Space No. of Software Quality of Laboratory

Description Sq. mtr Students used Type of Experiments Experiments Manual
Preparation of sand
Foundry 44 20 Nil mould Medium Available
Making square and
Smithy 143 20 Nil hexagonal prisms. Medium Available
Plaining, Cross halved
Carpentry 47 20 Nil joined Medium Available
Filing, making rectangle,
Fitting 143 20 Nil making step joint. Medium Available.
Chain surveying,
Compass surveying,
Levelling, Study of
instruments like
theodolite, plane table,
total station and other
Surveying 73.5 22 Nil minor instruments. Medium Available
Threading, Jointing,
Sanitary fittings, Pipe
Plumbing 73.5 22 Nil fittings Medium Available
English bond, Flemish
Masonry 30 45 Nil Bond, Arch setting Medium Available
Electrical 114 45 Nil 1. Wiring of 1 lamp High Available
Workshop controlled by a switch,
2. Wiring of two lamps
and a 3-pin plug socket
controlled by 3 switches,
3. Stair case wiring,
4. Hospital wiring,
5. Godown wiring,
6. Tunnel wiring,
7. Wiring of distribution
board using MCB &
ELCB,
8. Study of measuring
earth resistance and
insulation resistance
using megger,
9. Wiring of fluorescent
tube,
10. Soldering practice,
131
11. Study of compact

fluorescent lamp,
12.Home wiring training
system,
13.Electrical safety
training system
7.1.4. Language laboratory (2)

(Instruction: The institution may provide the details of the language laboratory. The
descriptors listed here are s ug ge s t i v e i n n at u r e, not exhaustive.)
Language Space, number Software Type of Quality of Guidance

laboratory of students used experiments instruments
A maximum of Orel Students are Good Two faculty

66 students can Software trained on members are
be their Reading, involved in
accommodated. Listening, helping
Speaking and students use the
Writing skills lab .Apart from
the guidance
given in the
subject there
are two lab
instructors to
take care of the
technical aspect
of the lab.
7.2. Teaching – Learning Process (40)

7.2.1. Tutorial classes to address student questions: size of tutorial classes, hours per
subject given in timetable (5)
(Instruction: The institution may report the details of the tutorial classes that are being
conducted on various subjects and state the impact of such tutorial classes here.)
Provision of tutorial classes in timetable: YES

Tutorial sheets provided: YES
Tutorial classes taken by faculty / teaching assistants / senior students /others: Faculty
Number of tutorial classes per subject per week: One
132
Number of students per tutorial class: 20 to 30

Number of subjects with tutorials: 1st year.....9..... 2nd year....6....... 3rd year.....6.....
4th year.......5.......
These tutorials help students secure better marks in the examinations, internal as well as
university examinations. Moreover tutorials help the students to gain confidence in their
studies
7.2.2. Mentoring system to help at individual levels (5)
(Instruction: The institution may report the details of the mentoring system that has been
developed for the students for various purposes and also state the efficacy of such system
here.)
Type of mentoring: Professional guidance / career advancement / course work specific /

laboratory specific / total development
Mentoring is provided for total development of the students. Mentoring is provided after
analyzing the problems, if any, faced by each student. Mentoring helps students to get over
their difficulties with their studies (course work as well as laboratories). All students are
periodically counselled by three full-time counsellors. Career guidance is also given to the
students.
Number of Faculty mentors: 152
Number of students per mentor: 20 or less
Frequency of meeting: Minimum twice in a Semester

Each student has to fill up and maintain a Student diary with details of parents/guardian,
addresses, contact numbers and an academic history of student marks in all public
examinations and class tests in the Engineering courses. Any personal difficulties of the
student will also be discussed and the student will be directed to professional counselors,
if required. The parents shall always be informed regarding the progress as well as
problems, if any, of the students. Mentor shall also keep a track of the academic journal
prepared by the student detailing what he/she has learnt in every period. Students’
participation in arts and sports items and his personality and character will also be graded
by the mentor which can be viewed by the HOD and Principal. Corrective advice is
given, if necessary.
Three full time counsellors are available in the college. The students are at liberty to
approach any of them for help and guidance.
133
It is found that the mentoring system in the College is very effective for the development
of the students.
7.2.3. Feedback analysis and reward / corrective measures taken, if any (5)
(Instruction: The institution needs to design an effective feedback ques t i onnai re. It
needs to justify that the feedback mechanism developed by the institution really helps to
evaluate teaching, and finally, contributes to the quality of teaching).
Feedback collected for all courses: YES
Specify the feedback collection process: The students of each class are guided to the
Central Computing Facility as per a pre- planned schedule. The students are given 14
questions concerning the faculty who are dealing with theory papers and 9 questions for
faculty and staff dealing with Laboratories or workshops. The questionnaire is designed to
enable them to give their opinion as Excellent, Very Good, Satisfactory or Poor. Using a
computer program the score of each faculty is computed and shall be forwarded to the
Principal. The students are also allowed to write whatever comments they want to make
about the teachers which will be finally checked by Principal and HOD and forwarded to
the faculty concerned.
Percentage of students who participated: More than 90 percent.
Specify the feedback analysis process: The feedback collected from students are first
analyzed at the level of HOD and then at the level of faculty appraisal committee, headed
by the Principal. The contents of the feedback will be shared with each faculty member
individually. The feedback system works as an eye opener for the faculty.
Basis of reward/corrective measures, if any: Best faculty award is given based on students
feedback, HOD’s evaluation, the faculty’s self-appraisal report and the marks given by
Faculty appraisal committee, headed by Principal. The increments and promotions are
also bear some effect on these scores. Those with very poor marks and with bad
comments from many students will be asked to show- cause why they should be
allowed to continue in this College.
Number of corrective actions taken in the last three years: 3 faculty members were warned
during last three years. The warning led to improvements in their performance and quality
of teaching.
7.2.4. Scope for self-learning (5)
(Instruction: The institution needs to specify the scope for self- learning / learning beyond
syllabus and creation of facilities for self-learning / learning beyond syllabus.)
134
In tune with AJCE’s vision of being a transformational leader in education, conscious efforts
are taken in the academic and allied activities of the college to nurture critical thinking, self-
learning, creativity and scientific temper among students.
The college believes that self-learning and learning beyond syllabus have a great scope in the
development of the career of an engineer. Everything in engineering cannot be taught in the
class room or laboratories. The explosion in knowledge related to applied science and
engineering during the last century has been so much that four years is too short a period even
to cover one branch of engineering. This fact calls for the relevance for self-learning for
young engineers. What an institution should do is to provide adequate facilities for self-
learning to students so that they get motivated to learn more and more and ultimately become
life-long learners and innovators.
Motivation for self-learning should be provided in the classrooms. A teacher has a great role
to play in this. Discussing subject beyond the syllabus, providing exposure to exciting
developments in science and technology around the globe, attempting solutions to problems
in daily life etc. are the ways to motivate students for self-learning. They should also be
motivated to do things themselves so that they gain confidence to try anything with their own
hands. An intuition should provide ample opportunities and facilities for these to students.
Amal Jyothi College of Engineering has been doing just this, as outlined below.
7.2.5. Generation of self-learning facilities, and availability of materials for learning

beyond syllabus (5)
(Instruction: The institution needs to specify the facilities for self- learning / learning
beyond syllabus.)
Amal Jyothi College of Engineering (AJCE) has provided the following facilities to students
for their self-learning and learning beyond syllabus
Infrastructure:
1. 24/7 internet access with Wi-Fi connectivity

2. Smart classrooms with audiovisual aids
3. AES Software, Language lab, Computer Labs etc.
Learning resources:
1. Committed faculty who motivate students in the process of their learning

2. Reputed Journals from IEEE, ACM, Springer, Wiley etc.
3. Online Databases and Digital Video
4. Licensed Soft wares
The institution supports teachers to make learning efficient. The college provides a central
library with all latest books and journals which the faculty can utilize effectively and provide
135
comprehensive latest information to students. Students are encouraged to use the library
independently to enhance their skills and knowledge. Apart from this college provides
seminar halls where the students can participate in group discussions, debates, seminars etc.
The institution and faculty members support and encourage every student to make use of
Internet, computers and latest technologies available to upgrade themselves in their respective
field of studies.
Student projects:
Every student in AJCE does three projects during their course. Each student is assigned a
Micro project during third semester, a Mini project during fifth semester and a Main project
during seventh and eighth semesters. The students have the freedom to select projects of their
choice in consultation with teachers. Execution of these projects by themselves goes a long
way in developing independent thinking, organizing various elements of work in the project
and finding solutions to problems they face. These projects inculcate creativity and innovative
mind among students. AJCE thinks that execution of these projects will help to transform
students in to life-long learners and innovators.
Promotion of research among Students:
The institution has taken keen interest to promote research culture among students. The steps
taken in this regard at the college level are listed below:
1. Constitution of a Research Committee to mentor and monitor research among students

and to inculcate a scientific and research environment in the college
2. Research project for all students are carried out in the campus itself to make them more
research oriented.
3. Training programs at different levels are organized to introduce upcoming technologies
4. Seed money provided by the college for selected student research projects under a
scheme called Innovation Ideas Unleashed (I2U) (About a dozen I2 U projects are supported
every year). This project competition among students began in 2011.
5. Encourage research paper presentations in National and International Seminars
6. Personal mentoring and guidance by the research supervisor throughout the research
Process.
7. Scope for publishing eligible research results in the College Research journal, Amal
Jyothi Technical Report.
These activities initiated by the college for promotion of research motivate students to think
independently and go for self-learning and to learn their subjects of interest beyond syllabus
136
7.2.6. Career Guidance, Training, Placement, and Entrepreneurship Cell (5)
(Instruction: The institution may specify the facility and management to facilitate career
guidance including counselling for higher studies, industry interaction for training/
internship/ placement, entrepreneurship cell and incubation facility and impact of such
systems.)
Career guidance and placement of students
The college has a placement cell with 3 full time staff members, including a full time
placement officer, to provide career guidance and placement training to students. The
placement cell organizes on-campus and off-campus recruitments and pre-placement training
programs in Aptitude test, Group Discussions, Interviews and presentation skills in
collaboration with the Department of Humanities and other core departments. Mock
interviews and GDs are conducted on a regular basis so as to equip final and pre-final
students to face the challenges of recruitment scenario. Close on the heels of placement
drives, the Placement Cell makes an evaluation of the performance of the students. This
objective appraisal enables the college to identify strengths and weakness of the candidates
and select strategies for improvement. Besides, there are intensive supportive measures for
low performing candidates.
Career Counseling
Career guidance and motivational lectures by Alumni, External guests and faculty are
organized frequently
Organizing coaching classes for competitive exams
The departments organize coaching classes for GATE examination. The placement cell
organizes seminars on Higher Studies and conduct aptitude training.
Foundation Course for Civil Services is offered for interested students by Amal Jyothi
Institute for Civil Services. Many books and periodicals are available in the library for the
students to prepare for these examinations.
Skill Developments (Spoken English, Computer literacy etc.)
Communicative English has been incorporated into the curriculum. The Language Lab with a
capacity of 66 consoles has been set up to compliment classroom teaching.
In addition to these, different departments conduct following add-on courses in their areas of
specialization.
Department Add-on Courses
AUE AutoCAD, Pro-E
CE Revit architecture, Auto Cad, Primavera P3, STAAD Pro
137
CSE & CA JAVA, PHP, Android, NS2, LATEX
ECE Matlab, Embedded Lab (PIC and 89C51), Lab View, Placement
opportunities, Aptitude training
EEE CAD Training, MATLAB training
IT Android, PHP, Java
ME AUTOCAD, CATIA, ANSYS, PRO-E, ABAQUS TRAINING
A Question bank, containing close to 100000 questions, has been prepared by the faculty for
the benefit of students. The students can access the question bank and practice answering
them
Job-oriented skill development center, sponsored by Volvo-Eicher

In a first-of-its kind venture for an engineering college in Kerala, AJCE has signed up a MoU
with the globally-renowned Volvo- Eicher Commercial Vehicles Ltd (VECVL) to establish a
job-oriented skill development center.
Accordingly, the Amal Jyothi-Eicher Center for Automobile Technology, sponsored by

VECVL, has been established in the Amal Jyothi campus. This is the first heavy-duty
automobile training center in Kerala run by an engineering college in association with a
globally-reputed automobile manufacturer.
The skill development center will be a boon for the faculty and students to update themselves
on the latest developments in automobile technology and to have a hands-on experience in
best-of-its-class automobile technology in the world. It also offers a wonderful opportunity
for scores of unemployed youth with class 10/12 education to get trained in automobile
technology.
The Center will familiarize trainees in the most scientific way of repair, maintenance and
overhauling of commercial vehicles. The college has earmarked a space of 900 m2 to the
center for state-of-the-art classrooms, workshop and library.
VECVL will train the trainers and conduct regular follow-up programs to faculty to update
them on developments in the field of automobile technology. It will also provide study
materials and training equipment for the course.
The course will be a blend of theory and practical sessions for nine months and VECVL will
provide a 3-month internship at their plant and dealerships.
Innovation and Entrepreneurship Development Center (IEDC)
The Innovation and Entrepreneurship Development Center (IEDC) is an initiative of National

Science and Technology Entrepreneurship Development Board (NSTEDB) of the Department
138
of Science and Technology (DST), New Delhi. With an aim of develop institutional
mechanism to create entrepreneurial culture in academic institutions to foster growth of
innovation and entrepreneurship amongst the faculty and students.
Every year this center is providing financial support to number of students for developing
innovative products. Up to one lakh rupees for each idea. Apart from this financial support we
are providing the mentoring and Infrastructural support for these projects.
Also this center is arranging so many classes and camps to promote technology based
innovation and entrepreneurship among the students.
Inspiration behind the starting IEDC:
1. Our long-term goal is to create an engineering city of three hundred acres in area,
owned by the management out of which the present campus occupies fifty acres and to
develop a technological center to uplift the rural community.
2. Many of our students have shown consistent interest to get more knowledge about
entrepreneurship to be competent in the modern world.
3. Our students and teachers have been proving their talent in developing innovative
products by winning several national level project contests and getting funds for
product development from various research and development institutes around the
nation.
4. There are no other centers in our district or neighboring districts for guidance in the
field of entrepreneurship.
5. The scope of rural technology development is very high because our college is located
in a rural setting with most people depending on traditional farming methods.
6. Our management and empowered faculty members are trying to provide technology
based solutions to the problems faced by the agrarian rural community and these
efforts have been streamlined through IEDC.
Activities of IEDC
1. Business skill development program

Business Skill Development Programme (BSDP) is a training programme sponsored
and supported by Ministry of Micro, Small Medium Enterprises (MSME), New Delhi.
With an aim to encourage students to start self- employment ventures as Micro, Small
or Medium enterprises which is instrumental for employment generation.
2. Product development
In association with various Government agencies and by utilizing the technical
resources of Amal Jyothi College of Engineering, we have developed a good number
of new innovative socially useful products. A few of the examples are listed below:
1. Intelligent Light Dimmer: In this fast growing era a lot of accidents are reported due
to the temporary blindness created due to the High beam of the headlight of the
139
vehicles coming in the opposite direction. Amal Jyothi has taken this nationally
important problem as a challenge and developed an automatic light dimmer which will
actuate without the help of human interference. This project was supported and
sponsored by Government of Kerala.
2. Automated Rubber tapping machine: Kerala is a state having vast areas of rubber
cultivation and all are facing huge labor shortage to tape the tree. To overcome this
crises Amal Jyothi is developing an Automated Rubber tapping machine in
association Rubber Research Institute of India (RRII)
3. Coconut Climbing Machine: Department of Industries and Commerce, Govt. of

Kerala has organized a national wide competition for developing Coconut Climbing
Machine, to avoid the acute labor shortage in this field. Form this competition eight
ideas were selected for product development, out of this two projects are for Amal
Jyothi College of Engineering. Those are 1. Mr John Jose Pattery, final year
Mechanical Engineering. 2. Mr. Zacharias Mathew, Chief Technical officer.
4. Robo for Bore Well Rescue: A robot for rescuing children from tube well has
developed by our students, this project is funded by Department of Science and
Technology (DST), New Delhi, Govt. of India.
5. Pedal Powered Inverter: We developed an inverter which use mechanical power to

charge the battery of the inverter, source of this mechanical power is pedaling of an
exercises cycle; this project is funded by Department of Science and Technology
(DST), New Delhi, Govt. of India.
6. Digital pre- paid energy meter: This is an energy meter which can charge like a pre-
paid mobile and can control number of energy meters from one central station. This
will help for energy conservation also. This project is funded by Department of
Science and Technology (DST), New Delhi Govt. of India.
7. Driver’s Assistant: To make the drivers more alert about road sign boards our students
have developed new equipment. Which is funded by Department of Science and
Technology (DST), New Delhi, Govt. of India.
8. Internet Radio: With an aim of promoting internet communication our students has
started one internet radio which will be converted in to a technical knowledge source
within a short span of time. This programme is taking place in association with
Department of Science and Technology (DST), New Delhi, Govt. of India.
Technology-Business Incubator (TBI), sponsored by DST
A Technology-Business Incubator (TBI) has been established AJCE with the support of DST
in 2014-15, with the following objectives:
1. Creation of Technology based incubates on a continuous basis

140
2. Help to create value added jobs and services

3. Introduction of entrepreneurial culture among students.
4. Create effective networking for the development of technology based start-ups
5. Develop internationally accepted technologies
6. Promote students to come up with commercially viable curriculum projects
7. Create student entrepreneurs
8. Create awareness about Technology Incubation and Commercialization of R & D
products and processes.
9. Promote small and medium industries.
An overriding objective of the venture is to achieve a transformation of minds of students
from being job-seekers to being entrepreneurs themselves, utilizing the theoretical and
practical knowledge they gained in the college.
The TBI will initiate a stronger industry-academia-consumer linkage where ideas can flow to
and fro through the three stakeholder groups so that everyone benefits. The industry will
benefit from technological developments initiated by the TBI as well as qualified students
who have an innovative mind to join their workforce. Academia will stand to gain from its
constant interaction with industry, and consumers will gain from the innovations that are
rolled out through the association.
The thrust areas identified for the functioning of TBI in AJCE are
1. Rural technology
2. Green Technology
3. Information Technology
4. Artificial Intelligence
Other entrepreneurial initiatives of AJCE
The college has identified entrepreneurship Development as the need of the hour in the
context of growing opportunities for enterprises in India. Developing entrepreneurial traits in
students is one of the graduate attributes. The following are some of the initiatives taken by
AJCE, in addition to IEDC, in this direction.
It organizes special trainings like Business Skill Development Program (BSDP), Intellectual
Property Rights Awareness, Entrepreneurship awareness Camps etc. in association with
Techno Park, Trivandrum, Kerala State Council for Science, Technology and Environment
(KSCSTE) and the Ministry of Micro, Small and Medium Enterprises (MSME), Govt. of
Kerala. An IPR facilitation center supported by KSCSTE also functions in the college.
Two of the projects were shortlisted among the eight from Kerala and got funding of one lakh
141
each from the State Govt. for developing a coconut tree climbing machine.
Three student projects are approved for TePP funding for product development. A few patent
applications have been submitted through the Patent Information Center, KSCSTE, Govt. of
Kerala.
Projects that won top place in the all-India Innovation Hub project contest, organized jointly
by National Council of Science Museums and ‘The Telegraph’ at Kolkata
Project Year Prize
Password Security System 2007 First Prize
Electronic Wheel Chair 2008 First Prize
Solar Power-based Computerized 2009 First Prize

Irrigation System
Robot Bore well Rescue 2010 Second Prize
Cocobot – Coconut Plucking Robot 2011 Second Prize
E- diagnoser 2012 First Prize
Xerobot - A Multi-purpose Automation 2013 Second Prize

Robot
Virtual-I 2014 First Prize
Automatic Lemonade Machine 2014 Second Prize
Projects that won positions in the all-India Tech Top project contest
Project Year Prize
Pepper Separator 2011 First Prize
Helioped 2011 Special Prize
Advanced cardamom 2013 Second prize

drier
Virtual- I 2014 Special prize
Details of Amalites Entrepreneurs
Few of the alumni of AJCE who have initiated their own companies are listed below.
142
Entrepreneurship Initiatives Batch Dept Name
Wedding Platter 2006 ECE Sofia Anup
Emvigo Technologies 2007 ECE Nitin Prabhakar
Emvigo Technologies 2008 ECE Avinash Prabhakar
Zorus Technologies 2008 ECE Syril Joseph
Dhuniya Al Jamali Group 2009 ECE Hashim Jamal
Engineers World 2009 ECE Rogen Joseph
Zhooyi Communications 2010 ECE Mittu Andrews Tigi
Synergen Consultants 2010 ECE Bansan Thomas

George
Marigold Group 2011 ECE Thomas Kiran
Developer of Fullforms.com 2006- 2010 EEE Mithun Mathew
Electrical CAD 2006-2010 EEE Sajin Babu
Kanchi Signature Collections- 2006 - 2010 EEE Sruthi Merin Ittiyavirah

online store
Mayoora Jewels- Handmade 2007 - 2011 EEE Archana R Nair

Terracotta Jewellery
Construction Company 2008-2012 CE Arun George, Roshan

E.E, Tigil thomas
Filanza 2011 CSE Sarath S
Construction Company 2006-2010 CE Jobit Joseph
Construction materials business 2010-2014 CE Shon Jacob
7.2.7. Co-curricular and Extra-curricular Activities (5)

(Instruction: The institution may specify the co-curricular and extra-curricular activities,
e.g. NCC/NSS, cultural activities, etc.)
143
Promotion of Co-curricular and Extra-curricular Activities
The College views extracurricular and co-curricular activities as integral to the holistic
development of students. Opportunities are identified, created and opened to promote student
participation in them. Financial support as well as training and development support are
provided by the institution appropriately. The college helps the students in these activities in
the following ways.
1. Additional academic support and flexibility in examination times are provided.

2. Students are informed of Special dietary requirements, provided with sports uniform,
necessary materials and other relevant information
3. Students organize three days National Techno Cultural fest Azure, Arts day, College
day, Onam and Christmas celebrations.
4. A program called Talent’ EVE is conducted on year wise basis every two weeks to
promote the talents of the students in campus.
5. All core departments have their own branch association. They organize seminars /
workshops / invited talks from industry/inter college and intra college technical and
cultural fest. Student chapters of various professional societies such as IEEE, CSI
etc. function in the college.
6. With a view to honing the technical and cultural skills and talents of students, and to
promote their aptitude for research and extension, the college offers both technical as
well as non-technical clubs.
7. Students are given duty leave to participate in technical and cultural activities
organized by the university or any other college.
8. For those who win the competition have been awarded the grace marks along with
the internal marks
National Service Scheme (NSS)
The motto of NSS “Not Me, But You”, reflects the essence of democratic living and upholds
the need for self-less service. NSS helps the students develop appreciation to other person’s
points of view and also show consideration to ‘other living beings. The philosophy of the NSS
is well reflected in this motto, which underlines on the belief that the welfare of an individual
is ultimately dependent on the welfare of the society on the whole and therefore, the NSS
volunteers shall strive for the well-being of the society.
M.G University has sanctioned one unit of NSS to our college. This is the first time that an
NSS unit has been sanctioned by the MG University to a self-financing engineering college.
The NSS unit of our college, with 200 volunteers, plays an active role in shaping our student
humane and responsible citizens. The overall aim of NSS is personality development of
students through community service. We conduct special camping programme of seven days
duration in adopted places and it provides unique opportunities to students for group living,
144
collective experience sharing, sharing responsibilities, addressing various developmental

issues of regional and national importance and close interaction with the community around.
Activities undertaken by the NSS unit of AJCE are listed below.
1. Road reconstruction
2. Yoga class
3. Class on self confidence
4. Cultural fest
5. Class on internal marks
6. Class on personality development
7. Debate ‘Love marriage or arranged marriage’
8. Blood group identification camp
9. Class for school students
10. Trekking
11. Class on energy conservation
12. X’ Mas carol
13. Camp fire
14. Training on paper carry bag preparation
15. Visit to orphanage ‘Baby Sadhan’
16. Indoor games
Red Ribbon Club (RRC)
Red Ribbon Club Programme (RRCP) is a comprehensive promotional and preventive

intervention to enhance voluntary blood donation as well as mainstream HIV and AIDS
prevention, care and support and treatment impact, mitigation, stigma reduction, among the
youth in educational institutions. It will also prepare and promote youth peer educators within
and outside the campuses. An active RRC is functioning in Amal Jyothi College of
engineering.
The activities of RRC includes

1. Blood donation
2. Blood group identification camp
3. HIV awareness programs
Nature Club
A nature club is a group of young people, who spread conservation awareness in the society.
Since a club represents the collective will of its members, it can generate conservation
awareness in most effective manner. A Nature Club functions in our college, which does
everything possible (like organizing seminars) to spread awareness about conservation of
nature.
145
Amal Jyothi Driving Academy
Road safety is a key concern for both Government and people on Indian roads. Safe driving
today requires a higher level of confidence, competence and maturity, given the poor traffic
planning, increasing number of vehicles, and lack of professionalism in driving and untrained
drivers on road. In a bid to address these issues, Department of Automobile Engineering of
Amal Jyothi, has launched Amal Jyothi Driving Academy, an initiative for promoting safe
driving under the guidance and full support of Motor Vehicles Department. This Academy
not just imparts better driving skills but also tries to inculcate safe driving culture through
special theoretical sessions for behavioral training and road sense. The academy offers driving
lessons to students with two vehicles available with it.
The motto of the Academy is “Smile while you drive”.
A brief outline of co-curricular and extra-curricular activities for the past four years is given
below.
2014 -15
All departments engage in activities like
• Industrial visits
• Invited lectures
• Department Association Activities
• Publication of department magazines / digests
• Career guidance talks
• Industry experts talks
• Workshops
• Gate / Placement Trainings etc.
A good number of students had appeared in technical festivals and project contests at state
and national levels.
5 projects from Amal Jyothi have been selected for Tech Top Competition held in
Trivandrum.
Team from Amal Jyothi secured first prize in Shristi – National Level Technical Project
Contest in Saint Gits College, Kottayam, Kerala. Close to 10 teams were finalists.
2 teams from Amal Jyothi secured the first and second prizes at Infocom, Kolkatta
Amal Jyothi hosted Azure, a national level techno-cultural festival during 25-27 September.
Dining Etiquette Sessions were conducted for students.
Over a Cup of Tea – An initiative of the Management Development Centre, noted
industrialists and technocrats were brought in to address students to motivate them
Under the Fig Tree – A mini motivational / moral sessions led by the faculty of Amal Jyothi
addressing the students.
NSS camps – Students attend the internally arranged camps and state and national camps
146
Community Service – Students as part of curriculum specifications engage in community

services
College magazine is getting ready for publication
Amal Jyothi hosted Azure, a national level techno-cultural festival from September 25, 26
and 27
Onam – 5th September 2014 saw the conduct of Onam Celebrations.
Christmas Celebrations – The first year students hosted the Christmas Celebrations on 19th
December 2014.
Talent EVE – 22nd August 2014 witnessed the conduct of Talent Eve – a biweekly
programme conceptualized to promote the talents of the students.
Run Kerala Run - 20th January, Amal Jyothi joined the rest of Kerala in celebrating the
organization of National Games in the state by conducting a 1 km marathon around the
campus premises
Arts Day Celebrations ‘Aarohan 2K15’ was organized on 28th February which also saw
playback singer Najeem Arshad as the Chief Guest at the closing ceremony.
Alumni Induction Programme for graduating students on 20th May 2015
Be Smart Don’t Start – Anti Addiction campaign was organized by the Jesus Youth in the
campus on 01, April 2015
Regular sports events in games and sports are conducted along the semester focusing on
Shuttle Badminton, Basketball, football, cricket and athletics
2013-14
All departments engage in
• Industry expert talks
• Workshops
NSS camps – Students attend the internally arranged camps and state and national camps
Be Smart Don’t Start – Anti Addiction campaign was organized by the Jesus Youth in
campus on April 1 2014
Community Service – Students as part of curriculum specifications engage in community
services
Amal Jyothi hosted ‘Azure’, a national level techno-cultural festival from August 12, 13 & 14
Amal Jyothi hosted ‘Arena’, all Kerala Basketball tournament on 3-6 March 2014
Onam – 13th September 2013 saw the conduct of Onam Celebrations.
147
Christmas Celebrations – The first year students hosted the Christmas Celebrations ‘Cake 13’
on 13th December 2014.
Talent EVE – 17-01-2014 & 31-01-2014 witnessed the conduct of Talent Eve – a biweekly
programme conceptualized to promote the talents of the students.
Arts Day Celebrations on 4 & 5 March 2014, El-Arte provided a platform for students to
explore their talents and discover the artistic masteries. The event was inaugurated by Shri
Ajay Kumar aka Guinness Pakru.
Alumni Induction Programme & Common farewell for graduating students on 26/04/2014
2012-13
All departments engage in
• Workshops
A good number of students appeared in technical festivals and project contests at state and
national levels
The Onam celebration was conducted on 24th August 2012.
Fresher’s Day welcoming first years to campus was conducted on 11th October.
Arts Club Inauguration was held on 11th October and the guests for the day were Shri V T
Balram and Ratheesh Vega
Christmas Celebrations by the first years were held on 21-12-2012
Arena 2K13 fell on the dates 27th Feb to 2nd March and was inaugurated by Ms. Geethu Anna
Jose, former captain of Indian Woman’s Basketball Team
Arts Day ‘Rang De’ was held on 15 and 16 March 2013
Department Fests: All departments conducted their department fests on 16th April 2013 to
make it a unique day of conglomeration of talents.
College Magazine ‘Page 33’ was published.
2011-12
All departments engaged in
148

• Workshops
A good number of students had appeared in technical festivals and project contests at state
and national levels
The Onam celebration was conducted on 2nd September 2011.
Christmas Celebrations by the first years were held on 23-12-2011
Arts Day and College day were held on 16th and 17th January, 2012 with the Art’s day
inauguration getting done by Ms. Sarayu (cine artist). College day inaugurated by Dr. J.
Prasad, Hon. Vice Chancellor, Sri Sankaracharya University, Kalady.
Arena and Azure: The year witness the prime events getting organized simultaneously from
26th to 28th January with Arena getting inaugurated by Mr. George Marness, Former
International Player and Azure getting inaugurated by the Chief guests Shri. Shibu Baby
John (Minister for Labour and food Supplies) and Shri. Sarath (Music Director).
Annual Sports Meet was conducted along the dates 29th to 31st March 2012
College Magazine ‘Page 33’ was published.
7.2.8. Games and Sports, facilities, and qualified sports instructors (5)
(Instruction: The institution may specify the facilities available and the usage of the same
in brief.)
Sports and Games is an integral part of Amal Jyothi's total education program. Amal Jyothi
has been maintaining high standards in almost all games among engineering colleges in
Kerala. We always have thrived hard to excel in the field of sports and games. Amal Jyothi
College holds a very proud tradition of encouraging athletes and sports personnel in different
fields. It has achieved the invincible track record in Sports and Games in M.G University.
AJCE bagged the M.G university Shuttle badminton Women championship for four years
continuously from 2003-04 to 2006-07. The Department is of Physical Education gives
systematic training and coaching for players in various games throughout the year. In order to
have competitive experience and exposures, Amal Jyothi teams participate in all the Inter
Collegiate Sports and Games Tournaments. With a rich tradition in Basketball from its
inception the college organizes ARENA, an All Kerala Intercollegiate tournament in
Basketball [men & women] regularly since 2007.
Facilities for sports and games

The college has established a Physical Education Department under a Director, who is
responsible for organizing various sports and games activities. The college has ample
149
facilities for all major games, indoor and combative activities etc. It also has a very well
furnished health club with excellent facilities for developing a fine and athletic body. The
Health Club is open to students throughout the year.
Activities of Physical Education Department includes admission under sports quota through
selection trials and Interview with certificate verification. It conducts coaching camp for each
game during mornings and evenings for a minimum period of two months before any
competition. The department fields Volleyball, Basketball, Football, Table Tennis (M & W),
Badminton (M & W), and Cricket, Chess, and Wrestling (M) teams at University,
Intercollegiate and State level competitions. Department seeks assistance from Kerala Sports
Council and M.G. University regarding assignment of coaches for each game. Regular
training is going on throughout the year for major games like Volleyball, Basketball, Football,
Table Tennis, Badminton and Cricket. Department provides sports equipments, kit, TA and
DA to the players participating in University and other inter-collegiate tournaments.
Department not only look after the welfare and sports development of student, but also
monitor their academic progress and moral. It also helps sports men and women to avail grace
marks from University, scholarships from Sports Council, University, SAI and other funding
agencies.
Conduct of Annual Sports Meet and Inter-Departmental Games competitions is another

important activity of Physical Education Department.
The faculty of Physical education department provides necessary supervision and assistance
to students and staff in all their sports related activities. The department also organizes
matches between staff and students in Volleyball, Table Tennis, Basketball and Badminton.
The following facilities are available in the College for sports and games.
1. 400 Meter Track (Under Construction)

2. Athletics [200 meters Track with six lanes].
3. All equipment for field events like shot put, javelin throw, discuss throw and long
jump pit.
4. Cricket net practicing facility and cricket kit.
5. Mini Football court
6. Basketball courts (3 numbers) with gallery
7. Volleyball court
8. Indoor Badminton court and two Table Tennis Boards for boys and girls
9. Chess board and chessmen
10. Four Badminton Courts
11. Weight lifting set
12. Power lifting set
13. Physical fitness center with 14 fitness system set.
The College hires the services of qualified coaches for different games. The college has a
panel of coaches from where the Physical Education Department makes a selection of proper
150
coaches as and when necessary. All coaches in the panel have reputation at University and
State levels.
Student Achievements in Co-curricular, Extracurricular and cultural Activities
The details of major student achievements in co- curricular, extracurricular and cultural
activities at different levels: University / State / Zonal / National / International for the past
couple of years is listed below.
2013-2014
Achievements at National/Inter University Level
1. Dennis John (ECE) received Young Innovators Award in Infocom NCSM

2. Abhilash Anandan (ECE) and team reached final round of Tech Top 2013
3. Sarath V Joy (S5 ME), selected to the MG University Table Tennis team.
4. Aswin Tom (S3 CSE), selected to the MG University Table Tennis team.
5. Rahul Binu Mathew (S1 S2 ME) selected to the MG University Table Tennis team.
6. Vishnu Surendran (S1S2 ME), represented MG University in the south Zone inter
University Chess Championship held at SRM University Chennai.
Achievements at State Level
1. Abel Aby Kuriakose and team has won First for Best Choreography at St. GITs
2. Mathew M John has won first prize in Circuit Debugging at SaintGits
3. Arun Thomas and team has won first prize for Project Competitions at Carmel
College
4. Ajay P Joji and Bony M Jose has won second prize for Concept PPT at St. GITS
5. Denson K Shaji and team has won first prize at Robowar in SaintGits
6. Deepak Thomas won second prize in Asthra 2014 Arts fest at St. Joseph's Engineering
College, Pala
7. Nithin Biju won second prize in Asthra 2014 Arts fest at St. Joseph’s Engineering
College, Pala.
8. Harikrishna S. P won first prize in Cricket at St. Joseph’s Engineering College, Pala
(PACE 14)
9. Asha Mary Raju won first prize in the Technical Quiz Contest at Musaliar college of
Engineering
10. Jerin Babu won first prize in the Technical Quiz Contest at Musaliar college of
Engineering
11. Amal Jyothi bagged the Overall Championship in the ‘PACE 14’ All Kerala Inter
Collegiate Sports fest organized by St. Josephs college of Engineering, Pala
12. Amal Jyothi Volleyball team secured the First position in the ‘PACE 14’ All Kerala
Inter Collegiate Sports fest organized by St. Josephs college of Engineering, Pala
13. Amal Jyothi Cricket team secured the First position in the ‘PACE 14’ All Kerala
Inter Collegiate Sports fest organized by St. Josephs college of Engineering, Pala
151
14. Amal Jyothi Volleyball team secured the First position in the “MBC Trophy 14”, All
Kerala Inter Collegiate Volleyball tournament organized by Mar Baselious college of
Engineering, Peerumedu
15. Amal Jyothi Volleyball team secured the First position in the “SMASH 14”, All
Kerala Inter Collegiate Volleyball tournament organized by IHRD college of
Engineering, Kalluppara
16. Amal Jyothi Volleyball team secured the First position in the ‘ASPIRE 2014’ All
Kerala Inter Collegiate Volleyball tournament organized by Amal Jyothi college of
Engineering.
17. Amal Jyothi Basketball team secured the Second position in the ‘ARENA 2014’ All
Kerala Inter Collegiate Basketball tournament organized by Amal Jyothi college of
Engineering.
18. Amal Jyothi Table Tennis team secured the Second position in the All Kerala Inter
Collegiate Invitational Table Tennis Championship organized by St. Alberts College,
Ernakulam.
Achievements at University Level
1. Winners of MG University Table Tennis Tournament

2. Runners Up of MG University Chess Tournament
3. Achievements at Zonal Level
4. Fourth position in MGU South Zone Cricket
5. Winner of MGU South Zone Chess
6. Winner of MGU South Zone Table Tennis
7. Third position in MGU South Zone Basketball
2012-2013
Achievements at National/Inter University Level
1. Sarath V Joy (S3 ME) selected to MG University Table Tennis team and participated
in the All India Inter University Championship held at Kannur University.
2. Achievements at State Level
3. Amal Jyothi Basketball team secured the Second position in the ‘ARENA 2013’ All
Kerala Inter Collegiate Basketball tournament organized by Amal Jyothi college of
Engineering
4. Amal Jyothi Chess team secured the First position in the All Kerala Inter Collegiate
Chess tournament organized by Saint Gits college of Engineering
5. Amal Jyothi Basketball team secured the second position in the ‘Rajagiri Trophy2012’
All Kerala Inter Collegiate Basketball tournament organized by Rajagiri College of
Engineering, Ernakulam
6. Overall Champions in ‘PACE 2013’ Organized by SJCET, Pala
7. Football Champions in ‘PACE 2013’
152
8. Cricket Champions in ‘PACE 2013’

9. Basketball Champions in ‘PACE 2013’
10. Volleyball Runner Up in ‘PACE 2013’
11. Badminton Champions in ‘PACE 2013’
Achievements at University Level
1. Neenu Jose secured "A Grade" in MG university festival

2. Joel P Jacob participated in Mechanical Quiz Competition and won first place held at
Musaliar College of Engineering
3. Joel P Jacob participated in ROBOWARS and got first place in Musaliar college of
Engineering
4. Tojo K Jose participated in MG University youth festival in Daffmutt Competition
and won second place
5. Ajith A participated in duet singing at M A College of Engineering conducted in
connection with Sanskriti-2013; he was awarded Second prize for the same
6. Divine George Ninan Participated in MACHINE MAYAA- Robo war competition at
Govt. Engineering College Painavu, and got First prize
7. Second position in M.G University Chess Tournament
8. Second position in M.G. University Table Tennis Tournament
9. Fourth position in M.G. University Inter Zone Basket Ball Tournament
Achievements at Zonal Level
1. Winner of MGU South Zone Chess tournament

2. Winner of MGU South Zone Table Tennis Tournament
3. Third position in South Zone Basketball tournament
4. Fourth position in South Zone Cricket tournament
153
8. Governance, Institutional support and Financial Resources

(75)
8.1. Campus Infrastructure and Facility (10)
8.1.1. Maintenance of academic infrastructure and facilities (4)

(Instruction: Specify distinct features)
Amal Jyothi College of Engineering (AJCE), Kanjirappally is spread over an area of nearly
70 acres, with built up area around 1.5 Lakh sq. mtrs.
a) Facilities for Curricular and Co-curricular Activities

Class rooms
AJCE has over 80 class rooms spread over 6Blocks: Resource block, Central Complex,
Divisional Blocks A, B and C and Research square. All class rooms are ergonomically
designed to reinforce a student-centered style of instruction. The spacious, airy and well-
furnished class rooms provide the right atmosphere for developing proper study habits and
extending the attention span to the full session.
All the UG classrooms have a capacity to accommodate 70 students. All class rooms have
ceiling mount LCD projectors, Notice Boards, Lecture Stand, Uninterrupted Power Supply
from a centralized UPS, wooden tables, Centralized Public Announcement System, black
board, PAS system and wooden benches.
Technology enabled learning spaces

Wi-Fi campus
The College campus and student hostels have 24x7 Wi-Fi connectivity
Knowledge Center
The Knowledge Centre of AJCE is meant to equip students and staff to go beyond the limits
of class room learning. This imposing edifice of 5000 sq. mtr. Comprise of five floors, three
of which are dedicated for the Central Library. The Knowledge Centre affords technology
resources and academic support to students and staff for research activities, training sessions,
CAD laboratory, Language lab, Internet browsing, Software development etc. The rental
section occupies the ground floor of the Central Library. The first and second floors house the
reference section and reading rooms for UG and PG students, respectively.
A Central Computing Facility, established on the third floor of the Knowledge Center, is
divided into 5 labs and seminar halls. 250 workstations are provided for the net savvy.
Internet @100 mbps is provided through dedicated OFC cable.
The top floor of the Knowledge Center accommodates a multi-purpose Auditorium, seating
800, employing cutting edge audio-visual, videoconferencing and distance-learning facilities
for various purposes.
154
Conference Halls
AJCE has state-of-the-art conference halls, set up in the Resource Block, Central Complex,
Divisional Blocks, Knowledge Centre and the Guest House, with following capacities.
1. Resource Block: 25 seats, air conditioned
2. Central Complex: 200 seats, air conditioned
3. Guest House: 15 seats and 50 seats, both air conditioned
4. Knowledge Centre: 50 seats, air conditioned
5. Divisional Block C: 120 seats, air conditioned
6. Divisional Block A: 70 seats, air conditioned
7. Divisional Block B: 120 seats, air conditioned
8. Research Square: 120 seats, air conditioned
Auditoria
There are 4 auditoriums on the campus with the following capacities
1. Resource Block: 750 seats

2. Knowledge Centre: 800 seats
3. Divisional Block C: 1200 seats + gallery
4. Open air theatre: 2000 seats + gallery
These are equipped with Dolby woofer sound system, stage curtains, accessories etc.
Laboratories
1. Auto Chassis Lab

2. Reconditioning Lab
3. Heat engines lab
4. Fuels and lubricants lab
5. Auto electrical and electronics lab
6. Survey lab
7. Materials testing lab
8. Geotechnical engineering lab
9. Concrete Laboratory
10. CAD Lab
11. Transportation Engineering Lab
12. Environmental engineering lab
13. Project Lab
14. Advanced Systems Lab
15. Programming Lab
16. Network Lab
17. M. Tech. Lab
18. DBMS Lab
19. Internet &Multimedia Lab
20. Programming Lab
155
21. Fluid Mechanics & Hydraulic Machines Lab

22. Heat Transfer Lab
23. Mechanical Engineering Laboratory
24. Machine tool Laboratory
25. Advanced Machine tool Laboratory
26. Heat Engines Laboratory
27. Metrology & Mechanical Measurements Laboratory
28. Computer Labs MCA
29. Computer Labs IT
30. Electronics Labs ECE
31. Electrical Labs EEE
32. Electronics Labs EEE
33. Metallurgy Labs
34. Chemical Engg Labs
b) Facilities for Extra–Curricular Activities

Facilities for Athletics
Facilities for outdoor games
Facilities for indoor games
Gymnasium
Health Club
‘A Healthy mind in a Healthy body’ – so goes the adage. The Health Club houses an ultra-
modern gymnasium, 2000 square feet in plinth area, catering to the needs of the fitness
enthusiasts. Staff and students are free to use the gymnasium after class hours under the
tutelage of professional trainers. State-of-the-art equipment available include bench press,
peck deck, bicep curl, lateral pulley and body twister machines.
Chapels
For a short withdrawal from the busy working life, far from the madding crowd’s ignoble
strife, for a moment of quiet reflection and prayer, there are chapels with a serene space of
elegant design, both at the College and at the two campus hostels.
Maintenance of academic infrastructure and facilities
An excellent system is in place at AJCE for the maintenance of its infrastructure facilities.
The management pays very serious attention to the maintenance of the campus and the
buildings. The college maintains a beautiful campus with wide internal roads and lawns.
Green litter-free campus: AJCE maintains a green campus with trees and plants all around.
The campus is litter free with dust bins provided at several locations. The staff and students
are in tune with the attitude of the management and take good care of the campus.
156
Plastic free campus: AJCE is proud to maintain a plastic free campus. Plastic waste is put in
dust bins which are cleared every day.
The management also takes good care of the buildings in the campus, with periodic painting
and maintenance.
8.1.2. Hostel (boys and girls), transportation facility, and canteen (2)
One of the attractions of AJCE is the excellent hostel facility. The two campus hostels,
Santhom for gents and Amala for ladies, are taken care of by dedicated Catholic Priests and
Sisters. There is land telephone access to all rooms. However mobile phones are not permitted
for students in the college or hostels. Affectionate discipline, tasty food at moderate rates and
neat rooms with modern sanitation and professional laundry services are the hallmarks of the
Amal Jyothi hostels.
A long skywalk, nearly 0.5 km in length, takes girls from academic blocks to their hostel
directly. Another sky walk connects the third floor of Block C to fourth floor of boys’ hostel.
These skywalks save time for students, especially during lunch time.
Hostels No. of rooms No. of students

Hostel for Boys: 600 1200
Hostel for Girls: 600 1200
A few teachers are also provided single room accommodation in the hostels.
Since AJCE is envisaged as a residential institution with hostel facility provided to most of
the students, the college does not ply its buses regularly to bring in and take away students.
Moreover, the public transport facility is very good in the region. So the college does not
provide regular transport facility for students or staff. However, the college has two buses
which ply to Kanjirappally town in the mornings and evenings to bring in and take out staff
and students.
The college has an excellent canteen where needed students and staff can take food and
beverages. The canteen provides breakfast, lunch and dinner at defined timings. The canteen
possess modern food preparation facilities and is maintained very clean and tidy. The college
possesses a centralized kitchen where food is prepared for nearly 3000 inmates of the campus.
This central kitchen possesses all modern gadgets and amenities to prepare and cook food
157
8.1.3. Electricity, power backup, telecom facility, drinking water, and security (4)
(Instruction: Specify the details of installed capacity, quality, availability, etc.)
Electric power
Power availed from KESB Ltd at HT level (HT Service Connection.)

Contract Demand : 350 kVA
Recorded maximum demand : 290 k VA
KSEB substation functioning in the campus
Power back up
Backup Power sources : DG Sets (1) 380kVA

(2) 160 kVA
(3) 82.5 kVA
Solar Photovoltaic Power plant : 100kVA
All the systems are performing well

Backup power sources are working on AMF Panel (Auto Mains Failure Panel)
Hence duration of power interruption on failure of the KSEB Ltd supply is only 30 seconds.
Telecom facility
Telephones of two service providers are available-BSNL and Reliance.

Intercom facility is available at all work stations and all senior faculty members
All the hostel rooms have telephone facility.
Drinking water
Purified clean drinking water is available at several locations in the campus. Purified (UV
irradiated and filtered) drinking water is collected in SS tanks provided with taps and tumbler.
The facility is provided in hostels as well.
Security
Security is available on a 24x7 basis in the campus. Two security officers are posted at the
two main gates of the college and are available all the time. Security is provided in hostels
also. The security arrangements make the campus very safe for students and staff, particularly
for women. Due to these arrangements no untoward incident of any kind has occurred in the
campus during the past 15 years of existence of the institution.
158
8.2. Organization, Governance, and Transparency (10)
8.2.1. Governing body, administrative setup, and functions of various bodies (2)
(Instruction: List the governing, senate, and all other academic and administrative
bodies; their memberships, functions, and responsibilities; frequency of the meetings;
and attendance therein, in a tabular form. A few sample minutes of the meetings and
action-taken reports should be annexed.)
Amal Jyothi College of Engineering (AJCE) is governed by the Educational Trust under the
Catholic Diocese of Kanjirappally, Kottayam, Kerala with the Bishop of Kanjirappally
Diocese as the Patron. Major decisions on the functioning of the college are taken by the
Governing Body whose members are Patron, Vicar General, Finance Officer, Vicar of the
Kanjirappally Cathedral, a Chartered Accountant, Manager and Principal of the college and
other eminent personalities, nominated by the Bishop.
College activities and policy decisions regarding academic matters are taken by the Academic
Council of the college. Members of the Academic Council are Principal (Chairman), Dean
(Academic), Dean (Research), Dean (Administration), Heads of all Departments and Senior
Professors. Academic council meets every alternate Wednesday afternoons.
Manager of the college, who is a priest, is the representative of the patron and is responsible
for financial and resource planning.
8.2.2. Defined rules, procedures, recruitment, and promotional policies, etc. (2)
(Instruction: List the published rules, policies, and procedures; year of publications; and
state the extent of awareness among the employees/students. Also comment on its
availability on t h e internet, etc.)
Service rules, policies and procedures for the institution are in place and documented. They
are made known to all newly recruited staff members through an induction program. It is
modified as and when the need arises. Important information are informed through circulars
and during staff meetings. Circulars are sent to all staff members through e-mails. Various
guidelines and procedures are shared among all staff members for information as a Google
document.
8.2.3. Decentralization in working, including delegation of financial power and

grievance redressal system (3)
(Instruction: List the names of the faculty members who are administrators/decision makers
for various responsibilities. Specify the mechanism and composition of grievance redressal
system, including faculty association, staff-union, if any.)
A well decentralized pattern of working is followed at AJCE. Though the Principal is the
academic head of the institution, many of his powers are delegated to Heads of Departments
159
and other officers for efficient functioning. There are three deans below the Principal who are
in charge of various activities as listed below. The Heads of Departments are in charge of their
departments. The delegation of power among various officers is as given below.
1. Dean (Academic) – Academic matters, faculty appraisal, faculty recruitment,

verification of work registers, follow up of academic progress, course files,
monograms, student discipline, minutes of Academic Council, recommendation of
leave etc.
2. Dean (Research) – Professional Clubs, Research projects, project contests,
correspondence with funding agencies, technical consultancy, business computing etc.
3. Dean (Administration) – Formulation of rules, policies and procedures, salary, pay
revision, circulars, staff recruitment, pay fixation, resource planning, purchase and
payments, new courses, mandatory disclosure, compliance report, issue of certificates,
stock verification, website up- dation, student diary, student journal etc.
4. HOD, AU – In charge of Department of Automobile Engineering, Eicher ATC, CNC
Training, Driving Academy
5. HOD, CA - In charge of Department of Computer Applications, Academic Enterprise
solutions, hostel warden, admissions, career enhancement cell
6. HOD, CE - In charge of Department of Civil Engineering Secretary, Amal Jyothi
Educational and Charitable Society
7. HOD, CH - In charge of Department of Chemical Engineering
8. HOD, CSE – In charge of Department of Computer Science & Engineering, Student
Admissions, College Brochure, Ekalavya e-Outreach program
9. HOD, ECE – In charge of Department of Electronics and Communication
Engineering, Alumni Association, IQAC
10. HOD, EEE- In charge of Department of Electrical and Electronics Engineering,
Amalites Digest
11. HOD, IT - In charge of Department of Information Technology
12. HOD, ME - In charge of Department of Mechanical Engineering, Master Mind project
contest
13. HOD, MT - In charge of Department of Metallurgy, BRNS project, KEMPPI welding
training center
14. HOD, BS - In charge of Department of Basic Sciences (Mathematics, Physics and
Chemistry)
15. HOD, Humanities- In charge of Department of Humanities, College publications, Soft
Skill Development
16. Dr. Abin Manoj- First Year Coordinator, Exam cell and Staff Secretary
17. Prof. Sherin Sam Jose - Coordinator, IEDC, TBI, Science Excursion
18. Placement officer – Placement, Soft Skill Development, Public Relations
19. Dr. Jacob Philip - Research Guide, NAAC/NBA accreditation coordinator, Projects
coordination
20. Dr. Job Kurian - TBI, Student training
21. Dr .K. Karunakaran Nair - Coordinator (PG Programs), PTA
160
22. Mr. Joe Scaria - Management development centre, Orientation programs for staff and
students.
Departments are provided with ‘Department Fund’ and ‘Petty Cash a/c’ which can be utilized
for student welfare, facility maintenance and minor purchases.
Grievances can be directed to the Staff Secretary who will bring it to the notice of the
Academic council wherein it is discussed and suitable solutions arrived at. Complaints
regarding infrastructure can be registered through an online complaint register, job orders are
issued by Dean (Admin) to maintenance / construction staff. Suggestion box is kept outside
the office of the Principal, in which staff and students can deposit their grievances /
suggestions.
8.2.4. Transparency and availability of correct/unambiguous information (3)

(Instruction: Availability and dissemination of information through the internet.
Provision of information in accordance with the Right to Information Act, 2005).
The college maintains transparency in all its operation and working. Information such as
Internal marks scored by students, Shortage of attendance, if any, Availability of scholarships,
Opportunities for students etc. are promptly displayed on Notice Boards.
At the end of every semester faculty has to give an individual Semester work report, which
helps faculty to evaluate their own performance during the period of the report. Criteria for
student scholarships, faculty awards etc. are informed well in advance so that equal
opportunity is given to all individuals concerned.
At the beginning of every academic year the college brings out a calendar, which contain all
the information, including Mobile numbers of all faculty members, required by a student to
carry out his/her studies in the college. Information about every activity in the college are sent
to all staff and students through e-mail. Other publications such as Amalites Digest are also
there to disseminate information about the college.
All the required information about the college are made available, as per directions of AICTE,
in the college website: www.amaljyothi.ac.in.
Information sought under RTI act is promptly furnished by the Principal/Manager.
8.3. Budget Allocation, Utilization, and Public Accounting (10)

Summary of current financial year’s budget and actual expenditure incurred (for the
institution exclusively) of the three previous financial years.
161
*All amount in Lakhs of Rupees

Item Budgeted in Expenses in Expenses Expenses
CFY (2014- CFY (till in CFYm1 in CFYm2
15) 31.12.2014) (2013-14) (2012-13)
1000 631.14 2129.66 1542.40

Infrastructural built-up
Library 39.23 37.49 28.18 25.36
Laboratory equipment 210.77 117.36 194.33 146.28

Laboratory consumables 6.00 7.68 4.98 4.79
Teaching and non-teaching 1200.00 860.69 1046.88 847.45
staff salary
R&D 9.00 6.43 9.31 8.47
Training and Travel 12.00 2.93 2.44 1.90
Other, specify 240.35 131.85 387.99 254.92
Total 2717.35 1795.57 3803.77 2831.57
(Instruction: The preceding list of items is not exhaustive. One may add other relevant items,
if applicable.)
8.3.1. Adequacy of budget allocation (4)

(Instruction: In this section, the institution needs to justify that the budget allocated over
the years was adequate.)
Budget requirements under ‘recurring’ and ‘non-recurring’ heads are collected from every
departments and sections before the commencement of the financial year. Allocations are
made as per the availability of funds. Spending is monitored by the accounts section.
Supplementary allocations are made in special cases. The institution carefully monitors the
expenses so that the necessities are met without affecting the smooth working of the
institution. The management has been very efficiently doing this over the past several years
that the institution never had any serious budget crunch that affected the functioning of the
college.
8.3.2. Utilization of allocated funds (5)

(Instruction: Here the institution needs to state how the budget was utilized during the last
three years.)
Funds are allocated by the Manager of the College. Department Heads / Section-in-charges
are intimated of the extent of funds allocated against their budget proposals.
162
Major works like construction, up-gradation of existing infrastructure, procurement and

maintenance of common utilities, house-keeping, procurement of furniture etc. are controlled
directly by the Manager.
Actions for procurement of lab equipment, up-gradation of existing lab facilities, purchase of
consumables etc. are initiated from the respective departments and the funds are released on a
case by case basis from the accounts office of the college on approval by the Manager.
During the last three years, the budget was utilized to meet expenses such as staff salary,
infrastructure development, purchase of equipment, expenses towards consumables and
contingencies, travel etc. Every year almost 75% of the budget is spent on staff salary, 10% on
infrastructure development, about 8% on purchase of equipment, about 5 % on library
development and the rest 2% on other expenses. This has been the general pattern of
utilization of budget for the last 5 years.
8.3.3. Availability of the audited statements on the institute’s website (1)
As of now, the audited statements of accounts of the college are not made available on the
college website. However, this can be done with the permission of the Governing body and
the Manager of the college.
8.4. Programme Specific Budget Allocation, Utilization (10)
Summary of budget for the CFY and the actual expenditure incurred in CFYm1 and CFYm2 (for
this programme exclusively in the department):
Items
CFYm1 2013-14
Actual Expenses in
Actual Expenses in
Actual Expenses in
CFYm2 2012-13
CFYm3 2011-12
Actual expenses in
(till
Budgeted in CFY
CFYm1 2013-14
CFYm2 2012-13
CFYm3 2011-12
Budgeted in
Budgeted in
Budgeted in
2014 -15)
2014-15
CFY
Laboratory equipment 12.54 5.44 1.00 1.80 10.00 5.39 10.00 5.55
Laboratory consumable 1.00 NIL 1.00 0.66 0.75 0.54 .75 0.35
Maintenance and spares 0.05 NIL 0.70 NIL 0.35 NIL 0.25 0.25
Training and
0.08 0.05 0.16 0.06 0.08 0.06 0.07 0.05
Travel
Miscellaneous expenses for
academic activities 1.50 0.95 0.80 0.70 1.50 0.60 1.00 0.25
Total 15.17 17.66 19.43 13.68 6.59 17.07 11.17
163
8.4.1. Adequacy of budget allocation (5)

Budget requirements under ‘recurring’ and ‘non-recurring’ of the departments are
given to the management before the commencement of the financial year. Allocations
are made as per the availability of funds, of the management. Spending is monitored
by the accounts section. The Department carefully monitors the expenses so that the
necessities are met without exceeding the allocated budget.
8.4.2. Utilization of allocated funds (5)

Funds are allocated by the Manager of the College. Department Heads / Section-in-
charges are intimated of the extent of funds allocated against their budget proposals.
Major works like construction, up-gradation of existing infrastructure, procurement
and maintenance of common utilities, house-keeping, procurement of furniture etc. are
controlled directly by the Manager.
Actions for procurement of lab equipment, up-gradation of existing lab facilities,
purchase of consumables etc. are initiated from the respective departments and the
funds are released on a case by case basis from the accounts office of the college on
approval by the Manager.
During the last three years, the budget was utilized to meet expenses such as
infrastructure development, purchase of equipment, expenses towards consumables
and contingencies, travel etc.
8.5. Library (20)
8.5.1. Library space and ambience, timings and usage, availability of a qualified
librarian and other staff, library automation, online access, networking, etc. (5)
(Instruction: Provide information on the following items.).
Carpet area of library (in m2) : 2973 Sq. m

Reading space (in m2) : 744 Sq. m.
Number of seats in reading space : 110
Number of users (issue book) per day: 150
Number of users (reading space) per day: 17
Timings:
Working days: 8.00 AM to 8.00 PM
Weekend: Saturday: 8.00 AM to 5.00 PM, Sunday: 10.00 AM to 4.00 PM
Vacation: 8.00 AM to 8.00 PM
164
Number of library staff: 7

Number of library staff with a degree in Library Management: 6
Computerization for search, indexing, issue/return records: YES
Bar coding used: YES
Library services on Intranet: Y E S
INDEST or other similar membership archives: YES
8.5.2. Titles and volumes per title (4) (As on 20th February 2015)
Number of titles: 12837
Number of volumes: 31277 (Central Library)
Number of new Number of new Number of new

titles added editions added volumes added
CFYm2 (2012-13) 802 404 1254

CFYm1 (2013-14) 493 520 979
CFY (2014-15) 753 322 1039
8.5.3. Scholarly journal subscription (3)
Details CFY CFYm1 CFYm2 CFYm3

Science As soft copy
As hard copy 6 10 9 8
Engg. and Tech. As soft copy 716 676 676 620
As hard copy 133 116 109 90
Pharmacy As soft copy
As hard copy
Architecture As soft copy
As hard copy
Hotel As soft copy
Management
As hard copy
165
8.5.4. Digital Library (3)
Availability of digital library content: YES

If available, mention number of courses, number of e- books, etc.
Sly # Digital Contents # of Items
1 NPTEL Video Lectures 3397
2 Project Reports 46
3 Seminar Reports 108
STTP/Conference
4 128
Proceedings
5 University Question Papers 2387
Availability of an exclusive server: YES

Availability over Intranet/Internet: YES
Availability of exclusive space/room: YES
Number of users per day: 30
8.5.5. Library expenditure on books, magazines/journals, and miscellaneous content (5)
Year Expenditure Comments

,if any
Book Magazines/journals Magazines/journals Misc.
(for hard copy (for soft copy Contents
subscription) subscription)
CFYm2 866256 322783 1589707 372772 Building,
Extension
CFYm1 1310225 338184 1700860 20416 Works etc.
CFY not
1071602 311860 3169596 472213 included
8.6. Internet (5)

(Instruction: The institute may report the availability of internet in the campus and its
quality of service.)
Name of the Internet provider: Reliance and BSNL

Available bandwidth: Access speed: Reliance100 Mbps / BSNL 10 MBPS
Availability of internet in an exclusive lab: Exclusive Internet Lab with 200 systems
Availability in most computing labs: 17 Department labs with Internet facility.
Availability in departments and other units: Staff rooms are equipped with wired internet
and Corridors and lobbies are equipped with Wi-Fi connectivity.
Availability in faculty rooms: 1:1 computers are made available for faculty
166
Institute’s own e-mail facility to faculty/students: Yes (@amaljyothi.ac.in for faculty

and @ajce.in for students)
Security/privacy to e-mail/internet users: Cyberoam 2500 ING
24hrs Wi-Fi internet is available inside the college campus.
Internet is available in Hostels from 4.00am to 7.15pm.
8.7. Safety Norms and Checks (5)

8.7.1. Checks for wiring and electrical installations for leakage and earthling (1)
The following procedures are in place for the safe functioning of electrical installations in the
college.
1. Reviews/Inspections are arranged periodically.

2. All electrical equipment and components, are inspected and approved by competent
authority
3. Insist to observe codes, standards, and regulations.
4. Ground fault circuit interrupters are provided.
5. Formal training and awareness programs are arranged.
6. Working space around electrical equipment are maintained properly.
7. Means for identification of disconnection are provided.
8. Labeling of source, feeders and load are provided.
9. Work instructions and supervision are provided.
10. Electrical Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) such as rubber gloves, safety shoes,
hats etc. are provided.
8.7.2. Fire-fighting measurements:
(Instruction: Effective safety arrangements with emergency/multiple exits and ventilation/

exhausts in auditoriums and large classrooms/laboratories, fire-fighting equipment and
training, availability of water, and other such facilities.) (1)
Effective safety measures such as multiple exits and ventilation are provided in all class
rooms, laboratories and auditoria
Firefighting equipment such as fire buckets, carbon dioxide cylinders, foams etc. are
provided. Technical personnel in laboratories are made aware of the use these equipment.
Availability of water, in case of emergency, is ensured.
8.7.3. Safety of civil structure (1)

The following measures have been taken for the safety of civil structures.
1. Civil structure are constructed with adequate design features to bear all natural
167
calamities
2. Proper and periodical preventive maintenance are arranged.
3. Adequate water draining facility is provided.
4. Leak proofing and weather proofing measures are taken periodically.
5. Adequate lightning protection devices are installed.
6. Fire hydrants and fire extinguishers are provided in high rise buildings.
8.7.4. Handling of hazardous chemicals and other such activities (2)

(Instruction: The institution may provide evidence that it is taking enough measures for the
safety of the civil structures, fire, electrical installations, wiring, and safety of
handling and disposal of hazardous substances. Moreover, the institution needs to
show the effectiveness of the measures that it has developed to accomplish these
tasks.)
The following safety precautions and measures have been taken for the safe handling of
hazardous chemicals, and for other activities requiring such measures.
1. While working in chemical laboratory always more than one person will be engaged.
2. Provided required personal protective equipment. Eye protection is very important
and provided
3. Labelling of all containers with chemical contents.
4. Awareness given to all concerned to keep hands and face clean whenever they leave
the lab.
5. Instructions given to avoid direct contact with any chemical and always wear a
laboratory coat.
6. Keep chemicals off hands of laboratory personnel, face and clothing, including shoes.
7. Never smell, intentionally inhale or taste a chemical.
8. Smoking, drinking, eating and application of cosmetics is forbidden in areas where
hazardous chemicals are used or stored.
9. Always use chemicals with adequate ventilation or in a chemical fume hood. Refer to
the MSDS and the Standard Operating Procedure to determine what type of ventilation
is needed.
10. Use hazardous chemicals only as directed and for their intended purpose.
11. Inspect equipment or apparatus for damage before adding a hazardous chemical. Do
not use damaged equipment.
12. Never use mouth suction to fill a pipette. Use a pipette bulb or other pipette-filling
devices.
13. Electrically ground containers using approved methods before transferring or
dispensing a flammable liquid from a large container.
168
8.7 . Counseling and Emergency Medical Care and First - aid (5)
(Instruction: The institution needs to report the availability of the facilities discussed here.)
Availability of counselling facility (1)
Counselling facility is available for students at the following three levels
Academic Counseling:
Each faculty member is entrusted with 20 students to keep track of their progress and
performance. Class committee meetings are conducted frequently to know the problems of
students
Personal Counseling:
There are three professional counsellors in the College. Students are free to approach these
councilors for help and support. Also the students can contact their respective faculty
mentor for guidance on any issue affecting them.
Career Counseling:
Career guidance and motivational programs by Alumni, External guest and faculty are
organized often. Career and placement cell of the college under the guidance of a Placement
officer offers career counseling.
Psycho-social Counseling:
Psycho- social counseling is provided through various programmes like retreat, social
service etc. In order to equip the mentors for effective mentoring, AJCE has organized a
Mentorship Training Programme. Training was imparted to mentors by experts from
outside.
Arrangement for emergency medical care (2)

Necessary medical facilities for emergency medical care are available.
A 30 bedded hospital (Holy Cross Hospital, Koovappally) is available very adjacent to the
campus. Full time doctors (2), nursing staff (4), pharmacist, X-ray technician, lab technician
and clerical staff man the facility. A modern hospital (Mary Queens Mission Hospital, 26th
mile, Kanjirapally) with all modern facilities like MRI and CT scan is just 4 km away. It has
most of the specialized departments manned with about 20 doctors and supporting staff.
Vehicle service is available 24hours at this hospital. This hospital is equipped with
Ambulance service. Vehicles are available in the college to transport anybody to any of
these nearby hospitals
Availability of first-aid unit (2)
First-aid units are made available in the central building (Resource block) as well as in
individual departments.
169
9. Continuous Improvement (100)

This criterion essentially evaluates the improvement of the different indices that have been
discussed already in earlier criteria.
From 9.1 to 9.5 the assessment calculation can be done as follows.
a, b and c are the values of variables, which correspond to either LYGm2, LYGm1 and LYG
or CAYm2, CAYm1 and CAY respectively, after scaled down each of them to a maximum
value of 1.
For 9.1 and 9.2 the assessment can be made as, Assessment = (b-a) + (c-b) + (a +b +c) x
(5/3)
9.1. Improvement in Success Index of Students (5)

From 4. 1
a, b and c are the success indices which correspond to LYGm2, LYGm1 and LYG
respectively.
Items LYG LYGm1 LYGm2 Assessment

(c) (b) (a)
Success index 0.68 0.76 0.84 3.64
9.2. Improvement in Academic Performance Index of Students (5)

From 4. 2
a, b and c are calculated respectively for LYGm2, LYGm1 and LYG by dividing the API
values, obtained from the criterion 4.2, by 10. The maximum value of a, b, and c should not
exceed one.
Items LYG LYGm1 LYGm2 Assessment

(c) (b) (a)
3.724
0.743 0.742 0.759
API
For 9.3 to 9.5 the assessment can be made as,

Assessment = (b-a) + (c-b) + (a + b+ c) x (10/3)
170
9.3. Improvement in Student Teacher Ratio (10)

From 5. 1
a, b and c are calculated respectively for CAYm2, CAYm1 and CAY by dividing the STR
exceed one.
Items CAY CAYm1 CAYm2 Assessment

(c) (b) (a)
STR 1 1 0.99 9.98
9.4. Enhancement of Faculty Qualification Index (10)

From 5. 3
a, b and c are calculated respectively for CAYm2, CAYm1 and CAY by dividing the FQI
exceed one.

(c) (b) (a)
FQI 0.847 0.8 0.816 8.241
9.5. Improvement in Faculty Research Publications, R&D Work and

Consultancy Work (20)
From 5.7
a, b and c are calculated respectively for CAYm2, CAYm1 and CAY by dividing the FRP
exceed one.

(c) (b) (a)
FRP 0.687 0.488 0.208 5.09
From 5.9
a, b and c are calculated respectively for CAYm2, CAYm1 and CAY by dividing the FRDC
171
exceed one.

(c) (b) (a)
FRDC 0.23 0.17 0.096 1.79
9.6 Continuing Education (10)

In this criterion, the institution needs to specify the contributory efforts made by the faculty
members by developing course/laboratory modules, conducting short-term courses/workshops, etc.,
for continuing education during the last three years.
organized
Usage and citation, etc.

Any other contributory
Module description
institute /industry
Resource persons
Target audience
Developed/
Duration
by
Binu C
Analog IIT Faculty
MHRD 2 weeks Pillai, IIT
Electronics Karagpur Members
Professors
Binu C
Control IIT Faculty
MHRD 2 weeks Pillai, IIT
System Karagpur Members
Professors
SDP on HOD,
2 National Faculty
Intelligent AICTE Geevarghese
Weeks Level Members
System Titus
P Spice
Praseeda B
Training Binu C S4
Nair, Jomy 5 days
Pillai Students
Susan Ipe
Hands on Faculty
National
Traing In and
Instrum- NI 5 days NI
Lab View Interested
ents
Students
172
Hands On Faculty
Training In and
AWR HOD 5 days AWR
AWR Interested
students
Summer Binu C
HOD, Binu
School on pillai, School
Mathew, 5 days
Electronics Karunakar Students
Indu Reena
an Nair
Basic S3 and S5
Electronic HOD, Binu students of
5 days Alumini
Workshop Mathew ECE, ME,
And Micro IT, CSE
Photonics Indu Reena
Workshop Varughese, S5
5 days
Binu C Students
PIllai
AICERA HOD, National Research
2013 DRDO, Geevarghese and Scholars ,
3 days
International KSCSTE Titus, Binu Internatio Faculty
Conference Mathew nal and
ICQMQC HOD, Binu National Research
2015 Mathew, and Scholars ,
3 days
Geevarghese Internatio Faculty
Titus nal and
Assessment =
9.7 New Facility Created (20)

Specify new facilities created during the last three years for strengthening the curriculum
and/or meeting the PO s.
Various new facilities which has been hitherto unavailable to the students have been created
for strengthening the curriculum and/or meeting the P.Os. The important ones have been
listed below
• Industrial training: Students are encouraged to undergo industrial training during their
semester break in some industry of their choice. Also a report has to be submitted at the end
of industrial training. Industrial training provides an insight to students about what is
happening in the real world and also supplements their class room knowledge. Industrial
training also helps students to get acquainted with the work culture in industry which will be
173
of immense help for them later when they join for jobs in industry after their course
completion
• Software training programmes: The advent of various software has made life of an
engineer easy. So it is essential that students are taught the nuances of various software
which would help them in giving better shape to their ideas as also give them an added
advantage in their career prospects. With this in mind the department has taken a lead in
teaching students software like C, MATLAB, AWR, LABVIEW, PSPICE etc.
• Workshops: Different workshops related to the curriculum taught are arranged
throughout academic year to enhance students’ knowledge in engineering subjects. Eminent
personalities from industry as well as academia are invited to deliver lectures during these
workshops. Students often find these sessions to be extremely useful which is evident from
their involvement as well as their interaction with the resource persons
• Participation in paper presentations and technical competitions at the national and
international level: Students are encouraged to participate in paper presentations and
technical competitions at the national and international levels.
• Projects (in three levels): Students have to carry out a project at micro level (second
year) where they chose their area of interest. Micro project mainly aims at familiarizing
students with nuances of literature review and an exposure on how to apply their class room
knowledge to research. Mini level projects (third year project) aims at exposing students to
real world scenarios of the theory they have studied in class in their area of interest. Main
level (final year) project aims at training them to find solutions to real world problems with
their technical knowhow. The partaking of students in micro, mini and main project have
been found to be very effective in their growth as engineers.
• E Learning, Online Courses: Students are encouraged to use the vast repertoire of
materials available online in the relevant areas. Students are actively instructed and
encouraged to refer courses of their interest in NPTEL, MOOC’s etc.
• Aptitude training: Aptitude Training is given to students during their 3rd and 4th year
in order to make them capable of attending all the competitive exams, interviews conducted
by industries etc.
174
9.8 Overall Improvement since last a c c r e d i t a t i o n , if any,

otherwise, since the commencement of the programme (20)
List the PO(s), which are

Specify the strengths/
Comments, if any
Contributed by
Improvement
strengthened
brought in
weakness
S1. Improvements of Faculty quality
Management / ECE Department

Four faculties have
a) All Faculties have their
registered for their PhD
minimum qualification as M.Tech.
under different universities.
b) Research tie-up with VIT
index
University, Vellore and Chennai to

2,10
Mr. Sunishkumar O S,
promote Ph.D registration by
faculty of the department
faculty.
has obtained full
c) Collaboration with foreign
scholarship for PhD in
universities is also in the pipeline.
Canada
a) Encouragement to faculty to
publish research findings.
b) Management rewards
S2. Promotion of research
publications in select journals with It has been made

Management / ECE
monetary benefits. mandatory for both B Tech

c) Students are directed to take and M Tech students to
2,7,9,10
seminar, based on reputed Journals/ publish their research

Transactions. findings in National and
d) Micro project (third semester) International conferences
other than the usual mini or Journals.
project(sixth semester) and main
project(eight semester) was
incorporated to increase students
interest towards their core area.
175
through student feedback

a) Confidential feedback taken
S3. Faculty improvement
Principal / Students
from the student every semester,
based on which they are Student evaluation based
encouraged to improve their on course delivery forms
9
performance. 25 % of the score every
b) Regular Class Committee semester
meetings are held under the
supervision of the HoD.
Management, Faculty, Students

Computerization in academics
a) Reporting of academic progress,

S4. Lab Up gradations &
attendance monitoring, completion

of assignments, etc. are being The uploading of course
performed using systems, using files is a relevant example,
2,7,8
customized software. Personality and conduct
b. Purchase of additional Software score calculation are some
and hardware, as part of examples
modernization of labs
c. Library Management software
S5. Induction training for new faculty to
improve the teaching-learning process
a) New faculties are put through a

Management, Faculty, Students
series of Annual Induction training In the absence of a formal

sessions. These are led by senior mode of pedagogical skill
faculty and external resource training to new faculty,
1,2,7,9,10
persons. Thus the teaching-learning new faculty are trained to

process places the students at an provide generic instruction
advantage. in class communication,
b) The teaching and non teaching lab interaction with
faculties are given a morale boost students and content
by in cooperating motivational delivery
talks.
entrepreneurship activities among the
S6. Promotion of research and
Management, ECE department
a) Students are motivated to

participate in technical project
student communities
competitions, submit proposals to

funding agencies for their projects.
7,8,9,10
We have generated few

b) The college has established a
successful entrepreneurs
Technology Incubator facility to
facilitate entrepreneurship
activities.
c) Regular interaction with Alumni
176
a) Strenuous efforts have
ECE department HoD,

W1. Funded projects
been made by way of
Though funded projects are present, several submissions to
AICTE and other relevant
Faculty
a lot of progress have yet to be
made in this aspect, to be in par funding agencies.
with other reputed institutes. b) New strategies are to be
developed, to target the
correct agencies for
funding.
W3.Consultancy W2.Industry partnership
Industry, Management
Efforts have been initiated to obtain MoU with some industries
and faculty
MOUs with core companies for in the domain are given
student centric activities like prime importance. Some of
industry exposure, internships, and them include Nest, Jampot
placements Photonics
Research activities are

Faculty
We have to make lot of effort in given apt importance,

this direction. which can later converge to
consultancy works.
a) The more finishing

W4.Placement in core Electronics and
school programme are

a) Majority of the students are
Communication companies
required to match the

getting in majority companies like
current industry
Faculty/Students
TCS, Infosys, CTS, Accenture,

requirements , and it have
Satyam, Tech Mahindra.
been due consideration. As
b) Dept. has initiated the training to
an outcome can improve
graduates in the area.
the placement.
c) Dept. placement brochure has
b) Though the response
been prepared for the 2014
was lukewarm, it is
graduates
expected that it will pick
up in future.
177
Declaration
The head of the institution needs to make a declaration as per the format given below:
This Self- Assessment Report (SAR) is prepared for the current academic year (2014-15)
and the current financial year (2014-15) on behalf of the institution.
I certify that the information provided in this SAR is extracted from the records, and to the
best of my knowledge, is correct and complete.
I understand that any false statement/information of consequence may lead to rejection

of the application for the accreditation for a period of two or more years. I also
understand that the National Board of Accreditation (NBA) or its sub-committees will
have the right to decide on the basis of the submitted SAR whether the institution
should be considered for an accreditation visit.
If the information provided in the SAR is found to be wrong during the visit or
subsequent to grant of accreditation, the NBA has t h e right to withdraw the grant of
accreditation and no accreditation will be allowed for a period of next two years or
more, and the fee will be forfeited.
I undertake that the institution shall co-operate the visiting accreditation team,
shall provide all desired information during the visit and arrange for the meeting as
required for accreditation as per the NBA’s provision.
I undertake that, the institution is well aware about the provisions in the NBA’s
accreditation manual concerned for this application, rules, regulations and notifications in
force as on date and the institute shall fully abide to them
Place: Kanjirappally, Kottayam Signature, Name, and Designation of the

Date: 15/09/2015 Head of the Institution with seal
178
APPENDIX 1
Mahatma Gandhi University Revised Scheme For
B Tech Syllabus Revision 2010 (Electronics & Communication
Engineering)
Common for All Branches
SCHEME S1&S2
Hours/week Marks End-sem

Code Subject L T P/D Inte- End- duration- Credits
rnal sem hours
EN010 101 Engineering Mathematics I 2 1 - 50 100 3 5
EN010 102 Engineering Physics 1 1 - 50 100 3 4
EN010 103 Engineering. Chemistry & 1 1 - 50 100 3 4
Environmental Studies
EN010 104 Engineering Mechanics 3 1 - 50 100 3 6
EN010 105 Engineering Graphics 1 3 - 50 100 3 6
EN010 106 Basic Civil Engineering 1 1 - 50 100 3 4
EN010 107 Basic Mechanical Engineering 1 1 - 50 100 3 4
EN010 108 Basic Electrical Engineering 1 1 - 50 100 3 4
EN010 109 Basic Electronics Engineering. & 2 1 - 50 100 3 5
EN010 110 Mechanical Workshop 0 - 3 50 - 3 1
EN010 111 Electrical and Civil Workshops - - 3 100 - 3 1
Total 13 11 6 30 44
3rd Semester

rnal sem hours
EN010 301A Engineering Mathematics II 2 2 - 50 100 3 4
EN010 302 Economics and Communication 2 2 - 50 100 3 4
Skills (3+1)
EC010 303 Network Theory 2 2 - 50 100 3 4
EC010 304 Solid State Devices 3 1 - 50 100 3 4
EC010 305 Analog Circuits - I 3 1 - 50 100 3 4
EC010 306 Computer Programming 3 1 - 50 100 3 4
EC010 307 Analog Circuits Lab - - 3 50 100 3 2
EC010 308 Programming Lab - - 3 50 100 3 2
Total 15 9 6 28
1
4th Semester

rnal sem hours
EN010 401 Engineering Mathematics III 2 2 - 50 100 3 4
EN010 402(ME) Principles of 3 1 - 50 100 3 4
Management(C,M,P,L,A,T)
EC010 403 Signals and Systems 2 2 - 50 100 3 4
EC010 404 Digital Electronics 3 1 - 50 100 3 4
EC010 405 Analog Communication 3 1 - 50 100 3 4
EC010 406 Analog Circuits -II 3 1 - 50 100 3 4
EC010 407 Analog Circuits -II Lab - - 3 50 100 3 2
EC010 408 Analog Communication Lab - - 3 50 100 3 2
Total 16 8 6 28
5th Semester

rnal sem hours
EN010 501A Engineering Mathematics IV 2 2 - 50 100 3 4
EC010 502 Control Systems 2 2 50 100 3 4
EC010 503 Digital System Design 3 1 - 50 100 3 4
EC010 504(EE) Electrical Drives and Control 3 1 - 50 100 3 4
EC010 505 Applied Electromagnetic Theory 3 1 - 50 100 3 4
EC010 506 Microprocessors and Applications 3 1 - 50 100 3 4
EC010 507 Digital Electronics Lab - - 3 50 100 3 2
EC010 508(EE) Electrical Drives and Control Lab - - 3 50 100 3 2
Total 16 8 6 28
2
6th Semester
Hours/week Marks End-

Code Subject L T P/D Inte- End- sem Credits
rnal sem duration
EC010 601 Digital Communication 2 2 - 50 100 3 4
Techniques
EC010 602 Digital Signal Processing 2 2 - 50 100 3 4
EC010 603 Radiation and Propagation 3 1 - 50 100 3 4
EC010 604 Computer Architecture and 3 1 - 50 100 3 4
Parallel Processing
EC010 605 Microcontrollers and 3 1 - 50 100 3 4
Applications
EC010 606Lxx Elective I 3 1 - 50 100 3 4
EC010 607 Microprocessor and - - 3 50 100 3 2
Microcontroller Lab
EC010 608 Mini Project Lab - - 3 50 100 3 2
Total 16 8 6 28
Elective I
EC010 606L01 – Data Structures and Algorithms
EC010 606L02 – Data Base Management Systems
EC010 606L03 – High Speed Digital Design
EC010 606L04 – Medical Electronics
EC010 606L05 – Soft Computing Techniques
EC010 606L06 – Television and Radar Engineering
7th Semester

L T P/D Inte- End- sem
Code Subject Credits
rnal sem duration
-hours
EC010 701 VLSI Design 2 2 - 50 100 3 4
EC010 702 Information Theory and Coding 2 2 - 50 100 3 4
EC010 703 Microwave Engineering 2 1 - 50 100 3 3
EC010 704 Electronic Instrumentation 2 1 - 50 100 3 3
EC010 705 Embedded Systems 2 1 - 50 100 3 3
EC010 706Lxx Elective II 2 2 - 50 100 3 4
EC010 707 Advanced Communication Lab - - 3 50 100 3 2
EC010 708 Signal Processing Lab - - 3 50 100 3 2
EC010 709 Seminar - - 2 50 - - 2
EC010 710 Project - - 1 50 - - 1
Total 12 9 9 28
3
Elective II
EC010 706L01 – Optimization Techniques
EC010 706L02 – Speech and Audio Processing
EC010 706L03 – Digital Image Processing
EC010 706L04 – Wavelets and Applications
EC010 706L05 – Antenna Theory and Design
8th Semester

Code Subject L T P/D Inte- End- duration- Credit
rnal sem hours s
EC010 801 Wireless Communication 3 2 - 50 100 3 4

EC010 802 Communication Networks 2 2 - 50 100 3 4
EC010 803 Light Wave Communication 2 2 - 50 100 3 4
EC010 804Lxx Elective III 2 2 - 50 100 3 4
EC010 805Gxx Elective IV 2 2 - 50 100 3 4
EC010 806 VLSI and Embedded Systems Lab - - 3 50 100 3 2
EC010 807 Project - - 6 100 - - 4
EC010 808 Viva Voce - - - - 50 - 2
Total 11 10 9 28
Electives III
EC010 804L01 – Nano Electronics

EC010 804L02 – Micro Electro Mechanical Systems
EC010 804L03 – Secure Communication
EC010 804L04 – Management Information Systems
EC010 804L05 – Pattern Recognition
EC010 804L06 – R F Circuits
Electives IV
EC010 805G01 – Test Engineering
EC010 805G02 – E-Learning
EC010 805G03 – Mechatronics
EC010 805G04 – Bio Informatics
EC010 805G05 – Intellectual Property Rights
EC010 805G06 – Professional Ethics
4
Mahatma Gandhi University Revised Scheme For
B Tech Syllabus Revision 2010 (Electronics & Instrumentation
Engineering)
Common for All Branches

SCHEME S1&S2

rnal sem hours
EN010 101 Engineering Mathematics I 2 1 - 50 100 3 5
EN010 102 Engineering Physics 1 1 - 50 100 3 4
EN010 103 Engineering. Chemistry & 1 1 - 50 100 3 4
Environmental Studies
EN010 104 Engineering Mechanics 3 1 - 50 100 3 6
EN010 105 Engineering Graphics 1 3 - 50 100 3 6
EN010 106 Basic Civil Engineering 1 1 - 50 100 3 4
EN010 107 Basic Mechanical Engineering 1 1 - 50 100 3 4
EN010 108 Basic Electrical Engineering 1 1 - 50 100 3 4
EN010 109 Basic Electronics Engineering. & 2 1 - 50 100 3 5
EN010 110 Mechanical Workshop - - 3 50 - 3 1
EN010 111 Electrical and Civil Workshops - - 3 100 - 3 1
Total 13 11 6 30 44
3rd Semester

rnal sem hours
EN010 301A Engineering Mathematics II 2 2 - 50 100 3 4
EN010 302 Economics and Communication 2 2 - 50 100 3 4
Skills (3+1)
EI010 303 Network Theory 2 2 - 50 100 3 4
EI010 304 Electronic Devices and Circuits I 3 1 - 50 100 3 4
EI010 305 Basic Instrumentation 3 1 - 50 100 3 4
EI010 306 Computer Programming 3 1 - 50 100 3 4
EI010 307 Electronic circuits lab I - - 3 50 100 3 2
EI010 308 Programming Lab(C,C++,Matlab) - - 3 50 100 3 2
Total 15 9 6 28
5
4th Semester

rnal sem hours
EN010 401 Engineering Mathematics III 2 2 - 50 100 3 4
EN010 402(ME) Principles of Management 3 1 - 50 100 3 4
EI010 403 Signals&Systems 2 2 - 50 100 3 4

EI010 404 Digital Electronics 3 1 - 50 100 3 4
EI010 405 Electronic instrumentation 3 1 - 50 100 3 4
EI010 406 Elecronic Devices and Circuits II 3 1 - 50 100 3 4
EI010 407 Electronic circuits Lab II - - 3 50 100 3 2
EI010 408 Basic Instrumentation Lab - - 3 50 100 3 2
Total 16 8 6 28
5th Semester

rnal sem hours
EN010 501A Engineering Mathematics IV 2 2 - 50 100 3 4
EI010 502 Industrial electronics and 3 1 50 100 3
applications
4
EI010 503 Linear integrated circuits and 3 1 - 50 100 3 4
applications
EI010 504 Transducer engineering 3 1 - 50 100 3 4
EI010 505 Control engineering I 2 2 - 50 100 3 4
EI010 506 Microprocessors and 3 1 - 50 100 3 4
Microcontrollers
EI010 507 Instrumentation lab I - - 3 50 100 3 2
EI010 508 Integrated circuits lab - - 3 50 100 3 2
Total 16 8 6 28
6
6th Semester

Code Subject L T P/D Inte- End- sem Credits
rnal sem duration
EI010 601 Process Control Instrumentation 3 1 - 50 100 3 4
EI010 602 Digital Signal Processing 2 2 - 50 100 3 4
EI010 603 Industrial instrumentation I 3 1 - 50 100 3 4
EI010 604 Data acquisition and 3 1 - 50 100 3 4
communication
EI010 605 Control engineering II 2 2 - 50 100 3 4
EI010 606Lxx Elective I 3 1 - 50 100 3 4
EI010 607 Microprocessor and - - 3 50 100 3 2
Microcontroller Lab
EI010 608 Mini Project - - 3 50 100 3 2
Total 16 8 6 28
Elective I
EI010 606L01 – Digital system design
EI010 606L02 – Data Base Management Systems
EI010 606L03 – Computer networks
EI010 606L04 – micro controller based system design
EI010 606L05 – Telimetry and remote control
EI010 606L06 – Robotics and automation
7th Semester

L T P/D Inte- End- sem
Code Subject Credits
rnal sem duration
-hours
EI010 701 Fibre Optics and Laser 2 2 - 50 100 3 4
Instrumentation
EI010 702 Computerised Process Control 2 2 - 50 100 3 4
EI010 703 Biomedical Instrumentation 2 1 - 50 100 3 3
EI010 704 Analytical Instrumentation 2 1 - 50 100 3 3
EI010 705 Industrial Instrumentation II 2 1 - 50 100 3 3
EI010 706Lxx Elective II 2 2 - 50 100 3 4
EI010 707 Instrumentation lab II - - 3 50 100 3 2
EI010 708 System simulation lab - - 3 50 100 3 2
EI010 709 Seminar - - 2 50 - - 2
EI010 710 Project - - 1 50 - - 1
Total 12 9 9 28
7
Elective II
EI010 706L01 – Optimization Techniques
EI010 706L02 – VLSI Technology
EI010 706L03 – Digital Image Processing
EI010 706L04 – Applied soft computing
EI010 706L05 – Instrumentation in petrochemical industries
EI010 706L06 – Reliability and safety engineering
8th Semester

Code Subject L T P/D Inte- End- duration- Credit
rnal sem hours s
EI010 801 Instrumentation System Design 3 2 - 50 100 3 4

EI010 802 Instrumentation in Process Industries 2 2 - 50 100 3 4
EI010 803 Advanced Instrumentation and 2 2 - 50 100 3 4
Applications
EI010 804Lxx Elective III 2 2 - 50 100 3 4
EI010 805Gxx Elective IV 2 2 - 50 100 3 4
EI010 806 Process control lab - - 3 50 100 3 2
EI010 807 Project - - 6 100 - - 4
EI010 808 Viva Voce - - - - 50 - 2
Total 11 10 9 28
Electives III
EI010 804L01 – Nano Electronics

EI010 804L02 – Micro Electro Mechanical Systems
EI010 804L03 –Biomedical signal processing
EI010 804L04 –Real time embedded systems
EI010 804L05 –Environmental monitoring instruments
EI010 804L06 –Air craft instrumentation
Electives IV
EI010 805G01 – Test Engineering
EI010 805G02 – Total quality management
EI010 805G03 –Human factors engineering
EI010 805G04 – Bio Informatics
EI010 805G05 – Intellectual Property Rights
EI010 805G06 – Professional Ethics
8
M.G. University
First & Second

Semester
9
M.G. University
EN010 101 ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS – I
Teaching Scheme Credits: 5
2 hour lecture and 1 hour tutorial per week
Objectives
• To impart mathematical background for studying engineering subjects.
MODULE I (18 hours) - MATRIX
Elementary transformation – echelon form – rank using elementary transformation by

reducing in to echelon form – solution of linear homogeneous and non – homogeneous
equations using elementary transformation. Linear dependence and independence of
vectors – eigen values and eigen vectors – properties of eigen values and eigen
vectors(proof not expected) – Linear transformation – Orthogonal transformation –
Diagonalisation – Reduction of quadratic form into sum of squares using orthogonal
transformation – Rank, index, signature of quadratic form – nature of quadratic form
MODULE 2 (18 hours) - PARTIAL DIFFERENTIATION
Partial differentiation : chain rules – statement of Eulers theorem for homogeneous

functions – Jacobian –Application of Taylors series for function of two variables –
maxima and minima of function of two variables (proof of results not expected)
MODULE 3 (18 hours) - MULTIPLE INTEGRALS
Double integrals in cartesian and polar co-ordinates – change of order of integration-

area using double integrals – change of variables using Jacobian – triple integrals in
cartesian, cylindrical and spherical co-ordinates – volume using triple integrals – change
of variables using Jacobian – simple problems.
MODULE 4 (18 hours) - ORDINARY DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS
Linear differential equation with constant coefficients- complimentary function and

particular integral – Finding particular integral using method of variation of parameters –
Euler Cauchy equations- Legenders equations
MODULE 5 (18 hours) - LAPLACE TRANSFORMS
Laplace Transforms – shifting theorem –differentiation and integration of transform –

Laplace transforms of derivatives and integrals – inverse transform – application of
convolution property – Laplace transform of unit step function – second shifting
theorem(proof not expected) – Laplace transform of unit impulse function and periodic
function – solution of linear differential equation with constant coefficients using
Laplace Transform.
10
M.G. University
REFERENCES
1. Erwin Kreyszig ;Advanced Engineering Mathematics Wiley Eastern Ltd
2. Grewal B.S ;Higher Engineering Mathematics ,Khanna Publishers
3. N. P. Bali ;Engineering Mathematics ,Laxmi Publications Ltd
4. Goyal & Gupta ; Laplace and Fourier Transforms
5. Dr. M.K.Venkataraman ;Engineering Mathematics Vol. I,National Publishing Co.
6. Dr. M.K.Venkataraman Engineering Mathematics Vol. 2, National Publishing Co
7. T.Veerarajan ,Engineering Mathematics for first year, Mc Graw Hill
8. S.S.Sastry Engineering Mathematics Vol. I,Prentice Hall India
9. S.S.Sastry Engineering Mathematics Vol. 2, Prentice Hall India
10. B.V. Ramana Higher Engineering Mathematics, Mc Graw Hill
11
M.G. University
EN010 102 ENGINEERING PHYSICS

I hour lecture and 1 hour tutorial per week
Objectives
• To provide students knowledge of physics of a problem and an overview of
physical phenomena.
MODULE I (12 hours) LASERS AND HOLOGRAPHY
Lasers- Principle of laser- Absorption- Spontaneous emission- Stimulated emission-

Characteristics of laser - Population inversion- Metastable states- Pumping- Pumping
Methods- Pumping Schemes- 3 level and 4 level pumping- Optical resonator-
Components of laser- Typical laser systems like Ruby laser- He-Ne laser- Semiconductor
laser- Applications of laser-
Holography- Basic principle -Recording and reconstruction- comparison with ordinary

photography-Applications of Hologram
MODULE II (12 hours) NANOTECHNOLOGY AND SUPERCONDUCTIVITY
Introduction to nanoscale science and technology- nanostructures-nanoring, nanorod,

nanoparticle, nanoshells- Properties of nanoparticles- optical, electrical, magnetic,
mechanical properties and quantum confinement- Classification of nanomaterials- C60,
metallic nanocomposites and polymer nanocomposites- Applications of nanotechnology
B. Superconductivity- Introduction- Properties of super conductors- Zero electrical

resistance- Critical temperature- Critical current- Critical magnetic field- Meissner effect-
Isotope effect- Persistence of current- Flux quantization - Type I and Type II
superconductors- BCS Theory (Qualitative study) – Josephson effect- D.C Josephson
effect- A.C Joseph son effect- Applications of superconductors.
MODULE III (12 hours) CRYSTALLOGRAPHY AND MODERN

ENGINEERING MATERIALS
A. Crystallography – Space lattice- Basis- Unit cell- Unit cell parameters- Crystal
systems- Bravais lattices- Three cubic lattices-sc, bcc, and fcc- Number of atoms per unit
cell- Co-ordination number- Atomic radius- Packing factor- Relation between density and
crystal lattice constants- Lattice planes and Miller indices-Separation between lattice
planes in sc- Bragg’s law- Bragg’s x-ray spectrometer- Crystal structure analysis.
Liquid crystals- Liquid crystals, display systems-merits and demerits- Metallic glasses-
Types of metallic glasses (Metal-metalloid glasses, Metal-metal glasses) – Properties of
metallic glasses (Structural, electrical, magnetic and chemical properties)
Shape memory alloys- Shape memory effect, pseudo elasticity
12
M.G. University
MODULE IV (12 hours) ULTRASONICS
A. Ultrasonics- Production of ultrasonics- Magnetostriction method – Piezoelectric

method- Properties of ultrasonics- Non destructive testing- Applications
B. Spectroscopy- Rayleigh scattering (Qualitative) - Raman effect – Quantum theory of

Raman effect- Experimental study of Raman effect and Raman spectrum- Applications of
Raman effect
C. Acoustics- Reverberation- Reverbaration time- Absorption of sound- Sabine’s

formula(no derivation)- Factors affecting acoustics properties
MODULE V (12 hours) FIBRE OPTICS
Principle and propagation of light in optical fibre- Step index (Single Mode and Multi
Mode fibre) and graded index fibre- N.A. and acceptance angle—Characteristics of
optical fibres (Pulse dispersion, attenuation, V-number, Bandwidth-distance product) –
Applications of optical fibres- Fibre optic communication system (Block diagram)-

Optical fibre sensors (any five) – Optical fibre bundle.
REFERENCES
1) A Text book of Engineering Physics – M.N.Avadhanulu and P.G.Kshirsagar

S.Chand& Company Ltd.
2) Nanomaterials- A.K.Bandhopadyaya – New Age International Publishers
3) Engineering Physics – A. Marikani
4) Engineering materials –V Rajendran and Marikani-Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing
Company Limited
5) Engineering physics- Dr. M Arumugam - Anuradha Agencies
6) Nano ; The Essentials- T. Pradeep
7) Material Science-M Arumugham- Anuradha Agencies
8) Lasers and Non-Linear optics By B.B Laud- New Age International (P) Limited
13
M G University
EN010 103 Engineering Chemistry & Environmental Studies

(Common to all branches)
Teaching scheme Credits:4

1hr lecture and 1hr tutorial per week (total 60 hrs)
Objectives
• To impart a scientific approach and to familiarize the applications of chemistry in the
field of technology
• To create an awareness about the major environmental issues for a sustainable
development.
Module 1 Electrochemical Energy Systems (13 hrs)

Electrochemical cells - Galvanic cell - Daniel cell – EMF - determination by potentiometric
method - Nernst equation – derivation- Single electrode potential-Types of electrodes-
Metal/metal ion electrode, Metal/metal sparingly soluble salt electrode, Gas electrode and
Oxidation/reduction electrode - Reference electrodes - Standard hydrogen electrode and
Calomel electrode - Glass electrode – Determination of pH using these electrodes -
Concentration cell – Electrolytic concentration cell without transfer - Derivation of EMF
using Nernst equation for concentration cell - Cells and Batteries - Primary and secondary
cells - Lead acid accumulator, Ni-Cd cell, Lithium–MnO2 cell and Rechargeable Lithium ion
cell – Polarization – Overvoltage - Decomposition potential - Numerical problems based on
Nernst equations and pH determination.
Module 2 Corrosion and Corrosion Control (10 hrs)

Introduction - Types of corrosion – Chemical and Electrochemical corrosion – Chemical
corrosion – Oxidation corrosion, By other gases and Liquid metal corrosion – Pilling-
Bedworth rule - Electrochemical corrosion – Mechanism - absorption of O2 and evolution of
H2 - Types of electrochemical corrosion- Galvanic corrosion, Concentration cell corrosion,
Differential aeration corrosion, Pitting corrosion, Waterline corrosion and Stress corrosion -
Factors influencing the rate of corrosion - Nature of the metal and Nature of the environment
- Corrosion control methods – Selection of metal and proper design, Cathodic protection
(Sacrificial anodic protection and Impressed current cathodic protection), Modifying the
environment, corrosion inhibitors and Protective coating - Metallic coating – Anodic coating
and cathodic coating - Hot dipping (Galvanizing and Tinning), Electroplating, Electroless
plating, Metal spraying, Metal cladding Cementation- sheradizing - chromizing- calorizing
and Vacuum metallization - Non-metallic coating - Anodization
Module 3 Engineering Materials (13 hrs)

High polymers – Introduction - Degree of polymerization – Functionality – Tacticity - Types
of polymerization (mechanisms not required) – Addition, Condensation and
Copolymerization - Glass transition temperature-(Tg) Definition only, Compounding and
moulding of plastics - Compression, Injection, Extrusion, Transfer and Blow moulding.
Fiber Reinforced Plastics - Glass reinforced plastics (GRP) - Manufacturing methods -
Hand lay up, Spray up and Filament winding - properties and uses.
Conducting Polymers – Polyacetylene and Polyaniline - Applications (mechanism not
required)
Rubber - Natural rubber – Properties – Vulcanization - Synthetic rubber - Preparation,
properties and uses of Polyurethane rubber, NBR and Silicone rubber.
14
M G University
Carbon Nanotubes - Single walled (SWCNT) and Multi walled (MWCNT) - Properties and
uses.
Module 4 Environmental Pollution (12 hrs)

Pollution - Types of pollution – a brief study of the various types of pollution - Air pollution -
Sources and effects of major air pollutants – Gases - Oxides of carbon, nitrogen and sulphur –
Hydrocarbons – Particulates -Control of air pollution - Different methods - Water pollution -
Sources and effects of major pollutants - Inorganic pollutants- heavy metals cadmium , lead,
mercury - Ammonia, Fertilizers and Sediments (silt) - Organic pollutants – Detergents,
pesticides, food waste, - Radioactive materials - Thermal pollutants - Control of water
pollution - General methods
Eutrophication - Definition and harmful effects
Desalination of water - Reverse osmosis and Electrodialysis
Module 5 Environmental Issues (12 hrs)

An overview of the major environmental issues - Acid rain – Smog - Photochemical smog -
Green house effect - Global warming and climate change - Ozone layer depletion –
Deforestation - Causes and effects - Wet land depletion – Consequences, Biodiversity –
importance and threats, Soil erosion - Causes and effects, Solid waste disposal -Methods of
disposal - Composting, Landfill, and Incineration, E-Waste disposal - Methods of disposal –
recycle( recovery) and reuse
Renewable energy sources - Solar cells – Importance - Photo voltaic cell - a brief
introduction
Bio fuels - Bio diesel and Power alcohol.
Note: This course should be handled and examination scripts should be evaluated by the
faculty members of Chemistry
Text Books
1. A text book of Engineering Chemistry - Shashi Chawla, Dhanpat Rai and Co.
2. A text book of Engineering Chemistry - Jain & Jain 15th edition .
3. A text book of Engineering Chemistry – S. S. Dhara.
4. Modern Engineering Chemistry – Dr. Kochu Baby Manjooran. S.
References
1. Chemistry - John E. McMurry and Robert C. Fay, Pearson Education.
2. Polymer science –V. R. Gowariker, New Age International Ltd.
3. A text book of polymer - M. S. Bhatnagar Vol I, II,& III, S. Chand publications.
4. Nano materials – B. Viswanathan, Narosa publications.
5. Nano science & Technology – V. S. Muralidharan and A. Subramania, Ane Books
Pvt. Ltd.
6. Nanotechnology - Er. Rakesh Rathi, S. Chand & Company Ltd.
7. Environmental Studies - Benny Joseph (2nd edition), Tata Mc Graw Hill companies.
8. Environmental Chemistry - Dr. B. K. Sharma, Goel publishers.
9. Environmental Chemistry – A. K. De, New age International Ltd.
10. Industrial Chemistry – B. K. Sharma, Goel publishers.
11. Engineering Chemistry – O. G. Palanna, Tata Mc Graw Hill Education Pvt. Ltd.
15
M.G. University
EN010 104 ENGINEERING MECHANICS

Objective:
• To develop analytical skills to formulate and solve engineering problems.
Module I ( 23 hrs)
Introduction to Mechanics – Basic Dimensions and Units – Idealization of Mechanics – Rigid
Body – Continuum – Point force – Particle – Vector and Scalar quantities.
Principles of Statics – Force Systems – Coplanar, Collinear, Concurrent and Parallel – Free
body diagrams – Resolution of forces – Moment of a Force – Varignon’s Theorem – Couple
– Resolution of a force into force couple system – Conditions of static equilibrium of Rigid
bodies – Solutions of problems using scalar approach
Force Systems in Space – Introduction to Vector approach – Elements of Vector algebra –
Position vector – Moment of a Force about a Point and Axis – Resultant of Forces –
Equilibrium of forces in space using vector approach
Module II (23 hrs)

Principle of Virtual work – Elementary treatment only – application of virtual work in beams,
ladders
Centroid of Lines, Areas and Volumes – Pappus Guldinus Theorems
Moment of Inertia of laminas – Transfer theorems – radius of Gyration – problems
Centre of Gravity – Mass moment of Inertia of circular and rectangular plates – solid
rectangular prisms – Cylinders – Cones
Module III (23 hrs)

Friction – Laws of friction – Contact friction problems – ladder friction – Wedge friction –
Screw friction.
Introduction to Structural Mechanics – Types of Supports, loads, frames – Static
Indeterminacy – Support reactions of beams – Analysis of perfect trusses by method of joints,
method of sections.
Module IV (28hrs)
Kinematics – Rectilinear motion of a particle under Variable Acceleration
Relative Velocity - problems
Circular motion with Uniform and Variable Acceleration – Relations between Angular and
Rectilinear motion – Normal and Tangential accelerations
Combined motion of Rotation and Translation – Instantaneous centre of zero velocity –
Wheels rolling without slipping
Introduction to Mechanical Vibrations – Free vibrations – Simple Harmonic motion
Module IV (23 hrs)

Kinetics of particles – Newton’s laws of Motion of Translation – D’Alembert’s Principle –
Motion of connected bodies – Work Energy Principle – Principle of Momentum and Impulse
– Collision of Elastic bodies
Newton’s laws of Rotational motion – Angular Impulse and Torque – Conservation of
Angular Momentum – Centrifugal and Centripetal forces – Applications – Work done and
Power by Torque and Couple.
16
M.G. University
References:
1. Engineering Mechanics – S. Timoshenko, D.H. Young – Mc Graw Hill International

Edition
2. Engineering Mechanics – Statics and Dynamics – Irving H Shames, G Krishna
Mohana Rao – Pearson Edutcation
3. S. Rajasekararn & G.Sankarasubramanian, Engineering Mechanics, Vikas Publishing
Co.
4. Engineering Mechanics – Prof.J.Benjamin
5. Engineering Mechanics – G.S. Sawheney PHI Learning Pvt.Ltd, New Delhi
6. Engineering Mechanics – K. L. Kumar, Tata Mc Graw Hill, New Delhi
17
M.G. University
EN010 105: ENGINEERING GRAPHICS

I hour lecture and 3 hour drawing per week
Objectives
• To provide students of all branches of engineering with fundamental knowledge of
engineering drawing
• To impart drawing skills to students
MODULE 1 (24 hours)

Introduction to Engineering Graphics: Drawing instruments and their uses-familiarization
with current BIS code of practice for general engineering drawing.
Scales-Plain scales-Diagonal Scales-Forward and Backward Vernier Scales.
Conic Sections:-Construction of conics when eccentricity and distance from directrix are
given .Construction of ellipse (1) given major axis and foci (2) given major axis and
minor axis (3)given a pair of conjugate diameters (4) by the four centre method.
Construction of parabola given the axis and base. Construction of hyperbola-(1) given the
asymptotes and a point on the curve. (2) Given ordinate, abscissa and transverse axis.
Construction of rectangular hyperbola. Construction of tangents and normals at points on
these curves.
Miscellaneous curves:-Cycloids, Inferior and superior Trochoids-Epicycloid-
Hypocycloid-Involute of circle and plain figures-Archimedian Spiral and Logarithmic
Spiral- Tangents and normals at points on these curves.
MODULE 2 (24 hours)
Orthographic projections of points and lines:-Projections of points in different quadrants-
Projections of straight lines parallel to one plane and inclined to the other plane-straight
lines inclined to both the planes-true length and inclination of lines with reference planes
using line rotation and plane rotation methods – Traces of lines.
Orthographic projections of planes-Polygonal surfaces and circular lamina.
MODULE 3 (24 hours)
Orthographic projections of solids:-Projections of prisms , cones ,cylinders ,pyramids
,tetrahedron ,octahedron and spheres with axis parallel to one plane and parallel or
perpendicular to the other plane-the above solids with their axes parallel to one plane and
inclined to the other plane –axis inclined to both the reference planes-use change of
position method OR auxiliary method.
Sections of solids:-Sections of prisms ,cones , cylinders ,pyramids ,tetrahedron and
octahedron with axis parallel to one plane and parallel or perpendicular or inclined to the
other plane with section planes perpendicular to one plane and parallel , perpendicular or
inclined to the other plane –True shapes of sections.
MODULE 4 (24 hours)
Developments of surfaces of (1)simple solids like prisms ,pyramids , cylinder and cone
(2) sectioned regular solids (3)above solids with circular or square holes with their axes
intersecting at right angles.-Developments of funnels and pipe elbows.
Isometric Projections:-Isometric Scales-Isometric views and projections of plane
figures,simple&truncated solids such as prisms, pyramids, cylinder, cone, sphere,
hemisphere and their combinations with axis parallel to one the planes and parallel or
perpendicular to the other plane.
18
M.G. University
MODULE 5 (24 hours)

Perspective projections:-Perspective projections of prisms,pyramids,cylinder and cone
with axis parallel to one plane and parallel or perpendicular or inclined to the other plane
by visual ray method OR vanishing point method
Intersection of surfaces:-Intersection of prism in prism &cylinder in cylinder-Axis at
right angles only.
REFERENCES
1. Engineering Graphics-Unique Methods easy solutions-K.N Anilkumar
2. Engineering Graphics-P I Varghese.
3. Engineering Drawing-N D Bhatt
4. Engineering Graphics-P S Gill
5. Engineering Graphics-T S Jeyapoovan.
19
M.G. University
EN010 106: BASIC CIVIL ENGINEERING

Teaching scheme: Credits: 4

Objective:
To familiarize all engineering students with the basic concepts of civil engineering so
that they can perform better in this great profession “Engineering”.
Module 1 (12 hours)

Introduction to civil engineering : various fields of civil engineering- Engineering
materials: Cement – Bogues compounds, manufacture of Portland cement-wet and dry
process, grades of cement, types of cement and its uses – steel– types of steel for
reinforcement bars ,structural steel sections,built-up sections,light gauge sections.
Aggregates: Fine aggregate:- pitsand, riversand, M- sand--Coarse aggregate: natural and
artificial , requirements of good aggregates. Timber: varieties found in Kerala –
seasoning and preservation. Bricks: classification, requirements, tests on bricks.
Module 2 (12 hours)

Cement mortar- preparation and its uses– concrete –ingredients, grades of concrete –
water cement ratio, workability, curing, ready mix concrete. Roofs - roofing materials -A.
C, aluminium, GI, fibre, tile, reinforced concrete (brief description only)- reinforcement
details of a one way slab, two way slab and simply supported beams.
Module 3 (12 hours)

Building Components: Foundation: Bearing capacity and settlement - definitions only-
footings- isolated footing , combined footing - rafts, piles and well foundation , machine
foundation (Brief description only).
Superstructure: Walls - brick masonry – types of bonds , English bond for one brick -
stone masonry-Random Rubble masonry.
Module 4 (12 hours)

Surveying: Classification –principles of surveying- chain triangulation- instruments used,
field work – bearing of survey lines –WCB and reduced bearing -Leveling: field work -
reduction of levels - height of instrument method.
Introduction to total station- basic principles of remote sensing, GPS and GIS.
Module 5 (12 hours)
Site plan preparation for buildings (Sketch only) – Kerala Municipal Building Rules
(1999)-general provisions regarding site and building requirements – coverage and floor
area ratio – basic concepts of “intelligent buildings” and “green buildings”- disposal of
domestic waste water through septic tank and soak pit. Classification of roads- basics of
traffic engineering – road markings , signs, signals and islands, road safety-accidents,
causes and remedies– (brief description only)
20
M.G. University
Internal Continuous Assessment (Maximum Marks-50)

60% - Tests (minimum 2)
20% - Assignments (minimum 2) such as home work, problem solving, group
discussions, quiz, literature survey, seminar, term-project, software exercises, etc.
20% - Regularity in the class
References
1. Jha and Sinha, Construction and foundation Engineering, Khanna Publishers

2. Punmia B. C., Surveying Vol –I, Laxmi Publications
3. Rangwala, Building Materials, Charotar Book stall
4. K. Khanna ,C. E. G. Justo., Highway Engineering, Khanna Publishers
5. Nevile., Properties of Concrete, Mc Graw Hill
6. B C Punmia.,Basic Civil Engineering, Khanna Publishers
7. Kerala Municipal Building Rules – 1999
21
M G University
EN010 107 BASIC MECHANICAL ENGINEERING

Teaching scheme Credits- 4
1hour lecture and1hour tutorial per week
Objective
To impart basic knowledge in mechanical engineering
Module 1(12 hours)
Thermodynamics: Basic concepts and definitions, Gas laws, specific heat –Universal gas
constant- Isothermal, adiabatic and polytrophic processes, work done, heat transferred,
internal energy and entropy - Cycles: Carnot, Otto and Diesel- Air standard efficiency.
Basic laws of heat transfer (Fourier’s law of heat conduction, Newton’s law of cooling
Steffen Boltzmann’s law)
Module 2 (12 hours)
I.C. Engines: Classification of I.C Engines, Different parts of I.C engines, Working of two
stroke and four stroke engines-petrol and diesel engines-air intake system, exhaust system,
fuel supply system, ignition system, lubrication system, cooling system and engine starting
system-Performance of I.C. engines, advantage of MPFI and CRDI over conventional
system.
Refrigeration: Unit of refrigeration, COP, Block diagram and general descriptions of air
refrigeration system, vapour compression and vapour absorption systems- Required
properties of a refrigerant, important refrigerants– Domestic refrigerator- Ice plant.
Air conditioning system: Concept of Air conditioning, psychometry, psychometric properties,
psychometric chart, psychometric processes, human comfort– winter and summer air
conditioning systems (general description), air conditioning application.
Module 3 (12 hours)
Power transmission elements: Belt Drive - velocity ratio of belt drive, length of belt, slip in
belt- simple problems– Power transmitted– Ratio of tensions– Centrifugal tension Initial
tension– Rope drive, chain drive and gear drive-Types of gear trains (simple descriptions
only)
Module 4 (12 hours)
Power plants: General layout of hydraulic, diesel, thermal and nuclear power plants-
nonconventional energy sources (general description only).
Hydraulic turbines and pumps : Classifications of hydraulic turbines –types of hydraulic
turbines –runaway speed, specific speed, draft tube, cavitations, selection of hydraulic
turbines .Classification of pumps– positive displacement and rotodynamic pumps (description
only)- applications
Steam turbines: Classification of steam turbines, description of common types of steam
turbines: Impulse and reaction, compounding methods.
Module 5 (12 hours)
Simple description of general purpose machines like lathe, shaping machines, drilling
machines, grinding machines and milling machines, Basic concepts of CNC, DNC, CIM and
CAD/CAM
Manufacturing Processes: Moulding and casting, forging, rolling, welding- arc welding-gas
welding (fundamentals and simple descriptions only)
22
M G University
Internal continues assessment ( Maximum Marks –50)

60% Test (minimum2)
20% Assignments (minimum 2) such as home work, quiz, seminar.
20% regulatory in class
Text book
1 P.L. Bellany, Thermal Engineering, Khnna Publishes
2 Benjamin J., Basic Mechanical Engineering, Pentx
Reference Books
1 R.C.Patal, Elements of heat engines, Acharya Publishers -
2 G.R Nagapal, Power plant engineering, Khnna publishes
3 P.K.Nag, Engineering Thermodynamics, McGraw Hill
4 Dr.P.R Modi &Dr.M.S. Seth, Hydraulics & Fluid Mechanics including Hydraulic
Machines, Standard Book House
23
M.G. University
EN010 108: Basic Electrical Engineering


I hour lecture and 1 hour tutorial per week
Objectives
• To provide students of all branches of engineering with an overview of all the fields of
electrical engineering
• To prepare students for learning advanced topics in electrical engineering
Module I (10 hours)

Kirchhoff’s Laws – Formation of network equations by mesh current method – Matrix representation
– Solution of network equations by matrix method – Star delta conversion.
Magnetic circuits – mmf, field strength, flux density, reluctance, permeability – comparison of
electric and magnetic circuits – force on current carrying conductor in magnetic filed.
Module II (12 hours)

Electromagnetic Induction – Faraday’s laws – lenz’s law – statically and dynamically induced emf –
self and mutual inductance – coupling coefficient.
Alternating current fundamentals – generation of AC –frequency, period, average and r m s value,
form factor, peak factor, phasor representation – j operator – power and power factor – solution of
RLC series and parallel circuits.
Module III (13 hours)

DC machine – principle of operation of DC generator – constructional details – e m f equation –
types of generators.
DC motor – principle of operation of DC motor – back emf – need for starter – losses and efficiency
– types of motors – applications – simple problems.
Transformer – principle of operation – e m f equation Constructional details of single phase and
three phase transformer – losses and efficiency – application of power transformer, distribution
transformer, current transformer and potential transformer.
Module IV (13 hours)

Three phase system – generation of three phase voltage – star and delta system – relation between
line and phase voltages and currents – phasor representation of three phase system - balanced delta
connected system – three wire and four wire system – simple problems. Three phase power
measurement – Single wattmeter, two wattmeter and three wattmeter methods.
Induction motors – principle of operation of three phase induction motors – applications of cage and
slip ring induction motor – single phase induction motors – capacitor start / run, shaded pole –
universal motors - Applications.
Synchronous generator (Alternator) – principles of operation and types.
Module V (12 hours)

Generation of electric power – types of generation – hydroelectric, thermal and nuclear (Block
schematic and layout only) - Non conventional energy sources – solar, wind, tidal, wave and
geothermal.
Transmission – need for high voltage transmission – Transmission voltage – Distribution –
Underground versus overhead – Feeder – Distributor – Service mains – conductor materials – one
line diagram of typical power system.
24
M.G. University
Requirements of good lighting system – working principle of incandescent lamp, Fluorescent lamp
and mercury vapour lamp-energy efficient lamps (CFL,LED lights) – need for energy management
and power quality – home energy management.
Text Books
1. D.P. Kothari & I.J. Nagrath – Basic Electrical Engineering – Tata McGraw Hill
2. D.C. Kulshreshta – Basic Electrical Engineering - Tata McGraw Hill
3. Hughes – Electrical and Electronic Technology – Pearson Education
Reference Books
1. R.V. Srinivasa Murthy – Basic Electrical Engineering – Sunguine Technical
2. J.B.Gupta – Fundamentals of Electrical Engineering & Electronics – S.K.Kataria
3. V.K. Mehta, Rohit Mehta – Basic Electrical Engineering – S.Chand.
4. Bureau of Engineering Efficiency – Guide book for national certification examination for
energy managers and auditors.
5. Rajendra Prasad – Fundamentals of Electrical Engineering, Prentice Hall India.
6. Soni, Gupta, Bhatnagar & Chackrabarty – A text book on power system engineering –
Dhanapt Rai
7. Electrical Engineering Fundamentals – Vincent Del Toro, Pearson Education.
25
M.G. University
EN010 109: Basic Electronics Engineering and Information Technology

Objectives
• To provide students of all branches of engineering with an overview of all the fields of electronics
engineering and information technology
MODULE 1 (18 hours): Basic Circuit Components: Diode: Germanium, Silicon, Zener,
LEDs (working principle only). Forward and reverse characteristics. [2hr.] Rectifiers: Half
wave, fullwave , Bridge circuits, DC Power supply: Capacitor filter, Zener regulator. [3hrs.]
Transistors :Different configurations - CE characteristics-β and ∝, concept of Amplifiers:
Common emitter RC coupled amplifier, Frequency response, Bandwidth.(No analysis
required)
Comparison of BJT,FET,MOSFET, IGBT. [2hr.]. Integrated circuits: Advantages,
classification of Linear and Digital ICs. Basics of Op-amps, inverting and non-inverting
amplifiers.Family of IC’s(Function diagram of 7400 & CD4011) [4hrs.] .Specifications of TTL
and CMOS.[] –Comparison.
MODULE 2 (18 hours): Basic communication Engineering:Communication: Frequency

bands: RF, VHF, UHF, x, ku, ka, c. Modulation – need for modulation, basic principles of
amplitude, frequency and pulse modulation. [6hrs.]. Block schematic of AM transmitter ,
Super-hetrodyne receiver, FM receiver.-function of each block.[3hrs.] .Wireless
communication: Satellite Communication-Earth station, transponder and receiver.Mobile
Communication: GSM-BSC, Cell structure, frequency re-use, hands-of, establishing a call.
MODULE 3 (18 hours):Basic instrumentation and Consumer electronics: Electronic
instrumentation: Transducers: Basic principles of Strain guage, LVDT, Thermistor,
Photodiode, Typical moving coil microphones and Loud speaker.Block diagram of Digital
Multimeter .[8hrs].CONSUMER ELECTRONICS: Basic principles of TV –Interlaced
Scanning-Block Diagram of PAL TV receiver(color).Basic principles of DTH, brief
descriptions of MP3,multichannel audio 5.1,7.1.
MODULE 4 (18 hours):Introduction: Definition and Scope of IT-Digital Computer, Von

Neumann Architecture-Basic Operational Concepts-CPU-single Bus and Multi Bus
Organization, A typical Instruction set, Execution of Instructions. Memory and I/O-Main
Memory, Virtual Memory-Cache memory-Secondary Memories-Printers, Plotters, Displays
,Key board, Mouse, OMR and OCR-Device Interface-I/O Processor-I/O Channel
MODULE 5 (18 hours) :Computer software-System Software and Application Software-

Machine Language-Assembly Language-High Level Language-Language Translators-
Operating System, Procedural Programming and Object Oriented Programming.Computer
26
M.G. University
Networks-Concepts of Networking-Network Topologies-WAN-LAN-MAN, Protocol-

Internet-working concept, Internet Architecture, IP addresses, Routing, Domain Name
System(Basic concepts only)
References
1.Basic Electronics – Devices, Circuits and IT fundamentals.Santiram Kal,PHI( Module 1to 5)

2. Basic Electronics: Bernad Grob, Mc Graw Hill Publication(Module 1)
3. Electronic Devices: Floyd, Pearson Education (Module 1)
4. Electronic Devices and Circuits: J.B. Gupta,S.K.Kataria & Sons (Module 1 , 2,3)
5. Digital Principles: Malvino & Leach, Mc Graw Hill Publication(Module 1)
6. Electronic Instrumentation: H.S Kalsi, Mc Graw Hill Publication(Module 2)
7. Communication Systems: Sanjay Sharma, S.K.Kataria & Sons (Module 2)
8. Satellite Comunication : Robert M.Gagliardi,CBS Publishers & Distributors.(Module 2)
9.Basic Radio and TV; S.P. Sharma,Tata McGrawhill(Module 2 &3)
10.Wireless Communication; T.S. Rappaport, Pearson(Module 3)
11.Computer Organization, Hamacher, Vranesic and Zaky, Mc Graw Hill (Module 4)
12.Systems Programming, JJ Donovan ,Mc Graw Hill (Module 5)
13.Computer Networks,Andrew.S Tanenbaum,Pearson Education(Module 5)
27
M G University
EN010 110: Mechanical Workshop

Teaching scheme Credits: 1
3 hours practical per week
Objectives
• To provide students of all branches of engineering in house experience of basic
mechanical instruments and activities
Carpentry Planing – cutting – chiselling, marking – sawing – cross and tee joints –
dovetail joints – engineering application, Seasoning, Preservation –
Plywood and ply boards.
Fitting Practice in chipping – filing – cutting – male and female joints.
Smithy Forging of square and hexagonal prism. Study of forging principles,

materials and operations.
Foundry Preparation of simple sand moulds – moulding sand characteristics,

materials, gate, runner, riser, core, chaplets and casting defects.
Demonstration and study of machine tools – lathe, drilling, boring, slotting, shaping, milling
and grinding machines, CNC machines and machining centers.
Demonstration and study of arc and gas welding techniques.
Note:
1. The minimum mark for a pass for EN010 110Mechanical workshop is 25 out of 50 in
internal assessments.
2. If the student fails in securing minimum mark for pass mentioned above will be
considered as failed in the respective workshop.
The candidate not satisfying the above mentioned condition may be given ‘U’ grade in the
grade card. For the purpose of fixing grade, the marks are hypothetically escalated to 150.
Other grades may be given as specified for other subjects.
The failed candidate has to attend the respective workshop classes in the subsequent
semesters. The internal assessment will be made by repeating all workshop activities. The
student has to register for EN010 110 Mechanical Workshop in the college by paying the fees
prescribed by the college.
HOD in charge of workshop will allot a staff member to monitor the activities and awarding
the internal marks. The internal marks should be submitted to the university.
28
M G University
EN010 111: Electrical and Civil Workshops


3 hours practical per 2 weeks for each
Objectives
• To provide students of all branches of engineering in house experience of basic
electrical and civil instruments and activities
Electrical Workshop
1. Wiring and estimation of one lamp and one plug, Control of two lamps in series and in
parallel.
2. Staircase wiring.
3. Godown wiring.
4. Insulation megger - earth megger , measurement of insulation resistance and earth

resistance .Study of volt meter, ammeter , watt meter and energy meter.
5. Working principle and wiring of Fluorescent , CFL and Mercury vapour lamp .
6. Study and wiring of distribution board including power plug using isolator, MCB and
ELCB – Estimation of a typical 1BHK house wiring system.
7. Familiarization , soldering, testing and observing the wave forms on a CRO of a HW and
FW Uncontrolled Rectifier (using diodes) with capacitor filter.
8. Observing the wave forms on a CRO of Experiment 7 without capacitor filter and find
the average and RMS value of the voltage waveform.
9. Visit your college substation and familiarize the supply system, Transformer, HT Panel
and Distribution etc.
Civil Workshop
Masonry : English bond – Flemish bond – wall junction – one brick – one and a half brick –
two brick and two and a half brick – Arch setting.
Plumbing: Study of water supply and sanitary fittings – water supply pipe fitting – tap
connections – sanitary fittings – urinal, wash basin – closet (European and
Indian), Manholes.
Surveying: Study of surveying instruments – chain – compass – plane table – levelling –

minor instruments. Demonstration of Theodolite and Total Station.
Familiarization of latest building materials : Flooring materials – Roofing materials –

Paneling boards.
29
M G University
Note:
1. The minimum mark for a pass for EN010 111 Electrical and Civil workshop is 50 out
of 100 in internal assessments.
2. If the student fails in securing minimum mark for pass mentioned above will be
considered as failed in the respective workshop.
The candidate not satisfying the above mentioned condition may be given ‘U’ grade in the
grade card. For the purpose of fixing grade, the marks are hypothetically escalated to 150.
Other grades may be given as specified for other subjects.
The failed candidate has to attend the respective workshop classes in the subsequent
semesters. The internal assessment will be made by repeating all workshop activities. The
student has to register for EN010 111 Electrical and Civil Workshop in the college by paying
the fees prescribed by the college.
HOD in charge of workshop will allot a staff member to monitor the activities and awarding
the internal marks. The internal marks should be submitted to the university.
30
Third Semester
31
EN010301A ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS II
(Common to all branches except CS & IT)

2 hours lecture and 2 hour tutorial per week
Objectives
• To apply standard methods and basic numerical techniques for solving problems and to
know the importance of learning theories in Mathematics.
MODULE 1 Vector differential calculus ( 12 hours)
Scalar and vector fields – gradient-physical meaning- directional derivative-divergence an

curl - physical meaning-scalar potential conservative field- identities - simple problems
MODULE 2 Vector integral calculus ( 12 hours)
Line integral - work done by a force along a path-surface and volume integral-application
of Greens theorem, Stokes theorem and Gauss divergence theorem
MODULE 3 Finite differences ( 12 hours)
Finite difference operators and - interpolation using Newtons forward and

backward formula – problems using Stirlings formula, Lagrange’s formula and Newton’s divided
difference formula
MODULE 4 Difference Calculus ( 12 hours)
Numerical differentiation using Newtons forward and backward formula – Numerical

integration – Newton’s – cotes formula – Trapezoidal rule – Simpsons 1/3rd and 3/8th rule – Difference
equations – solution of difference equation
MODULE 5 Z transforms ( 12 hours)
Definition of Z transforms – transform of polynomial function and trignometric

functions – shifting property , convolution property - inverse transformation – solution of 1st and 2nd
order difference equations with constant coifficients using Z transforms.
Reference
1. Erwin Kreyszing – Advance Engg. Mathematics – Wiley Eastern Ltd.

2. B.S. Grewal – Higher Engg. Mathematics - Khanna Publishers
3. B.V. Ramana - Higher Engg. Mathematics – McGraw Hill
4. K Venkataraman- Numerical methods in science and Engg -National publishing co
5. S.S Sastry - Introductory methods of Numerical Analysis -PHI
6. T.Veerarajan and T.Ramachandran- Numerical Methods- McGraw Hill
7. Babu Ram – Engg. Mathematics -Pearson.
8. H.C.Taneja Advanced Engg. Mathematics Vol I – I.K.International
32
EN010 302 ECONOMICS AND COMMUNICATION SKILLS
Teaching scheme
2hours lecture and 2 hours tutorial per week Credits: 4(3+1)
Objectives
• To impart a sound knowledge of the fundamentals of Economics.
Economics
Module I (7 hours)
Reserve Bank of India-functions-credit control-quantitative and qualitative techniques
Commercial banks-functions- Role of Small Industries Development Bank of India and
National Bank for Agriculture and Rural Development
The stock market-functions-problems faced by the stock market in India-mutual funds
Module II (6 hours)
Multinational corporations in India-impact of MNC’s in the Indian economy
Globalisation-necessity-consequences
Privatisation-reasons-disinvestment of public sector undertakings
The information technology industry in India-future prospects
Direct and indirect taxes- impact and incidence- merits of direct and indirect taxes-
progressive and regressive taxes-canons of taxation-functions of tax system-
tax evasion-reasons for tax evasion in India-consequences-steps to control tax evasion
Deficit financing-role-problems associated with deficit financing
Module IV (5 hours)
National income-concepts-GNP, NNP, NI, PI and DPI-methods of estimating national
income-difficulties in estimating national income
Inflation-demand pull and cost push-effects of inflation-government measures to control
inflation
Module V (6 hours)
International trade-case for free trade-case for protectionism
Balance of payments-causes of disequilibrium in India’s BOP-General Agreement on
Tariffs and Trade-effect of TRIPS and TRIMS in the Indian economy-impact of WTO
decisions on Indian industry
Text Books
1. Ruddar Datt, Indian Economy, S.Chand and Company Ltd.
2. K.K.Dewett, Modern Economic Theory, S.Chand and Company Ltd.
References
1. Paul Samuelson, Economics, Tata McGraw Hill
2. Terence Byres, The Indian Economy, Oxford University Press
3. S.K.Ray, The Indian economy, Prentice Hall of India
4. Campbell McConnel, Economics, Tata McGraw Hill
33
Communication Skills
Objectives
• To improve Language Proficiency of the Engineering students
• To enable them to express themselves fluently and appropriately in social
and professional contexts
• To equip them with the components of different forms of writing
MODULE – 1 (15 hours)

INTRODUCTION TO COMMUNICATION
Communication nature and process, Types of communication - Verbal and Non verbal,
Communication Flow-Upward, Downward and Horizontal, Importance of
communication skills in society, Listening skills, Reading comprehension, Presentation
Techniques, Group Discussion, Interview skills, Soft skills
MODULE – II (15 hours)

TECHNICAL COMMUNICATION
Technical writing skills- Vocabulary enhancement-synonyms, Word Formation-suffix,
affix, prefix, Business letters, Emails, Job Application, Curriculum Vitae, Report writing-
Types of reports
Note: No university examination for communication skills. There will be internal

evaluation for 1 credit.
REFERENCES
1. The functional aspects of communication skills, P.Prasad and Rajendra K.
Sharma, S.K. Kataria and sons, 2007
2. Communication skills for Engineers and Scientists, Sangeeta Sharma and Binod
Mishra, PHI Learning private limited, 2010
3. Professional Communication, Kumkum Bhardwaj, I.K. International (P) House
limited, 2008
4. English for technical Communication, Aysha Viswamohan, Tata Mc Graw
Publishing company limited, 2008
34
EC010 303 NETWORK THEORY
2 hours lecture and 2 hours tutorial per week
Objectives
• To study time domain, phasor and Laplace transform methods of linear circuit analysis
Module I (12 hrs)
Reference directions for two terminal elements - Kirchhoff’s Laws - Independent and Dependent
Sources – Resistance Networks: Node and Mesh analysis of resistance networks containing both
voltage and current independent and dependent sources – Source Transformations – Superposition,
Thevenin, Norton and Maximum Power Transfer Theorems applied to resistance networks
Module II (12 hrs)
Capacitors and Inductors – Current-voltage relationships – Step and Impulse functions – Waveshapes
for Capacitor and Inductor – Series and Parallel combinations – Coupled coils – Mutual Inductance –
First order Circuits: Excitation by initial conditions – Zero input response – Excitation by sources –
Zero state response – Step and impulse response of RL and RC circuits - Excitation by sources and
initial conditions – Complete response with switched dc sources
Module III (12 hrs)
Sinusoidal Steady State Analysis: Review of complex numbers – Rectangular and Polar forms –
Phasors and the sinusoidal steady state response - Phasor relationships for R, L and C – Impedance
and Admittance – Node and Mesh analysis, Superposition, Source transformation, Thevenin and
Norton’s theorems applied to Phasor circuits – Sinusoidal Steady State power – Average Power –
Maximum power transfer theorem – Phasor analysis of Magnetically coupled circuits
Module IV (12 hrs)
Laplace Transform: Definition of Unilateral Laplace Transform- Properties –Laplace Transform of

common time functions – Inverse Laplace Transform by Partial Fraction Expansion – Initial value and
Final value theorems –Solution of network differential equations - Transformation of a circuit into s-
domain – Transformed equivalent of resistance, capacitance, inductance and mutual inductance –
Impedance and Admittance in the transform domain – Node and Mesh analysis of the transformed
circuit - Network theorems applied to the transformed circuit – Network Functions: Driving point
and Transfer functions - Poles and zeros
Module V (12 hrs)
Frequency Response: Network functions in the sinusoidal steady state with s = jω – Magnitude and
Phase response - Magnitude and Phase response of First order Low pass and High pass RC
35
circuits –- Bode Plots – First order and Second order factors.
Two port networks: Characterization in terms of Impedance, Admittance, Hybrid and Transmission
parameters – Interrelationships among parameter sets - Reciprocity theorem – Interconnection of two
port networks- series, parallel and cascade.
References
1. W H. Hayt, Kemmerly and S M Durbin, Engineering Circuit Analysis, Tata Mc.Graw Hill
2. DeCarlo, Lin, Linear Circuit Analysis, OUP
3. B Carlson, Circuits, Ceneage Learning
4. M E. Van Valkenburg, Network Analysis, Prentice Hall of India.
5. L P .Huelsman, Basic Circuit Theory, Prentice Hall of India.
6. Robert L.Boylestad , Introductory Circuit Analysis , 12th e/d ,Prentice Hall of India.
7. C A Desoer & E S Kuh, Basic Circuit Theory, Tata Mc.Graw Hill
8. F F Kuo, Network Analysis and Synthesis, WileyInterscience.
36
EC 010 304 SOLID STATE DEVICES
Teaching Scheme
3 lecturer hours and 1 tutorial hour Credit :4
Objectives
• To provide students with a sound understanding of existing electronic devices, so that their
studies of electronic circuits and systems will be meaningful.
• To develop the basic tools with which students can later learn about newly developed devices
and applications.
Module I (13 hours)
Bonding forces in solids – Energy Bands – Metals, semiconductors and insulators – Direct and
indirect Semiconductors – Variation of Energy Bands with alloy composition – Charge carriers in
semiconductors – Electrons and holes – Effective mass – Intrinsic and extrinsic materials.
Charge concentrations – Fermi level – Electrons and hole concentrations at equilibrium –
Temperature dependence of carrier concentrations – Compensation and space charge neutrality.
Drift of carriers in electric and magnetic fields – Drift and resistance – Effects of temperature on
doping and mobility – High-field effects – Hall effect.
Excess carriers in semiconductors – Carrier lifetime – Direct and indirect recombination – Steady
state carrier generation – Quasi Fermi levels.
Diffusion of carriers – Diffusion process – Diffusion coefficient – Einstein relation – Continuity
equation – Steady state carrier injection – Diffusion length.
P-N junctions – Equilibrium conditions – Contact potential – Equilibrium Fermi levels – Space charge
at a junction – Forward and reverse biased conditions – Steady state conditions – Qualitative
description of current flow at a junction – Carrier injection – Diode equation – Majority and minority
currents through a p-n junction – V-I characteristics of a p-n junction diode.
Reverse breakdown in p-n junctions – Zener and avalanche mechanisms – Breakdown diodes.
Time variation of stored charge in p-n junctions – Reverse recovery transient – Switching diodes –
Capacitance of p-n junctions – Varactor diodes.
Metal-semiconductor junctions – Schottky barriers – Rectifying and ohmic contacts.
Optoelectronic devices – Optical Absorption – Solar Cells – Photo detectors – Photoluminescence and
electroluminescence – Light emitting diodes – Laser diodes.
Bipolar Junction Transistor – Bipolar Transistor action – Basic principle of operation – Simplified
current relations – Modes of operation – Majority and minority current components – Emitter
injection efficiency – Base transport factor – Current transfer ratio – Current amplification factor –
Amplification and switching – Base width modulation – Avalanche Breakdown – Base resistance and
emitter crowding
Field Effect Transistor – Basic JFET operation – pinch off and saturation – Transconductance and
amplification factor – V-I characteristics – Transfer characteristics
Basic principles of high frequency transistors – Schottky transistors; Phototransistors
37
Module V (10 hours)
Ideal MOS capacitor – Energy band structure in depletion, accumulation and inversion modes, C-V
characteristics – Threshold voltage.
MOSFETs – Enhancement and depletion MOSFETs – Current-voltage relationship –
Transconductance – Control of threshold voltage – Basic principles of CMOS.
Tunnel diodes – pnpn diodes – Introduction to SCR and IGBT.
Reference Books
1. B. G. Streetman, S. K. Banerjee, Solid State Electronic Devices, 6th ed., PHI Learning Pvt. Ltd.,
New Delhi, 2010.
2. D. A. Neamen, Semiconductor Physics and Devices, 3rd ed., Tata McGraw Hill Education Pvt.
Ltd., New Delhi, 2010.
3. M. S. Tyagi, Introduction to Semiconductor Materials and Devices, Wiley India Pvt. Ltd.,
New Delhi, 2008.
4. J. Millman, C. C. Halkias, S. Jit, Electronic Devices and Circuits, 3rd ed., Tata McGraw Hill
Education Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, 2010.
5. M. K. Achuthan, K. N. Bhat, Fundamentals of Semiconductor Devices, Tata McGraw Hill
Education Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, 2010.
6. V. Suresh Babu, Solid State Devices and Technology, 3rd ed., Pearson Education, 2010.
38
EC010 305: ANALOG CIRCUITS – I
Teaching Scheme : Credits : 4
3 lecture hours and 1 tutorial hour
0bjectives:
• To understand applications of diodes and transistors
• To understand working of MOSFET
• To provide an insight into the working, analysis and design of basic analog circuits
using BJT and MOSFET
Module I (10)
RC Circuits: Response of high pass and low pass RC circuits to sine wave, step, pulse and
square wave inputs, Tilt, Rise time. Differentiator, Integrator. Small signal diode model for
low and high frequencies, clipping and clamping circuits.
Analysis of half wave, full wave and bridge rectifiers. Analysis of L, C, LC & π filters. Zener
voltage regulator, transistor series (with feedback) and shunt voltage regulators, short circuit
and fold back protection.
Module II (14)
DC analysis of BJTs - BJT as amplifier. Small signal equivalent circuits (Low frequency π
and h models only). Transistor Biasing circuits, Stability factors, Thermal runaway. Small
signal analysis of CE, CB, CC configurations using approximate hybrid π model (gain, input
and output impedance)
Module III (12)
MOSFET I-V relation, load lines, small signal parameters, small signal equivalent circuits,
body effect. Biasing of MOSFETs amplifiers. Analysis of single stage discrete MOSFET
amplifiers – small signal voltage and current gain, input and output impedance of Basic
Common Source amplifier, Common Source amplifier with and without source bypass
capacitor, Source follower amplifier, Common Gate amplifier.
Module IV (12)
High frequency equivalent circuits of BJTs, MOSFETs, Miller effect, short circuit current
gain, s-domain analysis, amplifier transfer function. Analysis of high frequency response of
CE, CB, CC and CS, CG, CD amplifiers.
Module V (12)
Power amplifiers: Class A, B, AB and C circuits - efficiency and distortion. Biasing of class
AB circuits. Transformer less power amplifiers.
Feed back amplifiers - Properties of negative feed back. The four basic feed back topologies-
Series-shunt, series-series, shunt-shunt, shunt-series. Analysis and design of discrete circuits
in each feedback topology - Voltage, Current, Trans conductance and Trans resistance
amplifiers, loop gain, input and output impedance. Stability of feedback circuits.
References:
1. Sedra and Smith: Microelectronic Circuits, 4/e, Oxford University Press 1998.
2. B. Razavi , “Fundamentals of Microelectronics”, Wiley
3. Donald A Neamen. : Electronic Circuit Analysis and Design, 3/e, Tata Mc.Graw Hill.
4. Millman and Halkias: Integrated Electronics, Tata Mc.Graw Hill, 2004.
39
5. Spencer & Ghausi: Introduction to Electronic Circuit Design, Pearson Education, 2003.
6. Roger T. Howe, Charles G. Sodini: Microelectronics: An Integrated Approach, Pearson
Education, 1997.
7. R E Boylstead and L Nashelsky: Electronic Devices and Circuit Theory, 9/e, Pearson
Education
40
EC010 306 COMPUTER PROGRAMMING
Teaching Scheme
3 lecture hours and 1ntutorial hour 4 credits
Objectives
• To develop the programming skill using C
Module 1 (12 hrs)

Problem solving with digital Computer - Steps in Computer programming - Features of a good
program, Algorithms – Flowchart.
Introduction to C: C fundamentals - The character set - identifiers and keywords - Data types -
constants - variables and arrays - declarations - expressions - statements - symbolic constants-
arithmetic operators - Relational and Logical operators - The conditional operator - Library
functions - Data input and output - getchar – putchar, scanf, printf - gets and puts functions -
interactive programming.
Module 2 (12 hrs)

Control Statements: While - do while - for - nested loops -if else switch- break - continue - The
comma operator - go to statement, Functions - a brief overview - defining a function - accessing a
function - passing arguments to a function - specifying argument - data types - function prototypes -
Recursion.
Module 3 (12 hrs)

Program structure: storage classes - Automatic variables - external variables - multi file programs.
Arrays: defining an array - processing an array - passing arrays in a function – multi dimensional
arrays - array and strings. Structures and unions: defining a structure - processing a structure - user
defined data types - passing structure to a function – self referential structures - unions.
Module 4 (12hrs)
Pointers: Fundamentals - pointer declaration - passing pointers to a function - pointers and one
dimensional arrays - operations on pointers - pointers and multi dimensional arrays – passing
functions to other functions.
Module 5 (12 hrs)

Data files: Opening and closing of a data file - creating a data file - processing a data file, low level
programming - register variables – bit wise operation - bit fields - enumeration - command line
parameters - macros - the C pre-processor.
References
1. Byron Gottfried, Programming with C, Schaum’s Outlines ,Tata Mc.Graw Hill.

2. Kernighan & Ritchie , “The C programming language:”, Prentice Hall of India..
3. Venkateshmurthy , “Programming Techniques through C”:, Pearson Education.
41
4. Al Kelley, Ira Pohl , “A book on C” , Pearson Education.
5. Balaguruswamy , “Programming in C” , Tata Mc Graw Hill.
6. Ashok N Kanthane , “Programming with ANSI and Turbo C”, Pearson Education.
7. Stephen C. Kochan , “Programming in C” , CBS publishers.
42
EC010 307 ANALOG CIRCUITS LAB
Teaching Schemes
3 hours practical per week Credits: 2
Objectives
• To provide experience on design, testing, and analysis of few basic electronic circuits using
BJT and MOSFET.
• To provide experience on electronic circuit simulation software like SPICE .
1. Characteristics of Diodes & Zener diodes.

2. Characteristics of Transistors (CE & CB).
3. Characteristics of MOSFET.
4. Frequency responses of RC Low pass and high pass filters. RC Integrating and Differentiating
circuits.
5. Rectifiers-half wave, full wave, Bridge with and without filter- ripple factor and
regulation.
6. Clipping and clamping circuits.
7. Zener Regulator with & without emitter follower.
8. RC Coupled CE amplifier - frequency response characteristics.
9. MOSFET amplifier (CS) - frequency response characteristics.
10. Feedback amplifiers (current series, voltage series) - Gain and frequency response
11. Power amplifiers (transformer less), Class B and Class AB.
Introduction to SPICE
Models of resistor, capacitor, inductor, energy sources (VCVS, CCVS, Sinusoidal source,
pulse, etc) and transformer.
Models of DIODE, BJT, FET, MOSFET, etc..
Simulation of following circuits using spice (Schematic entry of circuits using standard
packages).
Analysis- (transient, AC, DC, etc.):
1. Potential divider.
2. Integrator & Differentiator (I/P PULSE) – Frequency response of RC circuits.
3. Diode Characteristics.
4. BJT Characteristics.
5. FET Characteristics.
6. MOS characteristics.
7. Full wave rectifiers (Transient analysis) including filter circuits.
8. Voltage Regulators.
9. Sweep Circuits.
10. RC Coupled amplifiers - Transient analysis and Frequency response.
11. FET & MOSFET amplifiers.
43
EC010 308:PROGRAMMING LAB
Objectives
• To familiarize with computer hardware, operating systems and commonly
used software packages
• To learn computer programming and debugging
Part 1
1. Computer hardware familiarization.

2. Familiarization/installation of common operating systems and application software.
Part 2
Programming Experiments in C/C++: Programming experiments in C/C++ to

cover control structures, functions, arrays, structures, pointers and files.
44
Fourth Semester
45
EN010401 ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS III

Objectives: Apply standard methods of mathematical &statistical analysis
MODULE 1 Fourier series ( 12 hours)
Dirichlet conditions – Fourier series with period 2 π and 2l – Half range sine and cosine series –
Harmonic Analysis – r.m.s Value
MODULE 2 Fourier Transform ( 12 hours)
Statement of Fourier integral theorem – Fourier transforms – derivative of transforms- convolution

theorem (no proof) – Parsevals identity
MODULE 3 Partial differential equations ( 12 hours)
Formation by eliminating arbitrary constants and arbitrary functions – solution of Lagrange’s equation –
Charpits method –solution of Homogeneous partical differential equations with constant coefficients
MODULE 4 Probability distribution ( 12 hours)
Concept of random variable , probability distribution – Bernoulli’s trial – Discrete distribution – Binomial
distribution – its mean and variance- fitting of Binominal distribution – Poisson distribution as a limiting
case of Binominal distribution – its mean and variance – fitting of Poisson distribution – continuous
distribution- Uniform distribution – exponential distribution – its mean and variance – Normal
distribution – Standard normal curve- its properties
MODULE 5 Testing of hypothesis ( 12 hours)
Populations and Samples – Hypothesis – level of significance – type I and type II error – Large samples
tests – test of significance for single proportion, difference of proportion, single mean, difference of mean
– chi –square test for variance- F test for equality of variances for small samples
References
1. Bali& Iyengar – A text books of Engg. Mathematics – Laxmi Publications Ltd.

2. M.K. Venkataraman – Engg. Mathematics vol II 3rd year part A & B – National Publishing
Co.
3. I.N. Sneddon – Elements of partial differential equations – Mc Graw Hill
4. B.V. Ramana – Higher Engg. Mathematics – Mc Graw Hill
5. Richard A Johnson – Miller Fread’s probability & Statistics for Engineers- Pearson/ PHI
46
6. T. Veerarajan – Engg. Mathematics – Mc Graw Hill
7. G. Haribaskaran – Probability, Queueing theory and reliability Engg. – Laxmi Publications
8. V. Sundarapandian - probability ,Statistics and Queueing theory – PHI
9. H.C.Taneja – Advanced Engg. Mathematics Vol II – I.K.International
10. A.K.Mukhopadhyay-Mathematical Methods For Engineers and Physicists-I.K.International
47
Mahatma Gandhi University
EN010 402(ME): PRINCIPLES OF MANAGEMENT

(Common with EN010 502(ME))

Objectives
• To develop an understanding of different functional areas of management.
• To understand the functions and duties an individual should perform in an
organisation.
Module I (12 hours)

Management Concepts: Vision, Mission, Goals and Objectives of management-MBO-
Scientific management- Functions of management- Planning- Organizing- Staffing-
Directing- Motivating- Communicating- Coordinating- Controlling- Authority and
Responsibility- Delegation- Span of control- Organizational structure- Line, Line and staff
and Functional relationship.

Personnel Management: Definition and concept- Objectives of personnel management-
Manpower planning- Recruitment and Selection of manpower- Training and development of
manpower- Labour welfare- Labour turnover- Quality circle- Industrial fatigue- Industrial
disputes-Method of settling disputes- Trade unions.

Production management: Objectives and scope of production management- Functions of
production department- production management frame work- product life cycle-Types of
production- Production procedure- Project planning with CPM and PERT- Basic concepts in
network.

Financial Management: Objectives and Functions of Financial Management- Types of
Capital- Factors affecting working capital- Methods of financing.
Cost Management: Elements of cost- Components of cost- Selling Price of a product.
Module V (12 hours)

Sales and Marketing Management: Sales management- Concept- Functions of sales
department- Duties of sales engineer- Selling concept and Marketing concept- Marketing-
Definition and principles of marketing- Marketing management and its functions- Sales
forecasting- Pricing- Advertising- Sales promotion- Channels of distribution- Market
research.
Text Books
1. Koontz and Weihrich, Essentials of Management, Tata McGraw Hill.
2. Mahajan M., Industrial Engineering and Production Management, Dhanpat Rai and Co.
3. Kemthose and Deepak, Industrial Engineering an Management, Prentice Hall of India.
Reference Books
1. Martand Telsang, Industrial Engineering and Production Management.
2. Khanna O.P., Industrial Engineering and Management, Dhanpat Rai and Co.
3. Philip Kotler, Marketing Management, Prentice Hall of India.
4. Sharma S. C. & Banga T. R., Industrial Organisation and Engineering Economics,
Khanna Publishers.
5. Prasanna Chandra, Financial Management, Tata McGraw Hill.
Syllabus - B.Tech. Mechanical Engineering

48
EC010 403 SIGNALS AND SYSTEMS
Objectives
• To study the methods of analysis of continuous time and discrete time signals and systems to
serve as a foundation for further study on communication, signal processing and control
Module I (12 hrs)
Classification of signals: Continuous time and Discrete time, Even and Odd , Periodic and Non-
periodic , Energy and Power – Basic operations on signals: Operations performed on the dependent
variable , operations on the independent variable: Shifting , Scaling – Elementary Discrete time and
Continuous time signals: Exponential , Sinusoidal , Step , Impulse , Ramp – Systems: Properties of
Systems: Stability, Memory, Causality, Invertibility, Time invariance, Linearity – LTI Systems:
Representation of Signals in terms of impulses – Impulse response – Convolution sum and
Convolution integral – Cascade and Parallel interconnections – Memory, Invertibility, Causality and
Stability of LTI systems – Step response of LTI systems – Systems described by differential and
difference equations (solution by conventional methods not required)
Module II (12 hrs)
Fourier analysis for continuous time signals and systems: Representation of periodic signals:
Continuous Time Fourier Series – convergence of Fourier series – Gibbs phenomenon –
Representation of aperiodic signals: Continuous Time Fourier Transform – The Fourier Transform for
periodic signals – Properties of Fourier representations – Frequency Response of systems
characterized by linear constant coefficient differential equations
Module III (12 hrs)
Fourier analysis for discrete time signals and systems: : Representation of periodic signals: Discrete
Time Fourier Series – Representation of aperiodic signals: Discrete Time Fourier Transform – The
Fourier Transform for periodic signals – Properties of Fourier representations – Frequency Response
of systems characterized by linear constant coefficient difference equations
Module IV (12 hrs)
Filtering: Frequency domain characteristics of ideal filters – Time domain characteristics of ideal LPF
– Non-ideal filters – First and Second order filters described by differential and difference equations –
Approximating functions: Butterworth, Chebyshev and elliptic filters (Magnitude response only) –
Sampling: The sampling theorem – Reconstruction of a signal from its samples using interpolation –
Aliasing
49
Module V (12 hrs)
Bilateral Laplace Transform – ROC – Inverse – Geometric evaluation of the Fourier transform from
pole-zero plot – Analysis and characterization of LTI systems using Laplace Transform – The Z
Transform – ROC – Inverse – Geometric evaluation of the Fourier Transform from pole-zero plot –
Properties of Z transform - Analysis and characterization of LTI systems using Z-Transform
References:
1) A V Oppenheim, A S Willsky and S H Nawab, Signals and Systems, Prentice Hall of

India.
2) S Haykin, and B V Veen, Signals and Systems, Wiley
3) B P Lathi, Signal Processing and Linear Systems, OUP
4) E W Kamen, and B Heck, Fundamentals of Signals and Systems using the
web and Matlab, Pearson
5) Luis F Chaparro , Signals and Systems Using MATLAB, Elsevier
6) R E Ziemer, and W H Tranter, Signals and Systems, Pearson.
7) R A Gabel and R A Roberts, Signals and Linear Systems, Wiley
50
EC010 404: DIGITAL ELECTRONICS

3hours lecture and 1 hour tutorial per week.
Objectives
• To Work with a variety of number systems and numeric representations, including
signed and unsigned binary, hexadecimal, 2’s complement.
• To introduce basic postulates of Boolean algebra and show the correlation between
Boolean expression.
• To introduce the methods for simplifying Boolean expressions.
• To outline the formal procedures for the analysis and design of combinational circuits
and sequential circuits.
Module I (12hours)
Positional Number System: Binary, Octal, Decimal, Hexadecimal number system,
Number base conversions, complements - signed magnitude binary numbers - Binary
Arithmetic- addition, subtraction - Binary codes- Weighted, BCD, 8421, Gray code,
Excess 3 code, ASCII, Error detecting and correcting code, parity, hamming code.
Boolean postulates and laws with proof, De-Morgan’s Theorems, Principle of
Duality, Minimization of Boolean expressions, Sum of Products (SOP), Product of
Sums (POS), Canonical forms, Karnaugh map Minimization, Don’t care conditions

Digital Circuits: Positive and Negative logic, Transistor transistor logic, TTL with
totem pole, open collector and tri state output, Emitter coupled logic – basic ECL
inverter, NMOS NOR gate, CMOS inverter, NAND and NOR, Gate performance
parameters – fan in, fan out, propagation delay, noise margin, power dissipation for
each logic, characteristics of TTL and CMOS, subfamilies of TTL and CMOS.

Introduction to Combinational Circuits: Basic logic gates, Universal gates,
Realization of Boolean functions using universal gates, Realization of combinational
functions: addition – half and full adder – n bit adder – carry look ahead adder,
subtraction, comparison, code conversion, and decoder, encoder, multiplexer,
demultiplexer, parity checkers, and parity generator.
Introduction to Sequential Circuits: latches, timing, Flip Flops, types, characteristic
equations, excitation tables, Realization of one flip flop using other flip flops.

Application of flip flops as bounce elimination switch, register, counter and RAM,
Binary ripple counter, synchronous binary counter, Design of modulo ‘n’ synchronous
counter, up/down counters,
Shift registers – SISO, SIPO, PISO, PIPO, bidirectional shift register and universal
register, counters based on shift registers
Module V (12 hours)

Hazards in combinational circuits: Static hazard, dynamic hazard, essential hazards,
hazard free combinational circuits.
Introduction to programmable logic devices: PLA- block diagram, PAL – block
diagram, registered PAL, Configurable PAL, GAL - architecture, CPLD –
Syllabus - B.Tech. Electronics & Communication Engg.

51
classification internal architecture, FPGA - architecture, ASIC – categories , full

custom and semi custom.
Reference Books
1. Donald D Givone, Digital Principles and Design, Tata McGraw Hill, 2003.
2. G K Kharate, Digital Electronics, Oxford university press, 2010
3. Ronald J Tocci, Digital Systems, Pearson Education, 10th edition 2009.
th
4. Thomas L Floyd, Digital Fundamentals, Pearson Education, 8 edition, 2003.
5. Donald P Leach, Albert Paul Malvino, Digital Principles and Applications, Tata McGraw
Hill 6th edition, 2006.
6. Charles H.Roth, Fundamentals of Logic Design, Thomson Publication Company 5th
edition, 2004.
7. Milos Ercegovac, Introduction to Digital Systems, Wiley India, 2010
8. Moris mano, Digital Design, Prentice Hall of India, 3rd edition, 2002.
9. Anada kumar, Fundamentals of Digital Circuits, Prentice Hall of India, 2008.
10. Brain Holdesworth, Digital Logic Design, Elsevier, 4th edition, 2002.

52
EC010 405 ANALOG COMMUNICATION

Objectives:
• Present an introduction to linear and non linear modulation and circuits.
• Familiarize students with the basics of probability theory and noise in communication system.
• Introduce students to telephone system
Module 1(12 hrs)
Introduction: Block diagram of communication system –need for modulation

Linear Modulation: Mathematical representation of AM- frequency spectrum - Power
relations, SSB, VSB and ISB (Basics only)
Angle Modulation: FM and PM, Spectrum of FM signal, Power and Bandwidth of FM signals,
Comparison of AM- FM- PM.
Module 2 (12 hrs)
Linear Modulators and Demodulators: Diode and Transistor Modulator, Square Law Detector
Envelope Detector.
Generation and Detection of DSB-SC signal :-Balanced Modulator, Ring Modulator,
Synchronous Detection.
SSB-SC generation:-Filter method, Phase shift method, Detection of SSB- Product demodulator
Module 3 (12 hrs)
Non Linear modulators and Demodulators:-FM Generation: Direct and Indirect methods, FM
Detection:-Simple slope, balanced slope detection, Foster –Seeley detection, Ratio Detection
Radio Transmitters and Receivers:- AM transmitters:-High level and Low level, Receivers:-
characteristics of receivers, Super heterodyne receiver, Image frequency rejection, choice of
intermediate frequency, mixer, AGC .
FM Stereo Transmitter and Receiver.
Module 4 (12 hrs)
Probability and Random Variables: -Probability, Sample Space, Events, Conditional

Probability and Statistical Independence, Bayes’ Theorem, Discrete And Continuous Random
Variables, CDF and PDF Joint and Conditional PDF, Statistical Averages: Means, Moments,
Expectation Probability models: Binomial Distribution, Gaussian Distribution, Rayleigh
Distribution
Module 5 (12 hrs)
Noise:- Sources of noise, shot noise, resistor noise, white noise, additive noise, noise bandwidth,
noise temperature, noise figure, signal to noise ratio, noise for cascaded stages
53
Telephone Systems - Telephone subscribers loop system, switching and transmission plan,
Transmission system, Signalling techniques, Interchannel signalling, common channel signalling,
standard telephone set, telephone call procedures, call progress.
References
1. LE Frenzel, Principles of Electronic Communication System 3rd Edition, Tata

Mc.GrawHill.
2. Kennedy,Davis , Electronic Communication systems 4th Edition ,Tata Mc.GrawHill.
3. D Roddy and J Coolen: Electronic Communications, Prentice Hall of India.
4. RP Singh ,S D Sapre ,Communication System, Analog &Digital, Tata Mc.Graw Hill
5. AB Carlson,PB Crilly,JC Rutledge, Communication Systems 4th Edition, Mc.GrawHill
6. Wayne Tomasi ,Electronic communication Systems 5th Edition, Pearson Edn
7. RJ Shoenbeck ,Electronic communication ,Modulation & Transmission. Prentice Hall of
India.
8. ThiagarajanViswanathan, Telecommunication Switching systems and Networks, Prentice
Hall of India.
9. Simon Haykin ,Communication System,Wiley
54
EC010 406 : ANALOG CIRCUITS – II
Teaching Scheme : Credits : 4
3 hours lecture and 1 hour tutorial per week.
Objectives:
• To understand differential amplifiers using BJT and MOSFET
• To understand operational amplifier and its applications.
Module I (12)
Differential Amplifiers - BJT differential pair, large signal and small signal analysis of
differential amplifiers, Input resistance, voltage gain, CMRR, non ideal characteristics of
differential amplifier. Frequency response of differential amplifiers. MOS differential
amplifiers, Current sources, Active load, cascode load, current mirror circuits, Wilson current
mirror circuits. Small signal equivalent circuits, multistage differential amplifiers.
Module II (12)
Simplified internal circuit of 741 op-amp. DC analysis, Gain and frequency response. MOS
Operational Amplifiers, single stage- cascode and folded cascode, two stage op-amp, op-amp
with output buffer, frequency compensation and slew rate in two stage Op-amps. Ideal op-
amp parameters, Non ideal op-amp. Effect of finite open loop gain, bandwidth and slew rate
on circuit performance.
Module III (12)
Opamp applications: Inverting and non-inverting amplifier, summing amplifier, integrator,
differentiator, Differential amplifiers, Instrumentation amplifiers, V to I and I to V
converters, Comparators, Schmitt Trigger, Square and triangular waveform generator,
Oscillators – RC Phase-shift and Wein-Bridge, Multivibrators – Astable and Monostable,
Precision rectifiers, Programmable gain Amplifier
Module IV (12)
Filters: Ist order Low pass, high pass and all pass filters - Bandpass and band elimination
filters Biquadratic filters (single op-amp with finite gain non inverting Sallen-Key of Low
pass, High pass, Band pass and Band elimination filters. Switched capacitor Resistor,
switched capacitor Integrator, Ist order SC filter
Module V (12)
D/A converters: DAC characteristics- resolution, output input equations, weighted resistor,
R-2R network. A/D converter: ADC characteristics, Types - Dual slope, Counter ramp,
Successive approximation, flash ADC, oversampling and delta sigma ADC.
Waveform generators – grounded capacitor VCO and emitter coupled VCO. Basic PLL
topology and principle, transient response of PLL, Linear model of PLL, Major building
blocks of PLL – analog and digital phase detector, VCO, filter. Applications of PLL.
Monolithic PLL - IC LM565 and CD4046 CMOS PLL. 555 Timer Astable Multi vibrator and
Monostable Multi vibrator using 555.
55
References:
1. Sergio Franco: Design with Operational Amplifiers and Analog Integrated Circuits,
3/e,Tata Mc.Graw Hill.
2. Behzad Razavi : Design of Analog CMOS IC, Tata Mc.Graw Hill, 2003.
3. Gayakwad : Op-Amps and Linear Integrated Circuits , 4/e, Prentice Hall of India..
4. David A.Johns, Ken Martin: Analog Integrated Circuit Design, Wiley India, 2008
5. Gray, Hurst, Lewis and Meyer Analysis and Design of Analog Integrated Circuits, Wiley
6. Baker R Jacob: CMOS Circuit Design, Layout and Simulation, Prentice hall of India.,2005
56
EC010 407 ANALOG CIRCUITS-II LAB
Teaching Schemes
3 hours practical per week. Credits: 2
Objectives
• To provide experience on design, testing, and analysis of few electronic circuits.
• To provide experience on design ,testing and analysis of op-amp circuits .
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1. Differential amplifiers (using BJT and MOSFETs) - Measurement of CMRR

2. Cascade amplifiers - Frequency response.
3. Cascode amplifiers (using BJT and MOSFETs) - Frequency response.
4. Familiarization of Operational amplifiers- Inverting and Non inverting amplifiers, frequency

response, Adder, Integrator, comparator and voltage level detector.
5. Measurement of Op-Amp. parameters.
6. Difference Amplifier and Instrumentation amplifier.
7. Astable, Monostable and Schmitt trigger circuit using Op -Amps.
8. Triangular and square wave generators using Op- Amplifier.
9. Wien bridge oscillator using op-amplifier with amplitude stabilization and amplitude control, RC
Phase shift Oscillator.
10. Study of 555 and Astable, Monostable multivibrator using 555.
11. Active second order filters using Op-Amp (LPF, HPF, BPF and BSF)
12. . A/D converters- counter ramp and flash type.
13. D/A Converters- ladder circuit.
57
EC010 408 ANALOG COMMUNICATION LAB
Objectives
• To provide experience on design, testing, and analysis of few electronic circuits used
for communication engineering.
To understand basic transmission concepts and to develop strong concepts in fundamentals.
List of Experiments Using discrete components only:
1. Amplitude Modulator-Measurement of Modulation index.

2. Amplitude Demodulator
3. Study of PLL and VCO ICs
4. Frequency Modulator using VCO
5. Frequency Demodulator
6. DSB-SC Modulator
7. DSB-SC Demodulator
8. Tuned Amplifier
9. Mixer
10. AGC
11. Study of 8038
12. Spectral Analysis of AM and FM .
13. Multiplexing using analog multiplexer ICs
Note:Any other relevant experiments related to EC 010 405
58
Fifth Semester
59
EN010501A ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS IV
(Common to all branches except CS & IT)

Objectives: Use basic numerical techniques to solve problems and provide scientific techniques to
decision making problems.
MODULE 1 Function of Complex variable (12 hours)
Analytic functions – Derivation of C.R. equations in cartision co-ordinates – harmonic and orthogonal
properties – construction of analytic function given real or imaginary parts – complex potential –
conformal mapping of z2 , - Bilinear transformation – cross ratio – invariant property (no proof) –
simple problems
MODULE 2 Complex integration (12 hours)
Line integral – Cauchy’s integral theorem – Cauchy’s integral formula – Taylor’s series- Laurent’s series
– Zeros and singularities – types of singularities – Residues – Residue theorem – evaluation of real
integrals in unit circle – contour integral in semi circle when poles lie on imaginary axis.
MODULE 3 Numerical solution of algebraic and transcendental equations (10 hours)
Successive bisection method – Regula –falsi method – Newton –Raphson method - Secant method –
solution of system of linear equation by Gauss – Seidel method
MODULE 4 Numerical solution of Ordinary differential equations ( 10 hours)
Taylor’s series method – Euler’s method – modified Euler’s method – Runge – Kutta method (IV order) -
Milnes predictor – corrector method
MODULE 5 Linear programming problem (16 hours)
Definition of L.P.P., solution, optimal solution, degenerate solution – graphical solution –solution using
simplex method (non degenerate case only) Big -M method – Duality in L.P.P. – Transportation problem
–Balanced T.P. – initial solution using Vogel’s approximation method - modi method (non degenerate
case only)
References
1. B.V. Ramana – Higher Engg. Mathematics – Mc Graw Hill
2. M.R.Spicgel , S.Lipschutz , John J. Schiller, D.Spellman – Complex variables, schanm’s outline
series - Mc Graw Hill
3. S.Bathul – text book of Engg.Mathematics – Special functions and complex variables –PHI
4. B.S. Grewal – Numerical methods in Engg. and science - Khanna Publishers
5. Dr.M.K Venkataraman- Numerical methods in science and Engg -National publishing co
60
6. S.S Sastry - Introductory methods of Numerical Analysis -PHI
7. P.K.Gupta and D.S. Hira – Operations Research – S.Chand
8. Panneer Selvam– Operations Research – PHI
9. H.C.Taneja – Advanced Engg. Mathematics Vol II – I.K.International
61
EC010 502 CONTROL SYSTEMS
Teaching Scheme
2 hours lecture and 2 hours tutorial per week. Credit :4
Objectives
• To develop the basic understanding of control system theory and its role in engineering
design.
• To familiarize the inputs, outputs, and building blocks of a control system; to differentiate
between open-loop and closed-loop control systems.
• To understand the utility of Laplace transforms and transfer functions for modeling complex
interconnected systems.
• To understand the concept of poles and zeros of a transfer function and how they affect the
physical behavior of a system.
• To understand the concept of Time Domain and Frequency Domain analysis and to determine
the physical behavior of systems using these analysis.
• To understand state variable analysis of systems and the relationship with state variable
representation and transfer functions.
Module 1 (14 hours)

Introduction to Control Systems – Basic building blocks of a Control System – Open-Loop and
Closed-Loop Control Systems – Feedback and effects of feedback – Types of feedback Control
Systems – LTI Systems.
Impulse Response and Transfer Functions of LTI Systems – Properties of Transfer Functions – SISO
and MIMO Systems – Mathematical modeling of electrical and mechanical systems (simple systems
only) – Analogy between mechanical and electrical systems.
Block Diagrams – Reduction of Block Diagrams – Signal Flow Graph – Mason’s Gain Formula –
Conversion of Block Diagrams to Signal Flow Graphs.
Module 2 (14 hours)

Stability of Linear Control Systems – BIBO Stability and Asymptotic Stability – Relationship
between characteristic equation roots and stability – Method of determining stability – Routh-
Hurwitz Criterion.
Time-Domain Analysis of Control Systems – Transient Response and Steady-State Response –
Typical test signals – Unit-Step response and Time-Domain specifications of first-order and prototype
second-order systems – Steady-State Error – Static and Dynamic Error Constants.
Effects of adding poles and zeros to the Transfer Function – Dominant Poles and Insignificant Poles
of Transfer Functions.
Module 3 (10 hours)

Root-Locus Technique – Basic properties of the Root Loci – Angle and Magnitude conditions – Rules
for the construction of approximate Root Loci.
Control System Design by the Root-Locus Method – Preliminary design considerations – Lead
Compensation – Lag Compensation – Lead-Lag Compensation – Parallel Compensation.
Module 4 (12 hours)

Frequency-Domain Analysis of Control Systems – Frequency-Domain specifications of prototype
second order system – Effects of adding zeros and poles to the Forward-Path Transfer Function.
62
Nyquist Stability Criterion: Fundamentals – Relationship between the Root Loci and the Nyquist Plot.
Relative Stability – Gain Margin and Phase Margin – Stability analysis with Bode Plot and Polar Plot
– Introduction to Nichols Plot, Constant-M & Constant-N circles and Nichols Chart (no analysis
required).
Module 5 (10 hours)

State-Variable Analysis of Control Systems – Vector-Matrix representation of State Equations –
State-Transition Matrix – State-Transition Equation – Relationship between State Equations and
Higher-Order differential equations – Relationship between State Equations and Transfer Functions -
Characteristic Equation, Eigen values and Eigen vectors.
References
1. B. C. Kuo, Automatic Control Systems, 7th ed., PHI Learning Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, 2009.
2. K. Ogata, Modern Control Engineering, 5th ed., PHI Learning Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, 2010.
3. R. C. Dorf, R. H. Bishop, Modern Control Systems, 11th ed., Pearson Education, New Delhi,
2008.
4. N. S. Nise, Control Systems Engineering, 5th ed., Wiley India Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, 2009.
5. M. Gopal, Control Systems: Principles and Design, 3rd ed., Tata McGraw Hill Education Pvt.
Ltd., New Delhi, 2008.
63
EC010 503 DIGITAL SYSTEM DESIGN

Objectives
• To design and implement combinational circuits using basic programmable blocks
• To design and implement synchronous sequential circuits
• To study the fundamentals of Verilog HDL
• Ability to simulate and debug a digital system described in Verilog HDL
Module I (12hours)
Introduction to Verilog HDL: Design units, Data objects, Signal drivers, Delays , Data types,
language elements, operators, user defined primitives, modeling-data flow, behavioral,
structural, Verilog implementation of simple combinational circuits: adder, code converter,
decoder, encoder, multiplexer, demultiplexer.

Combinational circuit implementation using Quine–McCluskey algorithm, Decoders,
Multiplexers, ROM and PLA, Implementation of multi output gate implementations

Finite State Machines: State diagram, State table, State assignments, State graphs,
Capabilities and limitations of FSM, Meta stability, Clock skew, Mealy and Moore machines,
Modelling of clocked synchronous circuits as mealy and Moore machines: serial binary adder,
Sequence detector, design examples.

Digital System Design Hierarchy: State assignments, Reduction of state tables, Equivalent
states, Determination of state equivalence using implication table, Algorithmic State Machine,
ASM charts, Design example.
Module V (12 hours)

Verilog HDL implementation of binary multiplier, divider, barrel shifter, FSM, Linear
feedback shift register, Simple test bench for combinational circuits.
Reference
1. Michael D.Ciletti, Advanced Digital design with Verilog HDL, Pearson Education, 2005.
2. S. Brown & Z. Vranestic, Fundamentals of Digital Logic with Verilog HDL, Tata
McGraw Hill, 2002.
nd
3. Samir Palitkar, Verilog HDL A Guide to Digital Design and Synthesis, Pearson, 2
edition, 2003.
4. Peter J Ashenden ,Digital Design, an embedded system approach using Verilog, Elsevier,
2008
5. Frank Vahid, Digital Design, Wiley Publishers.
6. T R Padmanabhan, Design through Verilog HDL, IEEE press, Wiley Inter science, 2002.
7. Donald D Givone, Digital Principles and Design, Tata McGraw Hill, 2003.
8. Wakerly J F, Digital Design Principles and Practices, Prentice hall of India, 2008.
9. Nazeih M Botros, HDL programming VHDL and Verilog, Dreamtech press, 2009
rd
10. David J. Comer, Digital Logic and State Machine Design, Oxford university press, 3
edition, 1995.

64
EC 010 504(EE) Electric Drives & Control
Teaching Schedule
2 hours Lecture and 2 hours tutorial /week Credits -4
Objectives:
· To understand the characteristics and operational features of important power electronic

devices
· Understanding the basic working principles of DC and AC machines
Module 1(10 Hours)
D.C.Machines – DC Generator- Types, Open Circuit Characteristics and Load

characteristics of d.c. shunt generator – Losses and efficiency. D C motor – starter –
torque equation – speed torque characteristics of shunt, series and compound motors –
Losses – efficiency – Brake test – Swinburne’s test.
Module 2(12 Hours)
A.C Machines – Transformers: transformer on no-load and load operation – phasor

diagram – equivalent circuit – regulation – losses and efficiency – o.c. and s.c. tests.
Three phase induction motors: types –Principle of operation-slip- torque equation –
torque-slip characteristics–starters – single phase induction motors – types – working.
Alternator –types- principle- emf equation – regulation by emf and mmf methods.
Synchronous motor – Principle of operation.
Module3(10 Hours)
Power semiconductor Devices – SCR-Constructional features- Characteristics- rating and

specification- Triggering circuits-protection and cooling. Construction and characteristics
of power diodes, TRIAC, BJT, MOSFET and IGBT. .
Module 4(14 Hours)
Phase controlled Rectifiers - Operation and analysis of Single phase and multi-phase-
controlled rectifiers with R, RL and back EMF load- free wheeling effect. Chopper-
classification- Step down- step up- two and four quadrant operations.
Inverters- Single phase and three phase bridge inverters- VSI and CSI- PWM Inverters.
SMPS, UPS– principle of operation and block schematic only.
Module 5(14 Hours)
DC drives: Methods of Speed control of dc motors– single phase and three phase fully
controlled bridge rectifier drives. Chopper fed drives: Single, Two and four quadrant
chopper drives. Induction Motor drives: Stator voltage, stator frequency and V/f
65
Control, Static rotor resistance control. Synchronous motor drives: Open loop and self
controlled modes.
Text Books:
1 J B Gupta, Electrical Machines , S K Kataria and Sons
2 Vedam Subramaniam ,Power Semiconductor Drives –, TMH

3 Rashid Muhammad, Power Electronics: Pearson Edn.
References
1. Electrical & Electronic Technology: Hughes, Pearson Education

2. Harish C Ray Power Electronics:, Galgotia Pub
3. P S Bimbhra ,Power Electronics: Khanna Publishers
4. M.D Singh and K.B Khanchandani, Power Electronics –, TMH, 1998
5. Wildi - Electrical Machines, Drives and Power systems 6/ePearson Education
66
EC010 505 APPLIED ELECTROMAGNETIC THEORY
Teaching Schemes Credit: 4

OBJECTIVES
• To analyze fields potentials due to static changes

• To evaluate static magnetic fields
• To understand how materials affect electric and magnetic fields
• To understand the relation between the fields under time varying situations
• To understand principles of propagation of uniform plane waves.
Module I (14hours)
Review of vector analysis: Cartesian, Cylindrical and Spherical co-ordinates systems- Coordinate
transformations. Vector fields: Divergence and curl- Divergence theorem- Stoke’s theorem. Static
electric field: Electrical scalar potential- different types of potential distribution- Potential gradient-
Energy stored in Electric field - Derivation of capacitance of two wire transmission line and
coaxial cable –Electrostatic boundary conditions– Steady magnetic field: Ampere’s Law,
Faraday’s Law, Helmholtz’s theorems, Energy stored in magnetic fields- Magnetic dipole- Magnetic
boundary conditions- Vector magnetic potential A- Magnetic field intensity, Inductance of two wire
transmission line and coaxial cable- Relation between E, V and A.- Equation of continuity,
Poisson and Laplace equations.
Maxwell’s equations and travelling waves: Conduction current and displacement current,
Maxwell’s equations- Plane waves- Poynting theorem and Poynting vector- Power flow in a co-
axial cable – Instantaneous Average and Complex Poynting Vector. Plane electromagnetic
waves- Solution for free space condition- Uniform plane wave:-wave equation for conducting
medium- wave propagation in conductors and dielectric, depth of penetration, reflection and
refraction of plane waves by conductor and dielectric. Wave polarization - Polarization of
electromagnetic wave and derivation of polarization angle.
Guided wave :-Guided waves between parallel planes- Transverse Electric and Transverse
Magnetic waves and its characteristics- Waves in Rectangular Waveguides- Transverse Magnetic
Waves in Rectangular Wave guides – Transverse Electric Waves in Rectangular Waveguides
– characteristic of TE and TM Waves – Cut off wavelength and phase velocity –
Impossibility of TEM waves in waveguides – Dominant mode in rectangular waveguide –
Attenuation of TE and TM modes in rectangular waveguides – Wave impedances –
characteristic impedance – Excitation of modes.
Moddule IV( 10 hours)
67
Circular waveguides and resonators:- Bessel functions – Solution of field equations in
cylindrical co-ordinates – TM and TE waves in circular guides – wave impedances and
characteristic impedance – Dominant mode in circular waveguide – excitation of modes –
Microwave cavities, Rectangular cavity resonators, circular cavity resonator, Q factor of a
cavity resonator.
Module IV (10hours)
Transmission lines:- Uniform transmission line- Transmission line equations. Voltage and
Current distribution, loading of transmission lines. Transmission line Parameters –
Characteristic impedance - Definition of Propagation Constant. General Solution of the
transmission line, Derivation of input impedance of transmission line. VSWR and reflection
coefficient – wavelength and velocity of propagation. Waveform distortion – distortion less
transmission line. The quarter wave line and impedance matching:-The Smith Chart –
Application of the Smith Chart – Single stub matching and double stub matching.
REFERENCES
1. W H.Hayt & J A Buck : “Engineering Electromagnetics” Tata McGraw-Hill, 7th

Edition 2007.
2. Mathew N.O. Sadiku: “Elements of Electromagnetics”–, Oxford Pub, 3rd Edition.
3. David K.Cheng: “Field and Wave Electromagnetics - Second Edition-Pearson
Edition, 2004.
4. W H.Hayt & J A Buck ,“Problems and Solutions in Electromagnetics” - Tata McGraw-
Hill,2010
5. E.C. Jordan & K.G. Balmain: “Electromagnetic Waves and Radiating Systems.”
PHI.
6. J. D. Kraus : “Electromagnetics”, 5th Edition, Mc Graw Hill Publications.
7. Edminister : “Electromagnetics”, Schaum series, 2 Edn.
8. D A Pozar, Microwave Engineering, Wiley
9. Umran S. Inan & Aziz S. Inan: Engineering Electromagnetics, Pearson Education,
1999.
10. Nannapaneni Narayana Rao: Elements of Engineering Electromagnetics, 5th Edition,
Pearson Education.
11. Clayton R.Paul ,Keith W.Whites, Syed A Nasar “Introduction to Electromagnetic
Fileds” TATA McGraw-Hill 3rd Edition
68
EC010 506 MICROPROCESSORS AND APPLICATIONS

Objectives
• To study the architecture of microprocessors 8085 and 8086.
• To understand the instruction set of 8085.
• To know the methods of interfacing them to the peripheral devices.
• To use all the above in the design of microprocessor based systems.
Module I (12hours)
Introduction to microprocessors and microcomputers: Function of microprocessors-
organisation of a microprocessor based system – microprocessor architecture and its
operations – memory – I/O devices - pin configuration and functions of 8085 – tristate bus
concept - control signals– de-multiplexing AD0-AD7 – flags - memory interfacing - I/O
addressing - I/O mapped I/O - memory mapped I/O schemes - instruction execution -
fetch/execute cycle - instruction timings and operation status.

Intel 8085 instruction set - instruction and data format – simple programs - programs in
looping, counting and indexing – 16 bit arithmetic operations - stack and subroutines - basic
concepts in serial I/O – 8085 serial I/O lines

Basic interfacing concepts – interfacing input devices – interfacing output devices –
interfacing as memory mapped I/O - Interrupts – vectored interrupt – restart as software
instruction – interfacing A/D and D/A converters.
.
Programmable interface devices – basic concepts – 8279 programmable keyboard / display
interface – 8255A programmable peripheral interface – 8254 programmable interval timer –
8259A programmable interrupt controller - DMA and 8237 as DMA controller.
Module V (12 hours)

Intel 8086 Microprocessor - Internal architecture – Block diagram – Minimum and maximum
mode operation – Interrupt and Interrupt applications – memory organization – even and odd
memory banks – segment registers – logical and physical address – advantages and
disadvantages of physical memory.
Reference
1. Ramesh S Goankar, 8085 Microprocessors Architecture Application and Programming,
Penram International, 5th edition, 1999.
2. Aditya P Mathur, Introduction to Microprocessor, Tata McGraw-Hill, 3rd edition, 2002.
3. Douglas V Hall, Microprocessors and Interfacing, Tata McGraw-Hill 2nd edition, 2008.
4. N Senthil Kumar, M Saravanan, Microprocessors and Microcontrollers, Oxford
University press, 2010.
5. John Uffenbeck, Microcomputer and Microprocessor, The 8080, 8085 And Z80
Programming, Interfacing and Trouble Shooting, PHI, 3rd edition, 2006.
6. Michel Slater, Microprocessor Based Design A Comprehensive Guide to Effective
Hardware Design, PHI, 2009.
7. P K Ghosh, P R Sridhar, 0000 to 8085 Introduction to Microprocessors for Engineers and
Scientists, Prentice Hall of India, 2nd edition, 2006.

69
EC010 507 DIGITAL ELECTRONICS LAB

3 hours practical per week.
Objectives
• To provide experience on design, testing, and realization of few digital circuits used.
• To understand basic concepts of memories, decoders etc.
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS:-
1. Study of Logic Gates: Truth-table verification of OR, AND, NOT, XOR, NAND and NOR
gates.
2. Implementation of the given Boolean function using logic gates in both SOP and POS forms.
3. Design and Realization of half, full adder or subtractor using basic gates and universal gates.
4. Flip Flops: Truth-table verification of JK Master Slave FF, T and D FF.
5. Asynchronous Counter: Realization of 4-bit up counter and Mod-N counters.
6. Synchronous Counter: Realization of 4-bit up/down counter and Mod-N counter.
7. Shift Register: Study of shift right, SIPO, SISO, PIPO, PISO and shift left operations
8. Ring counter and Johnson Counter.
9. Design examples using Multiplexer and De multiplexer.
10. LED Display: Use of BCD to 7 Segment decoder / driver chip to drive LED display
11. Static and Dynamic Characteristic of NAND gate (both TTL and MOS)
Mini Project based on above experiments.
70
EC 010 508(EE) Electric Drives and Control Lab

Objectives
· To familiarise the students with the working and characteristics of various
electrical machines.
· To provide experience on design and analysis of few power electronic circuits
Experiments
1. OCC of self and separately excited D.C machines – critical resistances of various
speeds. Voltage build-up with a given field circuit resistance. Critical speed for a given
field circuit resistance.
2 Characteristics of D.C series motor

3 Load Test on D.C shunt motor and obtain the performance characteristics.
4. Swinburne’s test on D.C machine
5 Polarity, transformation ratio tests of single phase transformers
6. O.C and S.C tests on single phase transformers – calculation of performance using
equivalent circuit – efficiency, regulation at unity, lagging and leading power factors.
7. Load test on a single phase transformer .
8. Load test on induction motor.

9. Pre-determination of regulation of an alternator by emf and mmf methods.
10. VI characteristics of SCR . 11 VI
characteristics of TRIAC.
12 R and RC-firing scheme for control of SCR.
13 UJT-firing scheme for SCR.
14 Design and Implementation of digital firing scheme for simple SCR circuits.
.
References:
1. Dr. P S Bimbra, Electrical Machinery, Khanna Publishers
2. R K Rajput, A text book of Electrical Machines, Laxmi publishers
3. . Umanand, Power Electronics- Essentials and Applications, Wiley India 2009
71
Sixth Semester
72
EC010 601 DIGITAL COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUES
Objectives: To develop ability to analyze communication engineering problems and also to

design and develop different communication and electronics systems for processing signals and
data.
MODULE I (12 hrs)
Random Signal Theory: Random process: stationarity,ergodicity, mean, auto correlation, cross
correlation, covariance, random process transmission through linear filters, power spectral
density, cross correlation functions, cross spectral densities, Gaussian process, Discrete Time
Random Process, White Process
Signal Space Representation of Waveforms: Vector Space Concept, Signal Space Concepts,
Orthogonal Expansion, Gram- Schmidt Orthogonalization Procedure
MODULE II (12 hrs)
Detection and Estimation: Model of digital communication system, response of bank of

correlators to noisy input. Detection of known signals in noise:-ML Receiver. Probability of
error calculation, erf, Correlation Receiver, Matched Filter Receiver, properties, detection of
signals with unknown phase in noise, Estimation concepts: ML Estimate.
MODULE III (12 hrs)
Pulse Modulation Techniques: Sampling and pulse modulation: Sampling theorem, Ideal
sampling and reconstruction, practical sampling and Aliasing, PAM, PWM, PPM, Quantizing,
Quantization Noise, Companding, PCM generation and reconstruction, DPCM, Delta
Modulation, Adaptive Delta Modulation, digital multiplexing
MODULE IV (12 hrs)
Baseband shaping for Data Transmission: Binary signaling format, Inter Symbol Interference,
Nyquist criterion for distortion less base band binary transmission: Ideal solution, practical
solution, correlative coding: Duobinary signaling, modified duobinary, generalized form of
correlative coding, eye pattern, equalization ,adaptive equalization, synchronization techniques:
bit synchronization, frame synchronization
73
MODULE V (12 hrs)
Bandpass Digital Transmission: Digital CW Modulation: ASK, BFSK, BPSK, MSK, Coherent
binary system, timing and synchronization, Non coherent binary system, Differentially coherent
PSK, Quadrature carrier and M-ary systems: quadrature carrier system, MPSK, M-ary QAM,
Trellis coded modulation
References:
1. Simon Haykin , Introduction To Analog And Digital Communications, Wiley India Edition
2. Proakis& Salehi, Digital Communications, Mc Graw Hill International Edition.
3. Herbert Taub, Schilling Donald L.,“Principles of Communication Systems,3rd e/d, Tata Mc

Graw Hill,2007.
4. Carlson, Crilly, Rutledge, “Communication Systems” 4th Edition, McGraw Hill
5. Simon Haykin , Digital Communications, Wiley India Edition
6. Sklar,Kumar Ray, Digital Communications, Pearson Education
7. Glover,Grant, Digital Communications, Pearson Education
74
EC010 602 DIGITAL SIGNAL PROCESSING
Objectives
• To study the fundamentals of discrete-time system analysis, digital filter design and the DFT
Module I (12 hrs)
Advantages of DSP – Review of discrete time signals and systems – Discrete time LTI systems –
Review of DTFT – Existence – Symmetry properties – DTFT theorems – Frequency response-
Review of Z transform – ROC – Properties
Sampling of Continuous time signals – Frequency domain representation of sampling – Aliasing
- Reconstruction of the analog signal from its samples – Discrete time processing of continuous
time signals – Impulse invariance – Changing the sampling rate using discrete time processing –
Sampling rate reduction by an integer factor – Compressor – Time and frequency domain
relations – Sampling rate increase by an integer factor – Expander – Time and frequency domain
relations – Changing the sampling rate by a rational factor.
Module II (12 hrs)
Transform analysis of LTI systems – Phase and group delay – Frequency response for rational
system functions – Frequency response of a single zero and pole – Multiple poles and zeros -
Relationship between magnitude and phase – All pass systems – Minimum phase systems –
Linear phase systems – Generalised linear phase – 4 types – Location of zeros.
Module III (12 hrs)
Structures for discrete time systems – IIR and FIR systems – Block diagram and SFG
representation of difference equations – Basic structures for IIR systems – Direct form - Cascade
form - Parallel form - Transposed forms – Structures for FIR systems – Direct and Cascade
forms - Structures for Linear phase systems – Overview of finite precision numerical effects in
implementing systems
Analog filter design: Filter specification – Butterworth approximation – Pole locations – Design
of analog low pass Butterworth filters – Chebyshev Type 1 approximation – pole locations –
Analog to analog transformations for designing high pass, band pass and band stop filters.
Module IV (12 hrs)
Digital filter design: Filter specification – Low pass IIR filter design – Impulse invariant and
Bilinear transformation methods – Butterworth and Chebyshev – Design of high pass, band pass
and band stop IIR digital filters – Design of FIR filters by windowing – Properties of commonly
used windows – Rectangular, Bartlett, Hanning, Hamming and Kaiser.
75
Module V (12 hrs)
The Discrete Fourier Transform - Relation with DTFT – Properties of DFT – Linearity –
Circular shift – Duality – Symmetry properties – Circular convolution – Linear convolution
using the DFT – Linear convolution of two finite length sequences – Linear convolution of a
finite length sequence with an infinite length sequence – Overlap add and overlap save –
Computation of the DFT – Decimation in time and decimation in frequency FFT – Fourier
analysis of signals using the DFT – Effect of windowing – Resolution and leakage – Effect of
spectral sampling.
References
1. A V Oppenheim, R W Schaffer, Discrete Time Signal Processing , 2nd Edition

Pearson Education.
2. S K Mitra, Digital Signal Processing: A Computer Based Approach ,Tata Mc.Graw Hill.
3. J G Proakis, D G Manolakis, Digital Signal Processing: Principles, Algorithms and
Applications, Prentice Hall of India..
4. L C Ludeman, Fundamentals of Digital Signal Processing, Wiley
5. J R Johnson, Introduction to Digital Signal Processing, Prentice Hall of India.
76
EC010 603 RADIATION AND PROPAGATION
Teaching Schemes Credits: 4

OBJECTIVES
• To impart the basic concepts of radiating structures and their arrays

• ITo give understanding about analysis and synthesis of arrays
• To give idea about basic propagation mechanisms
MODULE 1 ( 13 hours)
Retarded potentials: Concept of vector potential- Modification for time varying- retarded
case- Fields associated with Hertzian dipole- Power radiated and radiation resistance of
current element-Radiation from half-wave dipole and quarter-wave monopole antennas.
Antenna Parameters: Introduction, Isotropic radiators, Radiation pattern, Gain -radiation intensity-
Directive gain, Directivity, antenna efficiency- antenna field zones. Reciprocity theorem & its
applications, effective aperture, Effective height, radiation resistance, terminal impedance, front-to-
back ratio, antenna beam width, antenna bandwidth, antenna beam efficiency, antenna beam area or
beam solid angle, polarization, antenna temperature.
MODULE 2 (13hours)
Antenna Arrays: Introduction, various forms of antenna arrays, arrays of point sources, non
isotropic but similar point sources, multiplication of patterns, arrays of n-isotropic point
sources, Grating lobes, Properties and Design of Broadside, Endfire, Binomial and Dolph
Chebyshev arrays, Phased arrays, Frequency- Scanning arrays- Adaptive arrays and Smart
antennas.
MODULE 3 (13hours)
Antenna Types:- Horizontal and Vertical Antennas above the ground plane. Loop Antennas:
Radiation from small loop and its radiation resistance- Radiation from a loop with
circumference equal to a wavelength-Helical antenna: Normal mode and axial mode
operation-Yagi uda Antenna- Log periodic antenna- rhombic antenna- Horn antenna-
Reflector antennas and their feed systems- Micro strip antenna-Selection of antenna based on
frequency of operation – Antennas for special applications: Antenna for terrestrial mobile
communication systems, Ground Penetrating Radar(GPR), Embedded antennas, UWB,
Fractal antenna ,Plasma antenna.
MODULE 4 (13hours)
Ground wave propagation: Attenuation characteristics for ground wave propagation-

Calculation of field strength at a distance –
77
Space wave propagation: Reflection characteristics of earth- Resultant of direct and reflected
ray at the receiver- LOS distance – Effective earth‘s radius – Field strength of space wave -
duct propagation
Sky wave propagation: Structure of the ionosphere- effect of earth‘s magnetic field Effective
dielectric constant of ionized region- Mechanism of refraction- Refractive index- Critical
frequency- Skip distance- Effect of earth’s magnetic field- Attenuation factor for ionospheric
propagation- Maximum usable frequency(MUF) – skip distance – virtual height – skip
distance, Fading and Diversity reception.
MODULE 5 (8 hours)
Antenna Measurements: Reciprocity in Antenna measurements – Measurement of radiation

pattern – Measurement of ranges - Measurement of different Antenna parameters- Directional
pattern, Gain, Phase, Polarization, Impedance, and Efficiency, Effective gain,SAR.
REFERENCES
1. John D. Krauss, Ronald J Marhefka: “Antennas and Wave Propagation”, 4th Edition,
Tata Mc Graw Hill
2. Jordan & Balman. “Electromagnetic waves & Radiating Systems”– Prentice Hall
India
3. Constantine. A. Balanis: “Antenna Theory- Analysis and Design”, Wiley India, 2nd
Edition, 2008
4. R.E Collin: “Antennas & Radio Wave Propagation”, Mc Graw Hill. 1985.
5. Terman: “Electronics & Radio Engineering”, 4th Edition, McGraw Hill.
6. Kamal Kishor: “Antenna and Wave propagation” , IK International
78
EC010 604: COMPUTER ARCHITECTURE AND PARALLEL

PROCESSING
Objectives
• To impart the basic concepts of architecture and organisation of computers
• To develop understanding about pipelining and parallel processing techniques.
• To impart knowledge about the current PC hardware
Pre-requisites: Digital Electronics and Microprocessors
Module I (12 hours)
Introduction : Difference between Architecture, Organisation and Hardware, Review

of basic operational concepts – Stored program concept, Instruction sequencing, bus
structure, Software support- translating and executing a program- assembler, linker,
loader, OS, Instruction types and Addressing modes.
CPU Performance and its factors, Performance evaluation, The Power wall, Switch
from uniprocessors to multiprocessors, Basic concepts of pipelining, superscalar
architecture and multithreading, Instruction level parallelism (basic idea only).
Processor Organisation: Control Unit design: Execution of a complete instruction,

Single bus and multibus organisation, Sequencing of control signals, Hardwired
control unit, Microprogrammed control unit.
Arithmetic and logic design – review of signed and unsigned binary arithmetic, fast
adders, Array multiplier, sequential multiplier, Booth’s algorithm, fast multiplication
methods, integer division – restoring and non restoring methods, floating point
numbers.
Memory and I/O Organisation Memory hierarchy, Memory characteristics, Internal

organization of semiconductor RAM memories, Static and Dynamic RAM memories,
flash memory, Cache memory – mapping function, replacement algorithm,
measurement and improvement of cache performance, Virtual memory and address
translation, MMU.
Secondary memories – magnetic and optical disks, I/O accessing – Programmed,
Interrupt driven and DMA , Buses- synchronous and asynchronous, bus standards.
Parallel Processing :Enhancing performance with pipelining-overview, Designing

instruction set for pipelining, pipelined datapath, Hazards in pipelining.
Flynn’s classification, Multicore processors and Multithreading, Multiprocessor
systems-Interconnection networks, Multicomputer systems, Clusters and other
message passing architecture.
Syllabus - B.Tech. Applied Electronics & Instrumentation Engg.

79
Module V (12 hours)
PC Hardware: Today’s PC architecture – block diagram, Familiarisation of PC

hardware components.
Processor - Pentium series to higher processors - single core, hyperthreading, dual
core, multi core and many core processors (brief idea about evolution and
improvements in performance)
Motherboard – Typical architecture , Essential Chipsets, Sockets, Slots and ports –
serial, parallel, USB, RAM , Brief idea about buses, Subsystems (Network, Sound and
Graphics, Ethernet port),
Storage devices : Hard Disks-Types and Classification based on interface- Optical
Storage – CD, DVD, BLURAY
SMPS – Functions, power connectors.
Typical specifications for a computer
Reference Books
1. Carl Hamacher : “Computer Organization ”, Fifth Edition, Mc Graw Hill.

2. David A. Patterson and John L.Hennessey, “Computer Organisation and Design”,
Fourth Edition, Morgan Kaufmann.
3. William Stallings : “Computer Organisation and Architecture”, Pearson Education.
4. John P Hayes : “Computer Architecture and Organisation”, Mc Graw Hill.
5. Andrew S Tanenbaum : “Structured Computer Organisation”, Pearson Education.
6. Craig Zacker : “PC Hardware : The Complete Reference”, TMH.
7. Nicholas P Carter : “Computer Architecture and Organization”, Mc Graw Hill.
8. Pal Chaudhari: “Computer Organisation and Design”, Prentice hall of India.
Syllabus - B.Tech. Applied Electronics & Instrumentation Engg.

80
EC010 605 MICROCONTROLLERS AND APPLICATIONS

Objectives
• To study the architecture of 8051, PIC18 microcontrollers
• To understand the instruction set and programming of 8051.
• To know the Interfacing methods and programming using 8051.
Module I (9hours)
Introduction to Microcontrollers: Comparison with Microprocessors – Harvard and Von
Neumann Architectures - 80C51 microcontroller – features - internal block schematic - pin
descriptions, I/O ports.
Module II (9 hours)
Memory organization – Programming model - Program status word - register banks -
Addressing modes - instruction set –Programming examples.

Interrupts - interrupt sources - interrupt handling – programming examples. Timers operation-
different modes –waveform generation- programming examples - Serial communication-
different modes - programming examples.
Module IV (9 hours)
Interfacing of DIP switch- LED -7 segment displays -alphanumeric LCD – relay interface –
Stepper motor –ADC-DAC-interfacing programs using assembly language.
Module V(9 hours)

Overview of PIC 18, memory organisation, CPU, registers, pipelining, instruction
format, addressing modes, instruction set, interrupts, interrupt operation, resets,
parallel ports, timers, CCP.
References
1. Muhammad Ali Mazidi, The 8051 Microcontroller and embedded sytems, Pearson
Education 2nd edition, 2006
rd
2. Kenneth J Ayala, The 8051 Microcontroller, Penram International, 3 edition
2007
3. Myke Predko, “Programming and customizing the 8051 microcontroller” Tata
Mc.Graw Hill, 2004
4. Han Way Huang, “PIC microcontroller An introduction to software and
hardware interfacing”, Cenage learning 2007
5. Muhammad Ali Mazidi “PIC microcontroller and embedded systems using
assembly and C for PIC 18” , Pearson 2009

81
EC010 606 L01: DATA STRUCTURES AND ALGORITHMS

Objectives
• To impart the basic concepts of data structures and algorithms.
• To develop understanding about writing algorithms and solving problems with the
help of fundamental data structures using object oriented concepts.
Module I (10 hours)

Introduction to Data Structures, arrays, records, stacks, queue, linked list, linked
stacks and queues, doubly linked list. Polynomial representation using arrays and lists.
Module II (12hours)
Trees, binary tree, traversals, binary search tree, creation insertion, deletion,
searching. Graph:-representation, depth first search, breadth first search, path finding.
Module III (12hours)

Search algorithms, sequential binary interpolation, sorting, insertion, bubble, radix,
quick sort, merge sort, and heat sort.

Analysis of algorithms: - Time and space complexity, complexity notations, best,
worst, average cases.
Algorithmic techniques-brute force, greedy, divide and conquer, dynamic
programming
Module V (12 hours)

Analysis of search algorithms, sort algorithms. P and NP problems, travelling sales
man problems.
Reference Books
1. Horowitz ,Sahni & Anderson Freed, Fundamentals of Data Structures in C, 2nd ed.,
Universities Press, Hyderabad, 2009
nd
2. Sartaj Sahni , Data Structures, Algorithms and Applications in C++ , 2 ed., Universities
Press, Hyderabad, 2009
3. Michael T Goodrich, Roberto Tamassia, David Mount, Data Structures and Algorithms in
C++, Wiley India Edition, New Delhi, 2009
4. B.M. Harwani, Data Structures and Algorithms in C++, Dreamtech Press, New Delhi,
2010
5. Langsam, Augenstein ,Tanenbaum, Data Structures in C & C++ , 2nd Edition,
Pearson Education.
6. John Hopcroft, Rajeev Motwani & Jeffry Ullman, Introduction to Automata
Theory, Languages & Computation, Pearson Education.
7. Tremblay & Sorenson, Introduction to Data Structures with Applications, Tata
Mc Graw Hill
8. Sara Baase & Allen Van Gelder ,Computer Algorithms – Introduction to Design
and Analysis , Pearson Education
9. Sahni, Data Structures algorithms and applications , Tata Mc GrHill
10. K.L.P. Mishra, N. Chandrashekharan, Theory of Computer Science , Prentice Hall
of India
Syllabus - B.Tech. Computer Science & Engg.
82
EC010 606 L602: DATABASE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS

Objectives
• To impart an introduction to the theory and practice of database systems.
• To develop basic knowledge on data modelling and design of efficient relations.
• To provide exposure to oracle database programming.
Module I (10 hours)

Basic Concepts - Purpose of Database Systems- 3 Schema Architecture and Data
Independence- Components of DBMS –Data Models, Schemas and Instances-Data Modeling
using the Entity Relationship Model-Entity types, Relationship Types, Weak Entity Types .

Relational Model Concepts –Constraints – Entity Integrity and Referential Integrity,
Relational Algebra -Select, Project, Operations from Set Theory, Join, OuterJoin and Division
- Tuple Relational Calculus.
SQL- Data Definition with SQL - Insert, Delete and Update Statements in SQL, Defining
Domains, Schemas and Constraints, Constraint Violations - Basic Queries in SQL - Select
Statement, Use of Aggregate functions and Group Retrieval, Nested Queries, Correlated
Queries – Views.

Oracle Case Study : The Basic Structure of the Oracle System – Database Structure and its
Manipulation in Oracle- Storage Organization in Oracle.- Programming in PL/SQL- Cursor in
PL/SQL - Assertions – Triggers.
Indexing and Hashing Concepts -: Ordered Indices, Hash Indices, Dense and Sparse Indices,
Multi Level Indices, Cluster Index, Dynamic Hashing.

Database Design– Design Guidelines– Relational Database Design – Functional
Dependency- Determination of Candidate Keys, Super Key, Foreign Key, Normalization
using Functional Dependencies, Normal Forms based on Primary keys- General Definitions
of First, Second and Third Normal Forms. Boyce Codd Normal Form– Multi-valued
Dependencies and Forth Normal Form – Join Dependencies and Fifth Normal Form – Pitfalls
in Relational Database Design.
Module V (13 hours)

Introduction to Transaction Processing- Transactions- ACID Properties of Transactions-
Schedules- Serializability of Schedules- Precedence Graph- Concurrency Control – Locks and
Timestamps-Database Recovery
Query processing and Optimization- Translating SQL Queries into a Relational Algebra
Computing Select, Project and Join
Object Relational Databases-Distributed Databases-Different Types-Fragmentation and
Replication Techniques-Functions of DDBMS.

83
Reference Books
1. Elmsari and Navathe, Fundamentals of Database System, Pearson Education Asia,

5th Edition, New Delhi, 2008.
2. Henry F Korth, Abraham Silbershatz , Database System Concepts, Mc Graw Hill
6td Edition, Singapore, 2011.
3. Elmsari and Navathe, Fundamentals of Database System, Pearson Education Asia,
3rd Edition, New Delhi, 2005, for oracle
4. Alexis Leon and Mathews Leon, Database Management Systems, Leon vikas
Publishers, New Delhi.
5. Narayanan S, Umanath and Richard W.Scamell, Data Modelling and Database
Design,Cengage Learning, New Delhi, 2009.
6. S.K Singh,Database Systems Concepts,Design and Applications, Pearson Education
Asia, New Delhi, 2006.
7. Pranab Kumar Das Gupta, Database management System Oracle SQL And
PL/SQL, Easter Economy Edition, New Delhi, 2009
8. C.J.Date , An Introduction to Database Systems, Pearson Education Asia, 7th
Edition, New Delhi.
9. Rajesh Narang, Database Management Systems, Asoke K ghosh , PHI Learning,
New Delhi, 2009.
10. Ramakrishnan and Gehrke, Database Management Systems, Mc Graw Hill, 3rd
Edition , 2003.

84
EC010 606L03 HIGH SPEED DIGITAL DESIGN

Objectives
• To develop the skills for analyzing high-speed circuits with signal behaviour
modelling.
• To demonstrate proficiency in understanding signal integrity concepts and
terminology and to understand the signal integrity on circuit design.
• To be able to perform and analyze signal measurements and to be able to make trade
off decisions based on signal budget and design requirements.
Pre-requisites: Digital Electronics, Digital system design
Module I (12hours)
High Speed Digital Design Fundamentals: Frequency and time, Time and distance, Lumped
vs distributed, four kinds of reactance- ordinary capacitance and inductance, mutual
capacitance and inductance, Relation of mutual capacitance and mutual inductance to cross
talk.
High Speed properties of Logic gates: Power, Quicent vs active dissipation, Active power
driving a capacitive load, Input power, Internal dissipation, drive circuit dissipation, Totem
pole and open circuit, speed, Sudden change in voltage and current.

Measurement Techniques; Rise time and bandwidth of oscilloscope probes, self inductance of
probe ground loop, Effects of probe load on a circuit, special probing fixtures.
Transmission Lines; Problems of point to point wiring, signal distortion, EMI, cross talk.

Transmission Lines at High frequency: Infinite uniform transmission line, Lossy transmission
line, Low loss transmission line, RC transmission line, Skin effect, Proximity effect, and
Dielectric loss.

Termination: End termination, rise time, dc biasing, power dissipation, Source termination,
Resistance value, Rise time, Power dissipation, Drive current, Middle terminators,
Vias: mechanical properties, capacitance and inductance
Connectors: mutual, series and parasitic capacitance.
Module V (12 hours)

Power system: Stable voltage reference, Uniform voltage distribution, choosing a bypass
capacitor,
Clock Distribution: Timing margin, Clock skew, delay adjustments, Clock jitter.
Reference
1. Howard Johnson, High-Speed Digital Design: A Handbook of Black Magic , Prentice Hall
2. Dally W.S. & Poulton J.W., “Digital Systems Engineering”, Cambridge University Press.
3. Masakazu Shoji, “High Speed Digital Circuits”, Addison Wesley Publishing Company
4. Jan M, Rabaey, Digital Integrated Circuits: A Design perspective, Second Edition, 2003.

85
EC 010 606 L04 MEDICAL ELECTRONICS
Teaching Scheme
3 hours lecture and 1 hour tutorial per week. Credits: 4
Objectives:-
• To study the working of different medical equipments.
Module 1 (12 hrs)
Introduction to the physiology of cardiac, nervous & muscular and respiratory systems.
Transducers and Electrodes: Different types of transducers & their selection for biomedical
applications. Electrode theory, selection criteria of electrodes & different types of electrodes
such as, Ag - Ag Cl, pH, etc
Module 2 (12 hrs)
Cardiovascular measurement: The heart & the other cardiovascular systems. Measurement of
Blood pressure-direct and indirect method, Cardiac output and cardiac rate.
Electrocardiography-waveform-standard lead systems typical ECG amplifier,
phonocardiography, Ballisto cardiography, Cardiac pacemaker –defibrillator –different types
and its selection.
Module 3 (12 hrs)
EEG Instrumentation requirements –EEG electrode –frequency bands – recording systems

EMG basic principle-block diagram of a recorder –pre amplifier. Bed side monitor –block
diagram- measuring parameters-cardiac tachometer-Alarms-Lead fault indicator-central
monitoring. Telemetry – modulation systems – choice of carrier frequency – single channel
telemetry systems.
Module 4 (12 hrs)
Instrumentation for clinical laboratory: Bio electric amplifiers-instrumentation amplifiers-

isolation amplifiers-chopper stabilized amplifiers –input guarding - Measurement of pH value
of Blood-blood cell counting, blood flow, Respiratory transducers and instruments.
Module 5 (12hrs)
Medical Imaging: Computer tomography – basic principle, application –advantage, X ray

tubes, collimators, detectors and display - Ultra sound imaging
References
1. J J Carr, “Introduction to Biomedical Equipment Technology” : Pearson Education 4th e/d.

2. K S Kandpur, “Hand book of Biomedical instrumentation”, Tata McGraw Hill 2nd e/d.
3. John G Webster, “Medical Instrumentation application and design”, John Wiley 3rd e/d.
4. Richard Aston, “Principle of Biomedical Instrumentation and Measurement”.
86
EC010 606 L05 SOFT COMPUTING
3 hour lecture and 1 hour tutorial per week.
Objectives
• To develop basic knowledge about neuron and neural networks.
• To develop basic knowledge about fuzzy stems.
• To be able to understand basic concepts of soft computing frame work and neuro
fuzzysystems
Module 1 (12 hrs)
Introduction- artificial neuron - activation functions - Single layer & multi-layer

networks - Training artificial neural networks - Perception - Representation - Linear
separability - Learning - Training algorithms.
Module 2 (12 hrs)

Back Propagation - Training algorithm - Applications - network configurations - Local
minima -. Hopfield nets - Recurrent networks - Adaptive resonance theory - Architecture
classification - Implementation
Module 3 (12 hrs)

Introduction to Fuzzy sets and systems: Fuzzy operations-support of a fuzzy set, height -
normalised fuzzy set, α – cuts- The law of the excluded middle and law of contradiction
on fuzzy sets. Properties of fuzzy set operations.
Module 4 (12 hrs)

Operations on fuzzy relations - projection, max-min. and min and max-compositions.
Fuzzy membership functions- Fuzzy logic controller: fuzzification - Rule base –
Defuzzififaction-case study for engineering applications.
Module 5 (12hrs)
Soft computing frame work – comparisons- evolutionary algorithm/Genetic Algorithm:
basic structure – Neuro fuzzy controller – Applications – case study.
Reference
1. C.T lin & C S George Lee, Neural Fuzzy Systems, Prentice Hall of India, 1996
2. Lawrence Fausset, Fundamentals of Neural Networks, Prentice Hall
3. Timmoty J. Rose, Fuzzy Logics & Applications, Willey publications, 2010
4. Bart Kosko. Fuzzy Engineering, Prentice Hall.
5. A.R.Alive, Soft Computing & its applications
6. Fakhreddine O, Karray Clarence W De Silva, Soft Computing and Intelligent Systems
Design: Theory, Tools and Applications, Pearson India
7. Christina Ray, Artificial neural networks, Tata Mc.Graw Hill, 1997
8. J.S.R.Jang, C.T. Sun and E.Mizutani, Neuro-Fuzzy and Soft Computing, Prentice hall of
India, 2004,
87
EC010 606L06– TELEVISION AND RADAR ENGINEERING
Teaching Scheme:
3 hours lecture and 1 hour tutorial. Credit 4
Objective
•
To familiarise the students with the fundamentals of TV Engineering and its
applications
• T
o familiarise the students with the fundamentals of Radar Engineering and its
applications
Module 1 (12 hrs)
Principles of television - image continuity - interlaced scanning - blanking - synchronizing –

composite video signal - video and sound signal modulation - channel bandwidth - vestigial
sideband transmission – television signal propagation
Television receiver circuits – IF section, video detector-video amplifiers-AGC,Sync
processing and AFC-Horizontal and vertical deflection circuits –sound section-tuner .
Module 2 (12 hrs)
Colour TV - Colour perception - luminance, hue and saturation - colour TV camera and
picture tube(working principle only) - colour signal transmission - bandwidth - modulation -
formation of chrominance signal - principles of NTSC, PAL and SECAM coder and decoder.
Module 3(12 hrs)

Digital TV - composite digital standards - 4 f sc NTSC standard - general specifications -
sampling structure - digital transmission, Flat panel display TV receivers-LCD and Plasma
screen receivers-3DTV-EDTV.
Cable TV - cable frequencies - co-axial cable for CATV - cable distribution system - cable
decoders - wave traps and scrambling methods, Satellite TV technology-Geo Stationary
Satellites-Satellite Electronics
Module 4(12hrs)
Introduction- Radar Equation- Block diagram- Radar frequencies- Applications- Prediction of
range performance –Pulse Repetition Frequency and Range ambiguities –Antenna
parameters- System losses.
CW Radar-The Doppler Effect- FM-CW radar- Multiple frequency radar – MTI Radar-
Principle- Delay line cancellors- Noncoherent MTI-Pulse Doppler Radar- Tacking Radar –
Sequential lobing-Conical Scan- Monopulse – Acquisition- Comparison of Trackers.
Module 5(12 hrs)
88
Radar Transmitters- Modulators-Solid state transmitters, Radar Antennas- Parabolic-
Scanning feed-Lens- Radomes, Electronically steered phased array antenna-Applications,
Receivers-Displays-Duplexers.
Special purpose radars-Synthetic aperture radar- HF and over the horizon radar- Air
surveillance radar- Height finder and 3D radars – Bistatic radar-Radar Beacons- Radar
Jamming and Electronic Counters .
References:-
1. Gulati R.R., Modern Television Engineering, Wiley Eastern Ltd.
2. Dhake A.M., Television Engineering, Tata McGraw Hill, 2001 .
3. R.P.Bali, “Color Television, Theory and Practice”, Tata McGraw-Hill, 1994
4. R.G Gupta., “ Television Engineering and Video System”, Tata McGraw-Hill, 2005
5. Bernard Grob & Charles E. Herndon, “Basic Television and Video Systems”, McGraw
Hill International
6. Damacher P., “Digital Broadcasting”, IEE Telecommunications Series
7. Merrill I. Skolnik, “Introduction to Radar Systems”– 3rd Edition, McGraw Hill, 2001.
rd
8. Merril I.Skolnik , “Radar Handbook”-, 3 Edition, McGraw Hill Publishers,2008.
9. J. C. Toomay, Paul Hannen, “Radar Principles for the Non-Specialist”, Printice hall
of India,2004
89
EC010 607 MICROPROCESSOR & MICROCONTROLLER LAB
3 hours practical per week.
Objectives:-
• To provide experience on programming and testing of few electronic circuits using 8086
• . To provide experience on programming and testing of few electronic circuits using
8051simulator.
• To understand basic interfacing concepts between trainer kit and personal computers.
A. Programming experiments using 8086 (MASM)
1. Sum of N Numbers.
2. Display message on screen using code and data segment.
3. Sorting, factorial of a number
4. Addition /Subtraction of 32 bit numbers.
5. Concatenation of two strings.
B. Programming experiments using 8051 simulator (KEIL).
1. Addition and subtraction.

2. Multiplication and division.
3. Sorting, Factorial of a number.
4. Multiplication by shift and add method.
5. Matrix addition.
C. Interface experiments using Trainer kit / Direct down loading the programs from
Personal computer.
1. ADC / DAC interface.

2. Stepper motor interface.
3. Display (LED, Seven segments, LCD) interface.
4. Frequency measurement.
5. Wave form generation.
6. Relay interface.
90
EC 010 608 MINI PROJECT LAB
Teaching Scheme
3 hours practical per week. 2 credits
The mini project will involve the design, construction, and debugging of an electronic
system approved by the department. There will be several projects such as intercom,
SMPS, burglar alarm, UPS, inverter, voting machine etc. The schematic and PCB design
should be done using any of the standard schematic capture & PCB design software.
Each student may choose to buy, for his convenience, his own components and accessories.
Each student must keep a project notebook. The notebooks will be checked periodically
throughout the semester, as part of the project grade.
In addition to this, the following laboratory experiments should also be done in the lab.
1. 555 applications
2. Light activated alarm circuit
3. Speed control of electric fan using TRIAC
4. Illumination control circuits
5. Touch control circuits
6. Sound operated circuits
7. Relay driver circuit using driver IC
8. Interfacing using Opto coupler
9. Schematic capture software (OrCAD or similar) familiarization.
10. PCB design software (OrCAD Layout or similar) familiarization.
A demonstration and oral examination on the mini project also should be done at the
end of the semester. The university examination will consist of two parts. One of the
lab experiments will be given for examination to be completed within 60 to 90
minutes with a maximum of 30% marks. 70% marks will be allotted for the
demonstration and viva voce on the mini project.
91
Seventh Semester

92
EC010 701 VLSI DESIGN

2 hours lecture and 2 hours tutorial per week.
Objective: To cater the needs of students who want a comprehensive study of the
principle and techniques of modern VLSI design and systems.
Module 1(12 hrs)
Process steps in IC fabrication: Silicon wafer preparation-Diffusion of impurities-

physical mechanism-ion implantation- Annealing process- Oxidation process-
lithography-Chemical Vapour Deposition -epitaxial growth –reactors-
metallization-patterning-wire bonding -packaging
Module 2 (12 hrs)
Monolithic components: Isolation of components-junction isolation and dielectric

isolation. Monolithic diodes- schottky diodes and transistors-buried layer-FET
structures- JFET-MOSFET-PMOS and NMOS. Control of threshold voltage-
silicon gate technology- monolithic resistors-resistor design-monolithic capacitors-
design of capacitors- IC crossovers and vias.
Module 3 (12 hrs)
CMOS technology: CMOS structure-latch up in CMOS, CMOS circuits-

combinational logic circuit-invertor- NAND-NOR-complex logic circuits, full
adder circuit. CMOS transmission gate(TG)T-realization of Boolean functions
using TG. Complementary Pass Transistor Logic (CPL)-CPL circuits: NAND,
NOR-4 bit shifter. Basic principle of stick diagrams.
Module 4 (12hrs)
CMOS sequential logic circuits: SR flip flop, JK flip flop, D latch circuits.
BiCMOS technology-structure-BiCMOS circuits: inverter, NAND, NOR-CMOS
logic systems-scaling of MOS structures-scaling factors-effects of miniaturization.
Module 5 (12hrs)
Gallium Arsenide Technology: Crystal structure-doping process-channeling effect-
MESFET fabrication-Comparison between Silicon and GaAs technologies.
Introduction to PLA and FPGA
References:
1. N Weste and Eshrangian, “Principles of CMOS VLSI Design: A system

perspective”, Addison Wesley
2. S M SZE, “VLSI Technology”, Mc Graw Hill
3. Douglass Pucknell, “Basic VLSI design”, Prentice Hall of India.
4. K R Botkar,” Integrated circuits”, Khanna Publishers

93
5. Jan M Rabaey, Anantha Chandrakasan and Borivoje Nikolic, “Digital

Integrated Circuits- a Design perspective”, Prentice Hall.
6. S M Kang & Y Leblebici, “CMOS digital integrated circuits”, Mc Graw
Hill.

94
EC010 702 INFROMATION THEORY AND CODING

Objectives
• To give a basic idea about the information theory.
• To get a knowledge about various coding schemes.
Module 1(12 hrs)

Concept of amount of information-Entropy-Joint and Conditional Entropy-Relative
Entropy-Mutual information-Relationship between Entropy and Mutual
information-Rate of information-Channel capacity-Redundancy and efficiency of
channels.
Module 2 (12 hrs)

Data compression:-Examples of codes- Krafts inequality, optimal codes-Bounds on
optimal code length-Huffman codes-Shannon-Fanno Elias coding-Arithmetic
coding-ZIP coding.
Module 3 (12 hrs)

Channel capacity:-Noiseless binary channel, BSC, BEC-Symmetric channels-
Shannons Channel capacity theorem, Properties of channel capacity-Trade off
between SNR and Bandwidth-Channel coding theorem-Zero Error Codes.
The Gaussian Channel:-Band limited channel-Gaussian multiple user channels
Module 4 (12 hrs)

Channel coding:-Concepts of group and fields-Binary field arithmetic-Construction
of Galois field-Vector spaces-Matrices
Linear Block Codes:-Encoding-Decoding-Syndrome and error detection-Minimum
distance of a block code-Error detection and correction-Capabilities of a linear
block code-Standard array and syndrome decoding.
Module (12 hrs)

Important Linear block code:-Hamming codes-Cyclic code-BCH code-Convolution
codes-Systematic and non systematic codes –Encoding-Decoding-Viterbi
algorithm-Stack (ZJ) decoding algorithm-Turbo codes-LDP codes.
References:
1. T M.Cover,J A.Thomas-“Elements of Information Theory”-Wiley Inter

Science.
2. Lin,Costello-“Error Control Coding”-Pearson Education.
3. Singh,Sapre-“Communication systems”-Tata McGraw Hill.
4. T K.Moon-“Error correction coding”-Wiley Inter science.

95
EC010 703 MICROWAVE ENGINEERING
Teaching Schemes Credit : 3

Objectives
• .To give the basic ideas about the characteristics and applications of
microwave frequency bands
• .To understand the working of various microwave passive and active devices
and circuits
Module 1: (12 hours)
Microwave network Characterization and passive devices: Characteristic,

features and applications of microwaves- Circuit and S parameter representation of
N port microwave networks - Reciprocity Theorem- Lossless networks and unitary
conditions- ABCD parameters-Cascaded networks-Relations between S- Y and
ABCD parameters. Properties and s-matrices for typical network such as section of
uniform transmission line, 3-port networks (reciprocal and nonreciprocal), T-
junctions directional coupler, magic tee, ferrite devices, isolator, circulators.
Module 2 :(15 hours)
Microwave Tubes: Generation of microwaves by tubes, limitations of

conventional tubes, klystron amplifiers - analysis, reflex klystron oscillator-
analysis, magnetrons, traveling wave tube (TWT), backward wave oscillator
(BWO)-basic principles. Millimetre wave tubes-introduction
Microwave semiconductor: High frequency limitations of transistors, microwave

transistors (theory only), Manley Rowe relations, parameteric amplifiers and
frequency multipliers, tunnel diodes, Gunn effect, Gunn Diode oscillators,
Avalanche effect, IMPATT & TRAPATT diodes, PIN diodes and their
applications, Schottky barrier and backward diodes.
Microwave Measurements: VSWR measurement, microwave power

measurement, impedance measurement, frequency measurement, measurement of
scattering parameters Return loss measurement using directional couplres-
introduction to vector network analyzer and its uses.
Planar Transmission Lines: Planer transmission lines such as stripline, microstrip

line, slotline and coplanar waveguides. Characteristics of planar transmission lines.
Losses in Microstrip Lines- Quality Factor Q of Microstrip Lines- Substrate
materials.

96
Introduction to MIC’s:-Technology of hybrid MICs, monolithis MICs. Comparison

of both MICs.
Reference Books:
1. Liao S.Y.”Microwave devices and Circuits”, Prentice Hall Of India, New

Delhi, 3rd Ed. 2006
2. Rizzi P.A,”Microwave Engineering,Passive Circuits” Prentice Hall of India
3. Pozar D.M .,” Microwave Engineering”, John Wiley
4. Annapurna Das and Sisir Das, “Microwave Engineering”, Tata-McGraw
Hill , New Delhi, 2008.
5. R.E. Collin : Foundations for Microwave Engg- – IEEE Press Second
Edition.

97
EC010 704 ELECTRONIC INSTRUMENTATION

Objective: To cater the needs of students who want a comprehensive study

of the electronic measurements, technology and instruments.
Module 1(12 hrs)
Objectives of engineering measurement-Basic measuring system-block diagram

and description-Performance characteristics of instruments-Static and Dynamic.
Errors in measurement – error analysis. Units-Dimensions – Standards. Instrument
calibration.
Module 2 (13 hrs)
Transducers-parameters of electrical transducers-types-active and passive-

analogue and digital types of transducers. Electromechanical type-potentiometric,
inductive, thermocouple, capacitive, resistive, piezo electric, strain gauge,
ionization gauge,LVDT,hall effect sensor,thin film sensor, proximity sensor,
displacement sensor, load cell, nano sensors and Ultrasonic transducers. Opto
electrical type-photo emissive, photo conductive and photo voltaic type. Digital
encoders- optical encoder-selection criteria for transducers.
Module 3 (13 hrs)
Intermediate elements- instrumentation amplifier, isolation amplifier, opto-

couplers. DC and AC bridges- Wheatstone bridge - guarded Wheatstone bridge -
Owen's bridge - Shering Bridge - Wein Bridge - Wagner ground connection. Data
transmission elements-block diagram of telemetry system-Electrical telemetering
system--voltage, current and position type-RF telemetery-pulse telemetery (analog
and digital).FDM-TDM.
Module 4 (12 hrs)
End devices –Digital voltmeter and ammeter. Recording techniques-strip chart

recorders-XT and XY recorders. Basic principles of digital recording. Basic
principles of Signal Analyzers-Distortion analyzer, wave analyzer, spectrum
analyzer, DSO. Control system-electronic control-analog-digital-Basic principles
of PLC. Basic principles of data acquisition system.
Module 5(10 hrs)
Basic measurements – Resistance, Capacitance, Inductance, Voltage, Current,

Power, Strain, Pressure, Flow, Temperature, Force, Torque, mass, conductivity,
PH.
References:

98
1. Doeblin, “Measurement Systems”, MCGraw Hill.

2. H S Kalsi, “Electronic Instrumentation”, Tata McGraw Hill
3. W D Cooper, “Modern Electronic Instrumentation and Measurement
techniques”, Prentice Hall of India
4. Morris, “Principles of Measurement & Instrumentation”, Prentice Hall of
India
5. D.U. S Murthy, “Transducers & Instrumentation”, Prentice Hall of India.
6. David A Bell, “Electronic Instrumentation and Measurements”, Oxford
7. Rangan, Sarma & Mani, “Instrumentation-devices and systems”, Tata
McGraw Hill.

99
EC010 705 EMBEDDED SYSTEMS

Objectives
• To introduce students to the embedded systems, its hardware and software.
• To introduce devices and buses used for embedded networking.
• To explain programming concepts and embedded programming in C.
• To explain real time operating systems.
Module I (9hrs)
Introduction to Embedded System, Definition and Classification, Requirements of
Embedded Systems, Applications of Embedded Systems in Consumer Electronics, Control
System, Biomedical Systems, Handheld computers, Communication devices, Embedded
Systems on a Chip (SoC).
Module II (9 hrs)
Embedded Hardware & Software Development Environment, Hardware Architecture,
Embedded System Development Process, Embedded C compiler, advantages, code
optimization, Programming in assembly language vs. High Level Language, C Program
Elements, Macros and functions, Interfacing programs using C language.
Module III (9 hrs)

Embedded Communication System: Serial Communication, PC to PC Communication,
Serial communication with the 8051 Family of Micro-controllers, I/O Devices - Device
Types and Examples , synchronous and Asynchronous Communications from Serial
Devices - Examples of Internal Serial-Communication Devices - UART and HDLC -
Parallel Port Devices - Sophisticated interfacing features in Devices/Ports- Timer and
Counting Devices - 12C, USB, CAN and advanced I/O Serial high speed buses- ISA, PCI,
PCI-X, and advanced buses. Voice-over-IP, Embedded Applications over Mobile
Network.
Module IV (9 hrs)
Matrix key board interface - AT keyboard – commands – keyboard response codes - watch
dog timers - DS1232 watch dog timer – real time clocks – DS1302 RTC – interfacing -
measurement of frequency - phase angle - power factor – stepper motor interface - dc
motor speed control – L293 motor driver - design of a position control system - Interfacing
with Displays, D/A and A/D Conversions, interfacing programs using C
Module V (9 hrs)
Definitions of process, tasks and threads – Clear cut distinction between functions – ISRs
and tasks by their characteristics – Operating System Services- Goals – Structures- Kernel
- Process Management – Memory Management – Device Management – File System
Organisation and Implementation – I/O Subsystems – Interrupt Routines Handling in
RTOS, REAL TIME OPERATING SYSTEMS : Introduction to Real – Time Operating
Systems: Tasks and Task States, Tasks and Data, Semaphores, and Shared Data; Message
Queues, Mailboxes and Pipes, Timer Functions, Events, Memory Management, Interrupt
Routines in an RTOS Environment

100
Reference Books
1. Rajkamal, “Embedded Systems Architecture, Programming and Design”, Tata

McGraw-Hill
2. Steve Heath, “Embedded Systems Design”, Newnes.
3. David E.Simon, “An Embedded Software Primer”, Pearson Education Asia.
4. Wayne Wolf, “Computers as Components; Principles of Embedded Computing
System Design” Harcourt India, Morgan Kaufman Publishers.
5. Frank Vahid and Tony Givargis, “Embedded Systems Design – A unified
Hardware /Software Introduction” , John Wiley
6. Kenneth J.Ayala, “The 8051 Microcontroller”, Thomson.
7. Labrosse, “Embedding system building blocks”, CMP publishers.
8. Ajay V Deshmukhi, “Micro Controllers”, Tata McHraw-Hill.

101
EC010 706L01 OPTIMIZATION TECHNIQUES

Objectives:
Understand the need and origin of the optimization methods. Get a broad
picture of the various applications of optimization methods used in
engineering. Define an optimization problem and its various components.
Module I (12 hrs)

One Dimensional Unconstrained Minimization techniques, single variable
minimization, unimodality, bracketing the minimum, necessary and sufficient
conditions for optimality, convexity, steepest descent method.
Module II (12hrs)
Linear programming, introduction, linear programming problem, linear
programming problems involving LE (≤) constraints, simplex method, optimality
conditions, artificial starting solutions, the M method.
Module III (12hrs)

Transportation models, definition, non traditional models, transportation algorithm,
East West corner method, Vogel approximation method. Assignment model,
Introduction, Hungarian method.
Module IV (12hrs)
Forecasting Models, moving average technique, regression method, exponential
smoothing. Game Theory, two persons zero sum games, mixed strategy games-
graphical method.
Module V (12hrs)
Queuing models, elements of queuing model, pure birth and death model,
specialized Poisson queues, single server models. Multiple server models, self
service model.
References:
1. Ashok D Belegundu, Tirupathi R Chandrupatla, “Optimization concepts

and Application in Engineering”, Pearson Education.
2. Kalynamoy Deb, “Optimization for Engineering Design, Alogorithms and
Examples”, Prentice Hall,
3. Hamdy A Taha, “Operations Research – An introduction”, Pearson
Education,
4. Hillier / Lieberman, “Introduction to Operations Research”, Tata McGraw
Hill Publishing company Ltd,
5. Singiresu S Rao, “Engineering optimization Theory and Practice”, New
Age International,
6. Mik Misniewski, “Quantitative Methods for Decision makers”, MacMillian
Press Ltd.,

102
EC010 706L02 – SPEECH AND AUDIO PROCESSING

Objectives
• To study the theory and applications of speech processing, to study the success
and limitation of different methods in speech processing.
Module 1 (12hrs)
Production and Classification of Speech Sounds: Brief anatomy and physiology of
speech production – categorisation of speech sounds – vowels, nasals, fricatives and
plosives – prosody – Analysis and Synthesis of Pole -zero speech models : time
dependent processing – all pole modelling of deterministic signals – formulation –
error minimisation - autocorrelation method – the Levinson recursion – linear
prediction analysis of stochastic speech sounds - formulation – error minimisation –
autocorrelation method – pole-zero estimation – linearization – application to speech.
Module 2 (12 hrs)

Homomorphic signal processing: Concept – Homomorphic systems for convolution
– Short Time Fourier Transform Analysis and Synthesis: introduction – short
time analysis – Fourier transform view – filtering view – time-frequency resolution
tradeoffs – short time synthesis – formulation – FBS method – OLA method – time-
frequency sampling – STFT magnitude – time scale modification and enhancement of
speech – time scale modification – noise reduction.
Module 3 (10 hrs)

Filter-Bank Analysis/Synthesis: Introduction – FBS method – phase vocoder –
constant-Q analysis/synthesis –wavelet transform – DWT – applications – Sinusoidal
Analysis/Synthesis: sinusoidal speech model – estimation of sinewave parameters –
voiced speech- unvoiced speech – analysis systems – synthesis.
Module 4 (14hrs)
Frequency-Domain Pitch Estimation: Introduction – correlation based pitch
estimator – pitch estimation based on comb filter – Speech coding: Introduction –
statistical models – scalar quantization – fundamentals – quantization noise –
companding – adaptive quantization - differential and residual quantization – vector
quantization – approach – VQ distortion measure – use of VQ in speech transmission
- frequency-domain coding – subband coding – sinusoidal coding – model-based
coding – basic linear prediction coder – VQ LPC coder.
Module 5(12 hrs)

Speech Enhancement : Intoduction - problem formulation – spectral subtraction –
Wiener filtering - basic approaches to estimating the object spectrum – Speaker
Recognition: Introduction – spectral features for speaker recognition – formulation –
mel-cepstrum – sub-cepstrum – speaker recognition algorithms – minimum distance
classifer – vector quantization - GMM.
References:

103
1. Thomas F. Quatieri, “Discrete-Time Speech Signal Processing”, Pearson

Education.
2. L R Rabiner, R W Schafer, “Digital Processing of Speech Signals”, Pearson
Education.
3. J R Deller, J H L Hansen, J G Proakis, “Discrete-time Processing of Speech

Signals”, IEEE

104
EC010 706L03 DIGITAL IMAGE PROCESSING
Teaching Schemes Credits : 4

OBJECTIVES
• To study the image fundamentals and mathematical transforms necessary for
image processing.
• To study the image enhancement techniques
• To study image restoration procedures.
• To study the image compression procedures.
• To study the image segmentation and representation techniques.
Module 1 (12 hrs)

Introduction to Image Processing:-2D sampling, quantization, resolution,
brightness, contrast, Machband effect, classification of digital images, image
processing system, image file formats.
Module 2 (16 hrs)

2D transforms: 2D signals, 2D systems, 2D transforms -convolution, Z transform,
correlation, DFT, its properties, Walsh transform, Hadamard transform, Haar
transform, Slant transform, DCT, KL transform and Singular Value
Decomposition.
Module 3 (10hrs)
Image enhancement in spatial line, enhancement through point operation, types of
point operators, histogram manipulation, linear gray level transformation, local and
neighbourhood operation, median filter, Image sharpening, image enhancement in
frequency domain, homomorphic filter.
Module 4 (10 hrs)

Classification of Image segmentation techniques, region approach, clustering
techniques, segmentation based on thresholding, edge based segmentation,
classification of edges, edge detection, hough transform, active contour.
Module 5 (12 hrs)

Image compression: need for compression, redundancy, classification of
image compression schemes, Huffman coding, arithmetic coding, dictionary based
compression, transform based compression, image compression standards, vector
quantization, wavelet based image compression
Reference
1. S Jayaraman, S Esakkirajan, “Digital image processing” Tata Mc Graw
Hill.
2. Rafael C Gonzalez, R Woods, “Digital image processing” Pearson
Education.
3. Kenneth R Castleman, “Digital image processing”. Pearson Education.
4. Anil K Jain, “Fundamentals of Digital image processing” Prentice Hall of
India.
5. J Lim, “2 dimensional signal and image processing” Pearson Education
6. Tamal Bose, “Digital signal and image processing”, John Wiley & sons.
7. W K Pratt, “Digital image processing” John Wiley.
105
EC010 706L04 – WAVELETS AND APPLICATIONS

Objective: To study the theory and applications of multirate DSP, filter banks and
wavelets
Module 1(14 hrs)

Multirate Digital Signal Processing – Basic sampling rate alteration devices-
Sampling rate reduction by an integer factor: Down sampler - Time and frequency
domain characterization of downsampler – Anti-aliasing filter and decimation
system – Sampling rate increase by an integer factor: Upsampler –Time and
frequency domain characterization of upsampler – Anti-imaging filter and
interpolation system – Gain of anti-imaging filter – Changing the sampling rate by
rational factors – Transposition theorem- Multirate identities - Direct and
Transposed FIR structures for interpolation and decimation filters – The Polyphase
decomposition - Polyphase implementation of decimation and interpolation filters
– Commutator models - Multistage implementation of sampling rate conversion –
Filter requirements for multistage designs – Overall and individual filter
requirements.
Module 2 (10 hrs)

Two channel analysis and synthesis filter banks- QMF filter banks – Two channel
SBC filter banks – Standard QMF banks – Optimal FIR QMF banks – Filter banks
with PR – Conditions for PR – Conjugate Quadrature filters – Valid Half-band
filters –Transmultiplexer filter banks – Uniform M channel filter banks – Tree
structured filter banks.
Module 3 (12 hrs)

Short time Fourier Transform – Filtering interpretation of STFT – Filter bank
implementation - Time frequency resolution tradeoff –Sampling of STFT in time
and frequency - Motivation for Wavelet transform - The Continuous Wavelet
Transform - scaling - shifting – Filtering view – Inverse CWT – Discrete Wavelet
transform – dyadic sampling – Filter bank implementation – Inverse DWT.
Module 4 (12 hrs)

Multiresolution formulation of Wavelet systems – Scaling function and wavelet
function – dilation equation –Filter banks and the DWT - Analysis – from fine
scale to coarse scale – Analysis tree – Synthesis – from coarse scale to fine scale –
Synthesis tree - Input coefficients – Lattices and lifting.
Module 5 (12 hrs)

Wavelet based signal processing and applications: Wavelet packets – Wavelet
packet algorithms – Thresholding – Interference suppression – Signal and image
compression – Application to communication – OFDM multicarrier
communication, Wavelet packet based MCCS.

106
References
1. R E Crochiere, L E Rabiner, “Multirate Digital Signal Processing”, Prentice

Hall
2. P PVaidyanathan, “Multirate Systems and Filter Banks”, Pearson
3. N J Fliege, “Multirate Digital Signal Processing”, Wiley
4. S K Mitra, “Digital Signal Processing: A computer based approach”, Tata
Mc.Graw Hill
5. A V Oppenheim, R W Shaffer, “Discrete time Signal Processing”, Pearson
6. C S Burrus, R A Gopinath, H Guo, “Introduction to Wavelets and Wavelet
Transforms”, Aprimer, Prentice Hall
7. J C Goswami, A K Chan, “Fundamentals of Wavelets: Theory, Algorithms
and Applications”, Wiley.
8. G Strang and T Q Nguyen, “Filter banks and Wavelets”, Wellesly Cambridge
press.

107
EC010 706 L05 ANTENNA THEORY AND DESIGN
Teaching Schemes Credit : 4

Objectives
• To impart the concepts different types of antennas and antenna-arrays-
analysis & synthesis
• .To develop understanding about design and modeling of antenna using
computational methods.
Pre-requisites: EC010 603 Radiation & Propagation
Module 1: (10 hrs)
Antenna Fundamentals: Radiation mechanism – over view, Electromagnetic

Fundamentals, Solution of Maxwell’s Equations for Radiation Problems, Ideal
Dipole, Radiation Patterns, Directivity and Gain, Antenna Impedance, Radiation
Efficiency. Antenna Polarization.
Module 2: (10 hrs)

Antenna Arrays: Array factor for linear arrays, uniformly excited, equally spaced
Linear arrays, pattern multiplication, directivity of linear arrays, non uniformly
excited -equally spaced linear arrays, Mutual coupling, multidimensional arrays,
phased arrays, feeding techniques, perspective on arrays.
Module 3: (15 hrs)

Types of Antennas: Traveling - wave antennas, Helical antennas, Biconical
antennas, sleave antennas, and Principles of frequency independent Antennas,
spiral antennas, and Log - Periodic Antennas. Aperture Antennas- Techniques for
evaluating Gain, reflector antennas - Parabolic reflector antenna principles, Axi -
symmetric parabolic reflector antenna, offset parabolic reflectors, dual reflector
antennas, Gain calculations for reflector antennas, feed antennas for reflectors,
field representations, matching the feed to the reflector, general feed model, feed
antennas used in practice. Microstrip Antennas-Introduction, rectangular patch,
circular patch, bandwidth, coupling, circular polarization, arrays and feed network.
Module 4: (15 hrs)

Antenna Synthesis: Formulation of the synthesis problem, synthesis principles,
line sources shaped beam synthesis, linear array shaped beam synthesis — Fourier
Series, Woodward — Lawson sampling method, comparison of shaped beam
synthesis methods, low side lobe narrow main beam synthesis methods Dolph
Chebyshev linear array, Taylor line source method.
Module 5: (10 hrs)

Computational Electromagnetic for Antennas: Introduction to computational
electromagnetics, Introduction to method of moments-Pocklington’s integral
equation, source modeling, weighted residuals. Introduction to Finite Difference
Time Domain Method- Finite difference and Yee’s algorithm, cell size, numerical
stability and dispersion. Absorbing boundary conditions.

108
References:
1. Warren L Stutzman and Gary A Thiele, “Antenna Theory and Design”, 2nd
Edition, John Wiley and Sons Inc. 1998.
2. Constantine. A. Balanis: “Antenna Theory- Analysis and Design”, Wiley
India, 2nd Edition,2008
3. Kraus, “Antennas”, Tata McGraw Hill, NewDelhi, 3rd Edition, 2003
4. R.E.Collin, “Antennas and Microwave propagation”, Tata Mc-Graw
Hill,2004
5. R.C.Johnson and H.Jasik, “Antenna Engineering hand book”, Mc-Graw
Hill,1984
6. I.J.Bhal and P.Bhartia, “Micro-strip Antennas, Design Handbook”, Artech
house,1980

109
EC 010 706L06 SYSTEM SOFTWARE

Objectives:
• To introduce the students about the Operating systems and the processes
Module I (12 hrs)
System Software - Language processors: Introduction, Language processing activities,

fundamentals of Language processing, fundamentals of Language specifications.
Assemblers: Elements of assembly language programming, A simple assembly scheme, Pass
structure of assemblers. Macros and Macro pre processors: Macro definition and call, Macro
expansion, Nested macrocalls
Module II (12 hrs)
Compilers and Interpreters: Interpreters: Phases of compilation, scanning, parsing, Intermediate

codes, optimization. Memory allocation, Linkers and Loaders: Relocation and linking concepts.
Software tools: Software tools for program development, Language processor development tools.
Module III (12 hrs)

Operating systems - Evolution of OS systems. Operating systems structures
Process Management:
Processes: Process definition, Process control, Interacting Processes, Implementation of interacting
Processes, Threads. Scheduling: Scheduling policies, Job Scheduling, Process Scheduling.
Deadlocks: Definitions, Handling Deadlocks, Deadlock detection and resolution, Deadlock
avoidance. Process synchronization, Implementing control, synchronization , critical sections,
Semaphores.
Module IV (12 hrs)
Memory management& Information Management: Memory allocation preliminaries,

Contiguous Memory allocation, noncontiguous Memory allocation, Virtual memory using paging,
Virtual memory using segmentation. Over view of file processing, files and file operations,
fundamentals of file organizations and access methods, Directories, file protections, File
processing file system reliability. Implementation of file operations.
Module V(12 hrs)
Protection and security : Encryption of data, Protection and security mechanisms. Distributed
operating systems: Definition and examples, Design issues of Distributed operating systems ,
Networking issues ,Communication protocols, Resource allocation.
References
1. D M Dhamdhere, “System programming and Operating systems 2nd revised edition”, Tata
McGraw-Hill
nd
2. Milan Milenkovic, “Operating Systems”, 2 edition, Tata McGraw-Hill.
3. John J Donovan, “System Programming”, 2nd edition, Tata McGraw-Hill.
rd
4. Leland L Beck, “System Software: An Introduction to System Programming”, 3 edition,
Pearson Education.
110
EC010 707 ADVANCED COMMINCATION LAB

3 hour practical per week
List of Experiments
1. Delta Modulation & Demodulation.

2. Sigma delta modulation.
3. PCM (using Op-amp and DAC).
4. BASK (using analog switch) and demodulator.
5. BPSK (using analog switch).
6. BFSK (using analog switch).
7. Error checking and correcting codes.
8. 4 Channel digital multiplexing (using PRBS signal and digital multiplexer).
9. Microwave experiments ( Experiments based on subject EC010 703)
MATLAB or LABview Experiments:
1. Mean Square Error estimation of a signals.

2. Huffman coding and decoding.
3. Implementation of LMS algorithm.
4. Time delay estimation using correlation function.
5. Comparison of effect in a dispersive channel for BPSK, QPSK and MSK.
6. Study of eye diagram of PAM transmission system.
7. Generation of QAM signal and constellation graph.
8. DTMF encoder/decoder using simulink.
9. Phase shift method of SSB generation using Simulink.
10. Post Detection SNR estimation in Additive white Gaussian environment using Simulink.
Syllabus –B.Tech. Electronics &Communication Engg
111
EC010 708 SIGNAL PROCESSING LAB

List of Experiments
Experiments based on MATLAB
1. Generation of Waveforms (Continuous and Discrete)
2. Verification of Sampling Theorem.
3. Time and Frequency Response of LTI systems.
4. Implement Linear Convolution of two sequences.
5. Implement Circular convolution of two sequences.
6. To find the DFT and IDFT for the given input sequence.
7. To find the DCT and IDCT for the given input sequence.
8. To find FFT and IFFT for the given input sequence.
9. FIR and IIR filter design using Filter Design Toolbox.
10. FIR Filter Design (Window method).
11. IIR Filter Design (Butterworth and Chebychev).
Mini Project based on digital signal processing or control systems or communication

applications.
Syllabus- B. Tech. Electronics &Communication Engg
112
EC 010 709 Seminar
Teaching scheme credits: 2
The seminar power point presentation shall be fundamentals oriented and advanced topics in the
appropriate branch of engineering with references of minimum seven latest international journal
papers having high impact factor.
Each presentation is to be planned for duration of 25 minutes including a question answer session of five
to ten minutes.
The student’s internal marks for seminar will be out of 50. The marks will be awarded based on
the presentation of the seminar by the students before an evaluation committee consists of a
minimum of 4 faculty members. Apportioning of the marks towards various aspects of seminar (extent
of literature survey, presentation skill, communication skill, etc.) may be decided by the seminar
evaluation committee.
A bona fide report on seminar shall be submitted at the end of the semester. This report shall
include, in addition to the presentation materials, all relevant supplementary materials along with detailed
answers to all the questions asked/clarifications sought during presentation. All references must be given
toward the end of the report. The seminar report should also be submitted for the viva-voce
examination at the end of eighth semester.
For Seminar, the minimum for a pass shall be 50% of the total marks assigned to the
seminar.
113
EC 010 710 Project Work
Teaching scheme
credits: 1
1 hour practical
per week
Project work, in general, means design and development of a system with clearly specified
objectives. The project is intended to be a challenge to intellectual and innovative abilities and to
give students the opportunity to synthesize and apply the knowledge and analytical skills learned
in the different disciplines.
The project shall be a prototype; backed by analysis and simulation etc. No project can be deemed
to be complete without having an assessment of the extent to which the objectives are met. This is
to be done through proper test and evaluation, in the case of developmental work, or through
proper reviews in the case of experimental investigations.
• The project work has to be started in the seventh semester and to be continued on to
eighth semester.
• Project work is to be done by student groups. Maximum of four students only are
permitted in any one group.
• Projects are expected to be proposed by the students. They may also be proposed by
faculty member (Guide) or jointly by student and faculty member.
• Students are expected to finalise project themes/titles with the assistance of an identified
faculty member as project guide during the first week of the seventh semester.
The progress from concept to final implementation and testing, through problem definition
and the selection of alternative solutions is monitored. Students build self confidence, demonstrate
independence, and develop professionalism by successfully completing the project.
Each student shall maintain a project work book. At the beginning of the project, students are
required to submit a project plan in the project book. The plan should not exceed 600 words but
should cover the following matters.
• Relevance of the project proposed
• Literature survey
• Objective
• Statement of how the objectives are to be tackled
114
Eighth Semester

115
EC010 801 WIRELESS COMMUNICATION

Objective: To give the students an idea about the cellular communication theory
and technology.
Module 1 (12 hrs)

Cellular concept-frequency reuse, channel assignment, hand off, interference,
trunking and grade of service, cell splitting, sectoring, microcell concept.
Module 2 (12 hrs)

Introduction to radio wave propagation-free space propagation model, round
reflection (2-ray) model, impulse response model of a multipath channel,
parameters o mobile multipath channels, type of small scale fading, fading effect
due to multipath time delay spread and Doppler spread, diversity technique for
mobile wireless radio system.
Module 3 (12 hrs)

Multiple access technique for wireless communication-FDMA, TDMA, spread
spectrum multiple access-FHMA, CDMA, hybrid spread spectrum technique-space
division multiple access- packet radio.
Module 4 (12 hrs)

GSM-GSM network architecture, GSM channel type, frame structure for GSM,(
signal processing in GSM-speech coding, channel coding, interleaving, ciphering,
burst formatting, modulation, frequency hopping, demodulation) authentication and
security in GSM, GSM call procedures, GSM hand off procedures.
Module 5 (12 hrs)

CDMA digital cellular standards- Introduction, frequency and channel
specification, forward and reverse CDMA channel, CDMA call processing, soft
hand off, performance of a CDMA system, comparison of CDMA with GSM,
digital cellular standards- DECT, PDC, PHS
References:
1. Andrea Goldsmith, “Wireless Communications”, Cambridge University Press,

2005.
2. Simon Haykin & Michael Moher, “Modern Wireless Communications”, Person
Education, 2007.
3. T. S. Rappaport, “Wireless Communication, Principles & Practice”, Dorling
Kindersley (India) Pvt. Ltd., 2009.
4. G. L. Stuber, “Principles of Mobile Communications”, 2nd Edition, Springer
Verlag. 2007.
5. Kamilo Feher, 'Wireless Digital Communication', Dorling Kindersley (India)
Pvt. Ltd., 2006.
6. R. L. Peterson, R. E. Ziemer & David E. Borth, “Introduction to Spread
Spectrum Communication”, Prentice Hall, 1995.
7. A. J. Viterbi, “CDMA- Principles of Spread Spectrum”, Prentice Hall, 1995.

116
EC010 802 COMMUNICATION NETWORK

Teaching Schemes Credits:4
Objectives:
• .To impart a basic knowledge on networking techniques.
• .To provide a strong foundation to students about the internet protocols and
network security.
Module 1 (12 hrs)

Network services and layered architecture.Network topology, Switching: basics of
message switching, packet switching, circuit switching and cell switching. :Layering
architecture, the OSI reference model, Layers, protocols and services, overview of
TCP/IP architecture, TCP/IP protocol.
Module2 (12 hrs)

Multiple access communications, local area networks (LAN) structure, the medium
access control sub layer, the logical link control layer, random access, ALOHA,
slotted ALOHA, CSMA, CSMA/CD, scheduling approaches to medium access
control, reservation systems, polling, token passing rings, comparison of random
access and scheduling. Medium access controls, IEEE 802.3 standards for 10Mbps
and 1000 Mbps LANs, repeaters and hubs, LAN bridges, transparent bridges, source
routing bridges, mixes media bridges, LAN switches.
Module 3 (12 hrs)

Internetworking: Inter network, datagram forwarding in IP, ARP, DHCP, ICMP,
Virtual networks and Tunnels. Routing: Distance vector routing, Link state Routing.
Routing for Mobile hosts. Global internet: Subnetting, CIDR, BGP. IPV4 and IPV6.
Module4 (12 hrs)

Asynchronous Transfer Mode (ATM):Addressing, signaling and routing. ATM
header structure, ATM adaptation layer, management and control, Internetworking
with ATM. Control of ATM networks.
Module 5 (12 hrs)

Network security: Symmetric and asymmetric key cryptography. Security services,
Digital signature, IPsecurity(IPsec),SSL/TLS,PGP, Firewalls.
References:
1. Jean Walrand & Pravin Varaiya, “High Performance Communication

Networks” , Elsevier
2. Behrouz.a. Forouzan, “Data Communication and Networking”, Tata McGraw
Hill
3. Larry L. Peterson, Bruce S. Davie, “Computer networks”, 4th edition, Elsevier
4. Andrew S Tanenbaum, “Computer Networks”, Pearson Education
5. William Stallings,”Data and computer communication”, Pearson Education
Syllabus- B.Tech .Electronics &Communication Engg
117
EC010 803 LIGHT WAVE COMMUNICATION

Objectives
• To understand the behaviour of light wave
• To know principle of light wave communication and the characteristics of optical
devices.
Module 1 (12hrs)
Recollection of basic principles of optics: ray theory- critical angle- total internal
reflection - Optical wave guides - Propagation in fibre- expression for acceptance
angle-numerical aperture- V number – modes, mode coupling - SI fibre and GI fibre -
single mode fibers
Module 2 (12 hrs)

Transmission characteristics – Attenuation – absorption losses – scattering losses –
bend losss –Dispersion- chromatic dispersion – intermodal dispersion –Optical fiber
cables – cable design -- Optic fibre connections– fibre alignment and joint loss -
splicing techniques- optical fibre connectors – fiber couplers
Module 3 (12 hrs)

Optical sources- LEDs – LED structures – LED characteristics –semiconductor
injection LASER- LASER structures- LASER characteristics – Optical detectors -
principles of photo detection –quantum efficiency, responsivity - PIN diode – APD –
operating principles – source to fibre power launching – lens coupling to fiber.
Module 4 (12 hrs)

Optical amplifiers- Semiconductor optical amplifiers – Erbium doped fiber
amplifiers-comparison between semiconductor and fiber amplifiers - wavelength
conversion – Optical modulation – Mach Zender interferometer – MZ optical
modulator – operating requirements.
Module 5 (12 hrs)

Optical networks – wavelength routing networks – wavelength switching networks –
network protection and survivability - Optical fiber link design – long haul systems,
power budget, time budget, maximum link length calculation.
References
1. John M Senior, “Optical fiber Communications Principles and Practice:”,

Pearson Education
2. Djafer K Mynbaev, “Fibre optic communication technology:”, Pearson
Education.
3. Franz and Jain , “Optical Communications Components and Systems”,: Narosa
4. Harold Kolimbiris, “Fiber Optics Communications”, Pearson Education
5. John Gower , “Optical communication system”, Prentice Hall of India
6. Sharma, “Fibre optics in telecommunication”, Mc Graw Hill
7. Subir Kumar Sarkar, “Optical fibre and fibre optic communication”, S Chand & co. Ltd
8. M Mukund Rao , “Optical communication”, Universities press.
9. Palais, “Fiber Optic Communication”, Pearson Education.
10. Black, “Optical Networks - 3rd Generation Transport systems”, Pearson
Education.
118
EC010 804L01 NANO ELETCRONICS

Objectives
• To introduce students to the nano electronics and the systems.
• To understand the basic principles of carbon nano tubes.
Module I (12hrs)
Challenges going to sub-100 nm MOSFETs Oxide layer thickness, tunnelling,
power density, non-uniform dopant concentration, threshold voltage scaling,
lithography, hot electron effects, sub-threshold current, velocity saturation,
interconnect issues, fundamental limits for MOS operation.
Module II (12 hrs)

Novel MOS-based devices Multiple gate MOSFETs, Silicon-on-insulator, Silicon-
on-nothing, Fin FETs, vertical MOSFETs, strained Si devices.
Module III (12 hrs)

Quantum structures quantum wells, quantum wires and quantum dots, Single
electron devices charge quantization, energy quantization, Coulomb blockade,
Coulomb staircase, Bloch oscillations.
Module IV (12 hrs)

Hetero structure based devices Type I, II and III hetero junctions, Si-Ge hetero
structure, hetero structures of III-V and II-VI compounds - resonant tunnelling
devices.
Module V (12 hrs)

Carbon nanotubes based devices CNFET, characteristics; Spin-based devices spin
FET, characteristics.
Reference Books:
1. Mircea Dragoman and Daniela Dragoman, “ Nano electronics Principles &

devices”, Artech House Publishers, 2005.
2. Karl Goser, “Nanoelectronics and Nanosystems: From Transistors to
Molecular and Quantum Devices”, Springer 2005.
3. Mark Lundstrom and Jing Guo, “Nanoscale Transistors: Device Physics
Modelling and Simulation”, Springer, 2005.
4. Vladimir V Mitin, Viatcheslav A Kochelap and Michael A Stroscio,
“Quantum hetero structures”, Cambridge University Press, 1999.
5. S M Sze (Ed), “ High speed semiconductor devices”, Wiley, 1990.

119
EC010 804L02MICRO ELECTRO MECHANICAL SYSTEMS

2hours lecture and 2 hours tutorial per week
Objectives
• To introduce students to the MEMS systems, its hardware.
• To introduce devices and their working principles..
Module I (12hrs)
Overview of MEMS and Microsystems –Typical MEMS product – Evolution of
Microfabrication – Multidisciplinary nature of MEMS – Applications.
Module II (12 hrs)

Working Principle of Microsystems – Microsensors – Microactuation –
Microaccelerometers - Microfluidics
Module III (12 hrs)

Engineering Science for Microsystem Design - Atomic Structure of Matter – Ions –
Molecular Theory – Intermolecular Force – Doping of Semiconductors – Diffusion
Process – Electrochemistry – Quantum Physics – Materials for MEMS and
Microsystems – Substrate and Wafer – Silicon as Substrate Material – Silicon
compounds – Silicon Piezoresistors – Gallium Arsenide – Quartz – Piezoelectric
Crystals – Polymers.
Module IV (12 hrs)

Micro system Fabrication Process – Photolithography – Ion implantation –
Diffusion – Oxidation – Chemical Vapour Deposition – Physical Vapour
Depostion – Deposition of Epitaxy - Etching
Module V (12 hrs)

Overview of Micromanufacturing – Bulk Micromanufacturing – Surface
Micromachining – The LIGA Process.
Reference Books:
1. Tai-Ran Hsu , “MEMS & Microsystems Design and Manufacture”, Mc Graw

Hill.
2. Nitaigur Premchand Mahalik , “MEMS”, Tata Mc Graw Hill
3. James D. Plummer, Michael D.Deal, Peter B. Griffin, “Silicon VLSI
Technology’, Pearson Education.

120
EC010 804L03 SECURE COMMUNICATION

Objective: To impart the students about the theory and technology behind the
secure communication..
MODULE 1 (12 hrs)

Modular arithmetic : Groups, Ring, Fields. The Euclidean algorithm-Finite fields
of the form GF(p). Polynomial arithmetic: Finite fields of the form GF(2n).
MODULE 2 (12 hrs)

Introduction, security attacks-security services- Symmetric Ciphers-Symmetric
Cipher Model-Substitution Techniques-Caesar Cipher-Mono alphabetic Cipher-
Play fair cipher-Hill cipher-Poly alphabetic Cipher – one time pad.
MODULE 3 (12 hrs)

Transposition techniques- Block Ciphers.
Data encryption Standards- DES Encryption-DES decryption-Differential and
Linear Crypt analysis Advanced Encryption standard- The AES Cipher- substitute
bytes transformation-Shift row transformation-Mix Column transformation.
MODULE 4 (12 hrs)

Public key cryptosystem- Application for Public key cryptosystem- Requirements-
RSA algorithm. Key management-Distribution of public key, public key
certificates ,Distribution of secret keys.
MODULE 5 (12 hrs)

Intruders: Intrusion techniques, Intrusion detection, Statistical anomaly detection,
Rule based intrusion detection, Distributed intrusion detection, Honey pot,
Intrusion detection exchange format.
Password management: Password protection, password selection strategies.
Reference:
1. William Stallings, “Cryptography and Network Security” ,4th Edition,

Pearson Education ,2009
2. Ferouzen,’ Cryptography and network security”, Tat Mc GrawHill
3. Tyagi and Yadav ,” Cryptography and network security”, Dhanpatrai
4. Douglas A. Stinson, “Cryptography, Theory and Practice”, 2nd Edition,
Chapman & Hall, CRC Press Company, Washington, 2005.
5. Lawrence C. Washington, “Elliptic Curves: Theory and Cryptography”,
Chapman & Hall, CRC Press Company, Washington, 2008.
6. David S. Dummit & Richard M Foote, “Abstract Algebra”, 2nd Edition,
Wiley India Pvt. Ltd., 2008.

121
EC010 804L04 MANAGEMENT INFORMATION SYSTEMS
Teaching Schemes Credits :4

2hours lecture and 2 hours tutorial per week.
Objectives:
Describe the various types of information systems by breadth of support.
Identify the major information systems that support each organizational level.
Describe how information resources are managed, and discuss the roles of the
information systems
Module I (12hrs)
Information systems, dimensions of information systems, approaches to
information systems, information processing systems, characteristics, types,
impacts and applications, moral dimensions of information systems, information
rights, property rights
Module II (12 hrs)

Information Technology infrastructure, levels, infrastructure components,
competitive model for information technology infrastructure, types of information
system controls, risk assessment, security, auditing
Module II (12hrs)
Enterprise systems, architecture, process, supply chain management systems, push
verses pull based supply chain management, internet driven enterprise integration.
Module IV (12hrs)
Knowledge management systems, dimensions, organizational learning, knowledge
management value chain, types of knowledge management systems, enterprise
wide KMS, structured KMS, semi structured KMS, knowledge network,
knowledge work systems, intelligent techniques, expert systems, fuzzy logic,
neural networks, genetic algorithms
Module V (12hrs)
Decision support systems, decision making, systems and technologies in decision
making and business intelligence, decision making levels, types of decisions,
stages in decision making process, difference between MIS and DSS, types of
DSS, components of DSS, group decision making systems, Executive support
systems
Reference:
1. Kenneth C. Laudon and Jane Price Laudon, “Management Information

systems Managing the digital firm”, Pearson Education Asia.
2. James AN O’ Brein, “Management Information Systems”, Tata McGraw
Hill, New Delhi,
3. Gordon B.Davis, “Management Information system: Conceptual
Foundation, Structure and Development”, McGraw Hill,
4. Joyce J. Elam, “Case series for Management Information System Silmon
and Schuster”, Custom Publishing.

122
5. Steven Alter, “Information system – A Management Perspective” –

Addison – Wesley,
6. Ralph M.Stair and George W.Reynolds “Principles of Information Systems
– A Managerial Approach Learning”,

123
EC010 804 L05 : PATTERN RECOGNITION

Teaching Schemes Credits:4
Objectives:
• .To impart a basic knowledge on pattern recognition and to give a sound idea
on the topics of parameter estimation and supervised learning, linear discriminant
functions and syntactic approach to PR.
• .To provide a strong foundation to students to understand and design pattern
recognition systems.
Module I (12 hrs)

Introduction: introduction to statistical, syntactic and descriptive approaches, features
and feature extraction, learning and adaptation. Bayes Decision theory, introduction,
continuous case, 2-categoryclassification, minimum error rate classification,
classifiers. Discriminant functions and decision surfaces.
Module 2 (12 hrs)

Introuction- Maximum likelihood estimation - General principle,Gaussian case ; bias.
Bayesian estimation – class conditioned density, parameterdistribution, Bayesian
Parameter estimation – General Theory,Gibb’s Algorithm – Comparison of Bayes
Method with Maximum likelihood.
Module 3 (12 hrs)

Introduction,Density Estimation. Parzen Windows – Convergence of mean,
variance,Kn – Nearest Neighbourestimation,Nearest neighbor rule,Converge error
rate, error bound , partial distance.
Module 4 (12 hrs)

Linear discriminate functions and decision surfaces:-Introduction, training error,
Threshold weight, discriminate function – two category case, multicategory case.
Generalized discriminant function, Quadratic discriminant functions, Polynomial
discriminant, PHI functions. Augmented vector.Two category linearly separable case:
weight space, solution region, margin, learning rate ,algorithm(Gradient descent –
newton)Relaxation procedures.
Module 5 (12 hrs)

Syntactic approach to PR : Introduction to pattern grammars and languages ,higher
dimensional grammars, tree, graph, web, plex, and shape grammars, stochastic
grammars , attribute grammars, Parsing techniques, grammatical inference.
Reference Books
1. R.O Duda, Hart P.E, “Pattern Classification And Scene Analysis”, John Wiley
2. Gonzalez R.C. & Thomson M.G., “Syntactic Pattern Recognition - An Introduction”,
Addison
Wesley.
3. J. T. Tou and R. C. Gonzalez, “Pattern Recognition Principles”, Wiley, 1974
4. Fu K.S., “Syntactic Pattern Recognition And Applications”, Prentice Hall,
5. Rajjan Shinghal, “Pattern Recognition: Techniques and Applications”, Oxford
University Press, 2008.
Syllabus- B.Tech. Electronics & Communication Engg 124

EC010 804L06: RF CIRCUITS

2 hours theory and 1 hour tutorial per week.
Objectives
• .To give the basic ideas about the characteristics of components in Radio frequency
• .To understand the working of various active devices and circuits in Radio frequency
Module 1: (10 hrs)
Introduction, Components and systems : Wire – Resistors – Capacitors – Inductors –

Toroids – Toroidal Inductor Design – Practical Winding Hints. Resonant Circuits: Some
Definitions – Resonance (Lossless Components) – Loaded Q – Insertion Loss – Impedance
Transformation – Coupling of Resonant Circuits.
Module 2: (15 hrs)
Filter Design: Background – Modern Filter Design – Normalization and the Low-Pass
Prototype – Filter Types – Frequency and Impedance Scaling – High-Pass Filter Design – The
Dual Network – Bandpass Filter Design –Bandpass Filter Design Procedure – Band-Rejection
Filter Design – The Effects of Finite Q.
Module 3: (12 hrs)
Impedance Matching: Background – The L Network – Dealing With Complex Loads –
Three-Element Matching – Low-Q or Wideband Matching Networks – The Smith Chart –
Impedance Matching on the Smith Chart.
Module 4: (15 hrs)
Small-Signal and Large signal RF Amplifier Design: RF Transistor Materials – The
Transistor Equivalent Circuit – Y Parameters – S Parameters. Transistor Biasing – Design
Using Y Parameters – Design Using S Parameters. RF Power Transistor Characteristics –
Transistor Biasing – RF Semiconductor Devices – Power Amplifier Design – Matching to
Coaxial Feed lines.
Module 5: (8 hrs)
RF Front-End Design and RF Design Tools: Higher Levels of Integration, Basic Receiver
Architectures, ADC’S Effect on Front-End Design, Software Defined Radios. Design Tool
Basics – RFIC Design Flow – RFIC Design Flow, Modelling – PCB Design – Packaging.
References:
1. Christopher Bowick, John Blyler and Cheryl Aljuni , “ RF Circuit Design”, 2nd Edition,
Elsevier ,2008.
2. Reinhold Ludwig & Powel Bretchko, “RF Circuit Design – Theory and Applications”,
1st Ed., Pearson Education Ltd., 2004.
3. Davis W. Alan, “Radio Frequency Circuit Design”, Wiley India, 2009.
4. Joseph J. Carr, “RF Components and Circuits”, Newnes, 2002.
5. Mathew M. Radmanesh, “Advanced RF & Microwave Circuit Design-The Ultimate
Guide to System Design”, Pearson Education Asia, 2009.
6. David M. Pozzar , “ Microwave Engineering”, 3r Ed., Wiley India, 2007.
7. Ulrich L. Rohde & David P. NewKirk, “RF / Microwave Circuit Design”, John Wiley
& Sons, 2000.
Syllabus-B.Tech. Electronics &Communication
125
EC010 805 G01 TEST ENGINEERING

2 hrs lecture and 2 hrs tutorial per week

Objectives
1. To provide an insight into multi-disciplinary approach to test engineering including
test economics and management.
2. To understand practical, concise descriptions of the methods and technologies in
modern mechanical, electronics and software testing.
3. To provide an insight into the developing interface between modern design analysis
methods and testing practice.
4. To understand why products and systems fail, which testing methods are appropriate
to each stage of the product life cycle and how testing can reduce failures.
5. To provide an overview of international testing regulations and standards.
Module 1 (12 hrs)
Introduction: need for test, analysis and simulation, good and bad testing, test economics,
managing the test programme
Stress, Strength and Failure of Materials: mechanical stress and fracture, temperature effects,
wear corrosion, humidity and condensation, materials and component selection
Electrical and Electronics Stress, Strength and Failure: stress effects, component types and
failure mechanisms, circuit and system aspects
Module 2 (12 hrs)
Variation and Reliability: variation in engineering, load-strength interference, time-dependent
variation, multiple variations and statistical experiments, discrete variations, confidence and
significance, reliability
Design Analysis: Quality Function Deployment, design analysis methods, analysis methods
for reliability and safety, design analysis for processes, software for design analysis,
limitations of design analysis, using analysis results for test planning
Module 3 (12 hrs)
Development Testing Principles: functional testing, testing for reliability and durability,
testing for variation, process testing, ‘Beta’ testing
Materials and Systems Testing: materials, assemblies and systems, system aspects, data
collection and analysis, standard test methods, test centres
Testing Electronics: circuit test principles, test equipment, test data acquisition, design for
test, electronic component test, EMI / EMC testing
Module 4 (12 hrs)
Software: software in engineering systems, software errors, preventing errors, analysis of
software system design, data reliability, managing software testing
Manufacturing Test: manufacturing test principles, manufacturing test economics, inspection
and measurement, test methods, stress screening, electronics manufacturing test options and
economics, testing electronic components, statistical process control and acceptance sampling
126
Testing in Service: in-service test economics, test schedules, mechanical and systems,
electronic and electrical, sotaftware, reliability centred maintenance, stress screening of
repaired items, calibration
Module 5 (12 hrs)

Data Collection and Analysis: FRACAS, acceptance sampling, probability and hazard
plotting, time series analysis, software for data collection and analysis, reliability
demonstration and growth measurement, sources of data
Laws, Regulations and Standards: safety and product liability, main regulatory agencies in
USA, Europe and Asia, International standards, BIS, ISO standards, industry / technology
standards
Management: organization and responsibilities, procedures for test, development test
programme, project test plan, training and education for test, future of test.
References:
1. Patrick D. T. O’connor, “A Concise Guide to Cost-effective Design, Development and
Manufacture”, John Wiley & Sons, 2001
2. Patrick D. T. O’connor, “Practical Reliability Engineering”, Wiley India, 2008
3. Naikan V. N. A., “Reliabilty Engineering and Life Testing”, PHI Learning, 2008
4. Kapur K. C., Lamberson L. R., “Reliability in Engineering Design”, Wiley India, 2009
5. Srinath L. S., “Reliability Engineering”, East West Press, 2005
127
EC010 805G02 E-LEARNING

Teaching scheme Credits : 4
2 hrs lecture and 2 hrs tutorial per week
Objectives
1. To understand the basic concepts of e-learning.
2. To understand the technology mediated communication in e-learning.
3. To learn the services that manage e-learning environment.
4. To know the teaching and learning processes in e-learning environment.
Module 1 (12 hrs) – Introduction

Evolution of Education – Generations of Distance Educational Technology – Role of
e-learning – Components of e-learning: CBT, WBT, Virtual Classroom – Barriers to
e-learning
Roles and Responsibilities: Subject Matter Expert – Instructional Designer – Graphic
Designer – Multimedia Author – Programmer – System Administrator – Web Master
Module 2 (12 hrs) – Technologies

Satellite Broadcasting – Interactive Television – Call Centres – Whiteboard Environment
Teleconferencing: Audio Conferencing – Video Conferencing – Computer Conferencing
Internet: e-mail, Instant Messaging, Chat, Discussion Forums, Bulletin Boards, Voice Mail,
File Sharing, Streaming Audio and Video
Module 3 (12 hrs)– Management

Content: e-content, Dynamic Content, Trends – Technology: Authoring, Delivery,
Collaboration – Services: Expert Service, Information Search Service, Knowledge Creation
Service – Learning Objects and E-learning Standards
Process of e-learning: Knowledge acquisition and creation, Sharing of knowledge, Utilization
of knowledge – Knowledge Management in e-learning
Module 4 (12hrs) – Teaching-Learning Process

Interactions: Teacher-Student – Student-Student – Student-Content – Teacher-Content –
Teacher-Teacher – Content-Content
Role of Teachers in e-learning – Blended Learning – Cooperative Learning – Collaborative
Learning – Multi Channel learning – Virtual University – Virtual Library
Module 5 (12 hrs) – Development Issues

Assessment in e-learning – Quality in e-learning – Tools for Development – Costs for
Developing and Using E-learning Environments – Challenges and Careers – Future of
e-learning
References:
1. Michael W. Allen, “Michael Allen’s Guide to E-learning”, John Wiley & Sons, 2003.
2. Michael W. Allen, “Successful E-learning Interface: Making Learning Technology Polite,
Effective and Fun”, Pfeffer & Company, 2011.
3. Michael W. Allen, “Michael Allen’s 2012: E-learning Annual”, Pfeffer & Company,
2011.
128
4. Gourishankar Patnaik, “E-learning”, Vdm Verlag, 2010.

5. Gaurav Chadha & Nafay Kumail S. M., “E-Learning: An Expression of the Knowledge
Economy”, Tata McGraw-Hill Publication, 2002.
6. Singh P. P. & Sandhir Sharma, “E-Learning: New Trends and Innovations”, Deep &
Deep Publications, 2005.
129
EC010 805 G03 MECHATRONICS

Objective: Mechatronics is a synergistic combination of Mechanical, Electrical

and Computer Engineering and Information Technology, which includes control
systems as well as numerical methods to design products. This subject shall lay the
foundations of this multidisciplinary field of engineering.
Module 1 (12 hrs)
Introduction to Mechatronics: Mechatronics key elements, Mechatronics design
process, approaches in Mechatronics Modeling and Simulation of Physical System
Simulation and Block Diagrams, Analogies and Impedance Diagrams, Electrical
Systems, Mechanical Translation systems, Mechanical rotational system,
Electromechanical coupling, Fluid systems
Module 2 (12 hrs)
Sensors and Transducers: Introduction to Sensors and transducers, Sensors for
motion and position Measurement, force, torque, and Tactile sensors, flow sensors,
Temperature – sensing devices, Ultrasonic sensors, range sensors, active vibration
control Using agnetostrictive transducers, Fiber optic devices in mechatronics.
Module 3 (12 hrs)
Actuating Devices- Direct current motor, permanent magnet stepper motor, fluid
power actuation, Fluid power design elements, Piezoelectric Actuators. Hardware
components for Mechatronics. Transducer signal conditioning and devices for data
conversion, programmable Controllers.
Module 4 (12 hrs)
Signals, systems and controls: Introduction to signals, systems, and controls,
system representation, Linearization of Nonlinear systems, time delays, measures
of system Performance, root locus and bode plots. Real- Time Interfacing.
Introduction, Elements of a Data Acquisition and Control system, overview of the
I/O process, Installation of the I/O card and software, installation of the
Application software, examples of interfacing
Module 5 (12 hrs)
Closed Loop controllers Continuous and discrete processes, control modes, two
step mode, proportional mode, derivative control, integral control, PID controller,
digital controllers, control system performance, controller tuning, velocity control
and Adaptive control Advanced applications in mechatronics -Sensors for
condition monitoring, Mechatronic control in automated Manufacturing, artificial
intelligence in mechatronics, Fuzzy logic applications in Mechatronics, Micro
sensors in mechatronics.
References:
1. Devdas Shetty and Richard.A.Kolk, “Mechatronics system design”,
Thomson Asia Pte. Ltd. Second reprint, 2001
2. W.Bolton, “Mechatronics”, Pearson Education Asia, Third Indian Reprint
2001.
3. David G Alciatore and Michael.B.Histand, “Introduction to Mechatronics
and Measurement systems”, Tata McGraw Hill, Second Edition, 2003.

130
EC010 805 G04 BIO INFORMATICS

Objective: To cater the needs of students who want a comprehensive study of the
principle and techniques of bioinformatics..
Module 1 (12 hrs)
Nature and scope of life science, Various branches of life sciences, Organization of
life at various levels, Overview of molecular biology, The cell as basic unit of life-
Prokaryotic cell and Eukaryotic cell - Central Dogma: DNA-RNA-Protein,
Introduction to DNA and Protein sequencing, Human Genome Project, SNP,
Bioinformatics databases, - Nucleotide sequence databases, Primary nucleotide
sequence databases-EMBL, GeneBank, DDBJ; Secondary nucleotide sequence
databases Protein sequence databases- SwissProt. Protein Data Bank
Module 2 (12 hrs)
Basic concepts of sequence similarity, identity and homology, definitions of

homologues, orthologues, paralogues. Scoring matrices- PAM and BLOSUM
matrices, Pairwise sequence alignments: Needleman & Wuncsh, Smith &
Waterman algorithms for pairwise alignments. BLAST and FASTA. Multiple
sequence alignments (MSA)- CLUSTALW.
Module 3 (12 hrs)
Phylogeny: Basic concepts of phylogeny; molecular evolution; Definition and

description of phylogenetic trees. Phylogenetic analysis algorithms - Maximum
Parsimony, UPGMA and Neighbour-Joining. Evaluation of phylogenetic trees-
reliability and significance; Boot strapping; Jackknifing
Module 4 (12 hrs)
Computational approaches for bio-sequence analysis - Mapping bio-sequences to

digital signals – various approaches – indicator sequences – distance signals – use
of clustering to reduce symbols in amino acid sequences - analysis of bio-sequence
signals – case study of spectral analysis for exon location.
Module 5 (12 hrs)
Systems Biology: System Concept- Properties of Biological systems, Self

organization, emergence, chaos in dynamical systems, linear stability, bifurcation
analysis, limit cycles, attractors, stochastic and deterministic processes,
continuous and discrete systems, modularity and abstraction, feedback, control
analysis, Mathematical modeling; Biological Networks- Signaling pathway, GRN,
PPIN, Flux Balance Analysis, Systems biology v/s synthetic biology

131
References.
1. Claverie & Notredame, “Bioinformatics - A Beginners Guide”, Wiley-

Dreamtech India Pvt.
2. Uri Alon, “An Introduction to Systems Biology Design Principles of
Biological Circuits”, Chapman & Hall/CRC.
3. Marketa Zvelebil and Jeremy O. Baum, “Understanding Bioinformatics”,
Garland Science.
4. Bryan Bergeron, “Bioinformatics Computing, Pearson Education”, Inc.,
Publication.
5. D. Mount, “Bioinformatics: Sequence & Genome Analysis”, Cold spring
Harbor press.
6. Charles Semple, Richard A. Caplan and Mike Steel, “Phylogenetics”, Oxford
University Press.
7. C. A. Orengo, D.T. Jones and J. M. Thornton, “Bioinformatics- Genes,
Proteins and Computers”, Taylor & Francis Publishers.
8. Achuthsankar S. Nair et al. “Applying DSP to Genome Sequence Analysis:
The State of the Art, CSI Communications”, vol. 30, no. 10, pp. 26-29, Jan.
2007.
9. Resources at web sites of NCBI, EBI, SANGER, PDB etc

132
EC 010 805 G05: Intellectual Property Rights
Teaching scheme Credits:4
2 hour lecture and 2 hour tutorial
Objectives
1. To appreciate the concept of Intellectual Property and recognize different

kinds of Intellectual Property
2. To appreciate the rationale behind IP and underlying premises
3. To know the position of IP under the constitution of India
Module 1(12 Hours)
Concept of intellectual property – different types of IP-Rationale behind Intellectual

property-Balancing the rights of the owner of the IP and the society – Enforcement of IPRs –
IP and constitution of India.
Module 2 (12 Hours)
World intellectual Property Organization (WIPO) – WTO/TRIPS Agreement – India and the
TRIPS Agreement – Patent law in India –Interpretation and implementations – Transitional
period.
Module 3 (12 Hours)
Patent system – Patentable Invention – Procedure for obtaining patent – Rights of a patentee
– Limitations on Particular’s Rights – Revocation of patent for Non – working Transfer of
patent – Infringement of patent.
Module 4 (12 Hours)
Indian Designs Law – Meaning of Design Registration and Prohibitions – Copyright in

Designs – Piraiy of Design and Penalities – Steps for foling an Application – Copyright law
in India –Owner of the copyright – Rights of Broad Casters and Performers – Registration of
Copyright – Assignment, Licensing and Transmission – Infringement – International
Copyright and Copyright Societies
133
Module 5 (12 Hours)
Trade Mark Law in India – Functions of a Trade Mark – Registration of Trade Mark
Exploiting Trade Mark – Infringement –Offenses and Penalties – Indian Trade Mark Act
1999; salient features. Geographical Indications – Registration of Geographical Indication –
Term and Implication of Registration – Reciprocity and Prohibition on Registration.
Text books
1. Jayasree Watal -Intellectual Property Rights: In the WTO and Developing

Countries -Oxford University Press
2. V.Sarkar-Intellectual Property Rights and Copyright- ESS publications
References
1. R..Anita Rao and Bhanoji Rao - Intellectual Property Rights –Eastern Book
Company
2. Arthur R Miller and Michael H Davis – Intellectual Property in a Nutshell: marks

patents, Trade and Copy Right
3. Richard Stim - Intellectual Property marks patents, Trade and Copy Right – Cangage
Learning
4. Christopher May and Susan K Sell - Intellectual Property Rights –A critical History -
Viva Books
134
EC010 805G06 PROFESSIONAL ETHICS

Objectives:
• To create awareness on professional ethics for engineers
• To instil human values and integrity
• To respect the rights of others and develop a global perspective
Module 1 (12 hrs)

Understanding Professional Ethics and Human Values Current scenario –
contradictions – dilemmas – need for value education and self esteem – Human
values – morals – values – integrity – civic virtues - work ethics – respect for
others – living peacefully – caring – honesty – courage – valuing time – co
operation – commitment – empathy – self confidence - character
Module 2 (12 hrs)

Ethics for Engineers Ethics – its importance – code of ethics – person and virtues –
habits and morals – 4 main virtues – ethical theories – Kohlberg’s theory –
Gilligan’s theory – towards a comprehensive approach to moral behaviour – truth –
approach to knowledge in technology
Module 3 (12 hrs)

Environmental Ethics and sustainability problems of environmental ethics in
engineering - engineering as people serving profession – engineer’s responsibility
to environment – principles of sustainability - industrial, economic, environmental,
agricultural and urban sustainability - Sustainable development.
Module 4 (12 hrs)

Social Experimentation, Responsibility and Rights Engineers as responsible
experiments – safety and risk – confidentiality – knowledge gained confidentiality
– experimental nature of engineering – Intellectual Property Rights – professional
rights – employee rights – occupational crime
Module 5 (12 hrs)

Global Issues Globalisation – unethical behaviour – computer ethics – weapons
development – engineers as expert witness and advisors – moral leadership
Reference
1. Mike W Martin, Roland Schinzinger, “ Ethics in Engineering”, Tata McGraw

-Hill, 2003
2. Govindarajan M, Natarajan S, Senthil Kumar V S, “Engineering Ethics” PHI
India, 2004
3. P Aarne Vesblind, Alastair S Gunn, “ Engineering Ethics and the
Enviornment”
4. Edmund G Seebauer, Robert L Barry, “ Fundamentals of Ethics for scientists
and engineers” Oxford University Press 2001
5. R RGaur, R Sangal, G P Bagaria, “ A foundation course in value education
and professional ethics”
135
EC010 806 VLSI & EMBEDDED SYSTEM LAB
VLSI LAB
1. Verilog implementations of
a) Multiplexer
b) Demultiplexer
c) Full adder & Full subtractor
d) Decoder
Using data flow style of modelling.
2. Using Structural modelling implement
a) 4:1 multiplexer using 2:1 multiplexer.
b) Four bit full adder using one bit full adder.
c) 4 bit counters.
3. Using behavioural modelling implement
a) D Flip Flop
b) J K Flip Flop
4. Using switch level modelling implement
a) One bit Full adder
b) Multiplexer – 2 channel
c) CMOS AND gate
d) CMOS OR gate
5. Verilog implementation of Moore and Mealy FSM.
EMBEDDED LAB (PIC)
1. Four bit binary counter using LEDs.

2. Interfacing 7 segment LED and a character LCD.
3. Timers and counters.
4. Analog to digital convertor.
5. DC motor control using.
6. Understanding interrupts.
7. Asynchronous Serial Communication.
*Program the PIC microcontroller and realize the circuits in breadboard (Avoid use of
readymade kits).
Syllabus –B.Tech . Electronics &Communication Engg
136
EC010 807 Project Work
The progress in the project work is to be presented by the middle of eighth semester before the
evaluation committee. By this time, the students will be in a position to publish a paper in
international/ national journals/conferences. The EC can accept, accept with modification, and request
a resubmission.
The progress of project work is found unsatisfactory by the EC during the middle of the eighth semester
presentation, such students has to present again to the EC at the end of the semester and if it is also found
unsatisfactory an extension of the project work can be given to the students.
Project report: To be prepared in proper format decided by the concerned department. The report shall
record all aspects of the work, highlighting all the problems faced and the approach/method employed to
solve such problems. Members of a project group shall prepare and submit separate reports. Report of
each member shall give details of the work carried out by him/her, and only summarise other members’
work.
The student’s sessional marks for project will be out of 100, in which 60 marks will be based on
day to day performance assessed by the guide. Balance 40 marks will be awarded based on the
presentation of the project by the students before an evaluation committee.
For Project, the minimum for a pass shall be 50% of the total marks assigned to the Project
work.
137
EC010 808 Viva -Voce
A comprehensive oral Viva-voce examination will be conducted to assess the student's

intellectual achievement, depth of understanding in the specified field of engineering and papers
published / accepted for publication etc. At the time of viva-voce, certified bound reports of
seminar and project work are to be presented for evaluation. The certified bound report(s) of
educational tour/industrial training/ industrial visit shall also be brought during the final Viva-
Voce.
An internal and external examiner is appointed by the University for the Conduct of viva voce
University examination.
For Viva-voce, the minimum for a pass shall be 50% of the total marks assigned to the
Viva-voce.
Note: If a candidate has passed all examinations of B.Tech. course (at the time of publication of
results of eighth semester) except Viva-Voce in the eighth semester, a re-examination for the
Viva-Voce should be conducted within one month after the publication of results. Each candidate
should apply for this ‘Save a Semester examination’ within one week after the publication of
eighth semester results.
138
APPENDIX 2
National/
Sl No Name Title Year Details
International
Conference on Computing
Jose J Edathala,Rosmy
1 International Satellite Image Compression based on IWT and SPIH 2012 Paradigms and Bioinformatics,
Mathew
CPBI 2012
C-Band Chirp Spread Spectrum (CSS) Signal International Journal of Advanced
Therese Yamuna Mahesh/
2 International Generation 2012 Electrical and Electronics
Teena Ranjan
Using DDS-PLL Technique Engineering, (IJAEEE)
International Conference on
Jose J Edathala,Neethu
3 International Image Authentication and Self Recovery 2012 Signal Processing,
Bhaskaran
Bangalore.2012
IRNET,International Conference
in Recent Trends in
A High Bandwidth Rectangular Microstrip Antenna
4 Midhun Joy International 2012 Electrical,Electronics &
For Aircraft Applications
Information Technology-
Trivandrum,NOV 11,2012
5 Jose J Edathala,Mittu Raju International A Simple Interrogator for FBG Sensors 2012 Signal Processing,
Bangalore.2012
Darsana P/Geevarghese
6 National Internet Voting Using Cryptography 2012 CPBI 2012,M G University
Titus
IRNet-A unit of interscience
Rosamma Sebastian,Reeba
7 International Steganography: A comparision For its quality 2012 institute of management and
Sebastian
Technology
A Mask Based Segmentation Algorithm For International Conference on
Binoshi Samuvel. Dr. Mini
8 International Automatic Measurement Of Cobb angle From 2012 Advances in Computing and
M G, DR. Vinu Thomas
Scoliosis X-ray Image Communications (ACC-2012)
1
2013 IEEE International
Conference on Microelectronics,
Shebi Ahammed S , Binu C Design and implementation of Wi-Fi based imaging
9 International 2013 Communication and Renewable
Pillai, Rajesh R system on concerto platform
Energy (AICERA- 2013 ICMiCR)
2013 International Conference on

Indu Reena
10 International An enhanced method for forensic detection of image m 2013 Computer Communication and
Varughese,Roshiny Roy
Informatics (ICCCI -2013)
IConDM 2013 : International
Conference On Design and
Manufacturing
Binu C. Pillai, S. Shebi Design of Wi-Fi Based Mobile Electrocardiogram
11 International 2013 Procedia Engineering 64
Ahammed Monitoring System on Concerto Platform
( 2013 ) 65 – 73 ISSN:
1877-7058
National Conference on
Binoshi Samuvel/ Jaison CONTEMPORARY iSSUES IN
12 National Segmentation of vertebrae from scoliotic xray image 2013
CS sOCIAL sCIENCE rESEARCH
(CISSSR'13)
Some Investigations on ‘PIR’ Sensor and Their 2013 IEEE Conference on
Jose J Edathala,Abubeker
13 International Application On Significant Energy Savings In ATM 2013 Information and Communication
K.M,Shinto Sebastian
Counter Technologies (ICT 2013)
Binu Mathew, Pooppy
BER Comparison of DCT and FFT Based OFDM Microelectronics, Communication
George, Rashmi V Nathan,
14 International Systems in AWGN and Rayleigh Fading Channels 2013 and Renewable Energy (AICERA-
Siyana Shukkor, Neethu
With Different Modulation Schemes 2013 ICMiCR)
Lakshmi A
2013 IEEE 978-1-4673-5758-6/13
Implementation of ZigBee Based Train Anti International Journal of Latest
15 Careena P International Collision and Level Crossing Protection System for 2013 Trends in Engineering and
Indian Railwaysvv Technology
2
GeeVargheseTitus, Meenu IEEE International Conference on
Mathew, Semi blind neural network based channel estimation Microelectronics,
16 International 2013
Anish Francis, technique for OFDM receivers Communications and Renewable
Vijayakumar K Energy
Ria Maria
George,Dr.Suresh Nair, Integrated Spiral-shaped Monopole Antenna for
17 International 2013 Microelectronics, Communication
Ahamed P.Ameen, Dinesh 2.4/5.2 GHz Dual-band Operation
and Renewable Energy
Kumar
First ineternationall conference on
RSA Implementation in Vedic multiplier to increase
18 Rosamma Sebastian International 2013 emerging trends in engineering &
speed
TechnologyIC (ET)-2013
2013 IEEE international
Muth Sebastian,Anish
Pre-processed back propagation neural networks for Conference on emerging trends in
19 Francis,Jibu Thomas,Biju International 2013
CDMA Interference cancellation computing,communication and
Geevarghese
nano technology ICECCN 2013
Charaterization of microwave devices and designing
20 Shinto Sebastian/ Sumi SunnInternational 2013 Electrical , Electronics and
of C-band front end system
Computer Science ICEEC 2013
IEEE International Conference on
Geevarghese Titus, Jisha
21 International Data Hiding Using Motion Histogram 2013 Computer Communication and
Jose
Informatics
Geevarghese Titus, Anusha Automatic EEG Artifact Removal by Independent
22 International 2013 Control, Communication and
Zacharia, Jinu jai Component Analysis Using Critical EEG Rhythms
Computing
Microelectronics, Communication
23 Merene Joseph International End To End Simulation of Sigma Delta ADC 2013 and Renewable Energy (ICMiCR-
2013) Print ISBN:
978-1-4673-5150-8
Shinto Sebastian, Sreedevi Content Based Image Retrieval Based on Database
S. Revision
3
Microelectronics, Communication
25 Shinto Sebastian/ Sreedevi SInternational Fast Image Retrieval with Feature Levels 2013
and Renewable Energy (ICMiCR-
2013)
A Comparative Study on Spectral Efficiency of International Journal of
Careena P/ Reshma
26 International Downlink Cellular Networks with Different 2014 Engineering Research and
Thankam Mathew
Diversity Orders Technology
27 Darsana P/Dency Jose International Filter Design for MIMO Gaussian Wiretap Channel 2014 AICERA 2014
International Journal of
28 Darsana P/Dency Jose International Multi Layer Security for MIMO wiretap System 2014 Engineering,Research and
Technology
Darsana P/ Aswani Performance Analysis of SOCP and Linear
29 International 2014 Engineering,Research and
Mathew Programming Algorithms for Sparse Filter Design
Technology
Sunish Kumar, O.S.;
The analysis of M/M/r queuing model for fiber delay
30 Jaison, C.S.; Indu Reena International 2014 AICERA 2014
lines to resolve BLP in OBS networks.
Varughese
IEEE international conference
Maximum likelihood decoding of convolutional ICT-2013 IEEE Explore, Page
Abubeker K.M, sabna
31 International encoder using Viterbi algorithm with improved error 2014 No: 404- 407, 978-
backer
correction capability 1-4673-5758-6/13/$31.00 © 2013
IEEE.
IEEE international conference
Abubeker K.M, sabna Serial and parallel implementation of CORDIC AICERA- 2013 a IEEE Explore,
backer architecture: A comparative approach 978-1-4673-5149- 2/13/$31.00
©2013 IEEE.
4
International Journal Of
Engineering And Computer
Parvathy S, Abubeker K Highly Secure Invertible Data Embedding Scheme
33 International 2014 Science ISSN:2319-7242 Volume
M, Using Histogram Shifting Method.
3 Issue 8 August, 2014 Page No.
7932-7937.
Ilahia college of Engineering and
34 Rosamma Sebastian National Automatic License Plate Recognition System 2014
Technology
Emerging Research Areas:
Binoshi Samuvel, Jobin T Video Frame Rate Up-Conversion Based On
35 International 2014 Magnetics, Machines and Drives
Philip Modified Block Matching Technique
(AICERA/iCMMD)
INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL
OF SCIENTIFIC ENGINEERING
Maximum Likelihood Algorithms using Iterative
AND TECHNOLOGY
36 Jaison CS, Merry Dominic International Maximisation Methods for Joint Estimation in 2014
RESEARCH, ((ISSN 2319-8885))
MIMO OFDM Systems
Organized by SEMAII GROUPS,
September·2014
Sunish Kumar, O.S; Jaison,
Signal Processing and Integrated
C.S. ; Raju, S. ; Sebastian, A study of four wave mixing effects in RF-Over-
37 International 2014 Networks (SPIN), 2014 (Print
R. ; Mathew, A.M. ; John, Fiber system
ISBN:
A.R. ; Senthil Kumar G
978-1-4799-2865-1)
International Journal of Advance
Research in Computer Science
and Management Studies Volume
Asha R Nair, Binu C Multi Feature Face Identification Using Hash Table
38 International 2014 2, Issue 9, September 2014 pg.
Pillai, Elza George & Binary Tree Classifier
261-272
ISSN: 2321-7782
www.ijarcsms.com
5
Binu C Pillai, Gilt George,
NTECC'14, MET,S School of
39 Harikrishnan M U, James J National Implementation and VLSI Layout of an OTA 2014
Engg, MALA
Nilappana, Aby Scariah
Binu C Pillai, Vishalraj
High Speed ADC Design and Layout Using 180nm NTECC'14, MET,S School of
40 Ravirajan, Robin Tom, National 2014
CMOS Technology Engg, MALA
Rahul Mohan
Binu Mathewa,Anju
Mariam
International Conference
Abraham,Alakananda
on Signal and Speech
Nairb,Divya Automatic Speaker Recognition in a Text Dependent
41 International 2014 Processing - ICSSP’14,
A Nb, Juby P Closed System
TKM Kolam
Jacobb,Architha. Ab,
Chrisline
Ann Zachariahb
Binu Mathew, Ann Mary Channel Estimation With TAS in MIMO OFDM Engineering Research &
Soney Systems Technology (IJERT) ISSN: 2278-
0181
Mobility Based Comparison of Routing Protocols in
43 Binu Mathew, Arathy O International 2014 Magnetics, Machines & Drives
Mobile Ad-hoc Networks
(AICERA-2014 iCMMD)
Binu Mathew, Tinu
44 International High Precision Satellite Ranging Techniques 2014 Magnetics, Machines & Drives
Thomas
(AICERA-2014 iCMMD)
Innovative Research in Science,
Binu Mathew, Tinu PN Code Ranging System for accurate and long
45 International 2014 Engineering and Technology
Thomas distance range measurement
ISSN (Online) : 2319 - 8753 ISSN
(Print) : 2347 - 6710
6
Research in
46 K. G. Satheesh Kumar,BincyInternational Fountain Code Based Encoding Scheme for Erasure C 2014 Computer Science and
Management Studies
National Conference on Recent

Binu Mathew, Mathew
Analysis of BER in MIMO OFDM Technique for Trend in Electronics and
George, Anjana John, Anju
47 National Achieving High 2014 Communication Systems
K George, Aleena Jose,
Throughput in Wireless Networks. (NCRTECS-14) Carmel
Ann Mary John
Engineering College,Kerala
Binu Mathewa,
Alakananda Nairb, Divya
Speech and Speaker recognition in a text based NTECC'14, MET,S School of
48 A Nb, Juby P Jacobb, National 2014
closed system Engg, MALA
Architha. Ab, Chrisline
Ann Zachariahb
Engineering Research and
49 International Detecting Clinical Features of Diabetic Retinopathy u 2014 Technology(IJERT)ISSN: 2278-
Nimmy
0181
ISO 3297:2007
Engineering Research and
50 International Human Identification Based on the Histogram of Orie 2014 Technology(IJERT)ISSN: 2278-
Sreelekshmi
0181
ISO 3297:2007
International Journal of Scientific
Engineering & Technology
Anu Abraham Mathew,
51 National Rooftop Extraction in Aerial Imagery using Corners b 2014 Research
Sherin N John
ISSN: 2319-8885
7
Research in
K. G. Satheesh Kumar,
52 International Automatic Segmentation and Extraction of
Lung 2014
Dini John
Computer Science and
Management Studies
K.G.Satheesh Kumar,Rintu
Maria Thomas,Almariya IEEE International Conference on
53 International Generation of Colon Tissue Graph for Identifying Def 2014
Joseph,Greeshma Magnetics, Machines and Drives
Joseph,Ann Mary Soney
ISSN (Online): 2321 - 7782
ISSN (Print): 2347 - 1778
Therese Yamuna Mahesh, International Journal of Advanced
54 International Human Identification Based on
the Pattern of Blood V 2014

Sreelekshmi S Research in Computer Science
and Management
Studies(IJARCSMS)
ISSN (Online): 2321 - 7782
ISSN (Print): 2347 - 1778
Therese Yamuna Mahesh, Detection and Classification of Exudates in Diabetic International Journal of Advanced
Nimmy Retinopathy Research in Computer Science
and Management
Studies(IJARCSMS)
Springer International Conference
Geevarghese Titus, Jinu on Artificial Intelligence and
56 International EEG Based Automatic Detection of Drowsy State 2014
jai, Purushothaman S Evolutionary Algorithms in
Engineering Systems
Geevarghese Titus,
Photoplethysmogram signal Analysis and wavelet IEEE International Conference on
57 Greeshma Joseph, Almaria International 2014
De-noising Magnetics, Machines and Drives
Joseph
8
Geevarghese Titus, Face Detection and Facial Feature Extraction
58 Devadathan S, International Based on a Fusion of Knowledge Based Method and 2014
Magnetics, Machines and Drives
Purushothaman S Morphological Image Processing
Removal of Blink Artifacts from EEG: Engineering Research &
Geevarghese Titus,
59 International Performance Comparison of Wavelet Transform 2014 Technology (IJERT)
Almaria Joseph
and Empirical Mode Decomposition IJERTIJERT
ISSN: 2278-0181
Research in
Image and Video Deblurring Algorithm Using
60 Ajai Mathew, Rosy John International 2014
Normalized Sparsity Measure
Computer Science and
Management Studies
Shinto Sebastian, Shafeeq
61 International Performance Comparison of Different Multiple Input 2014 Magnetics, Machines & Drives
M.
(AICERA-2014 iCMMD)
Jose J Edathala,Remya R National Conference on New
Prasad, Renjin Thomas, Health Monitoring using Wireless Transmission of Trends in Electronics, Computing
62 National 2014
Reshma Ann Philip, Silja ECG Signal and Communication, NTECC
Rose Mary 2014
International Journal of Scientific
Indu Reena
63 International Effect of Similarity Measures on Repetitive Audio So 2014 Engineering and Technology
Varughese,Mita Suresh
Research (IJSETR)
Indu Reena
Varughese,Aneetta Jose, Implemenatation of Error Trapping Technique in
64 International 2015 Electrical , Electronics and
Hena Prince, Jismy Tom, cyclic Codes Using LabVIEW
Computer Science IFERP 2015
Malavika S
9
Sandeep Babu, National conference on Emerging
Suryakeerthi V, Sidhu M trends in Electronics and
65 National Wearable Device for Blind 2015
Raju, Praveen Mathew and telecommunication, Younus
Ria Maria George College of Engineering ,Kollam
K.G.Satheesh Comparison of Demodulation Methods, Estimation
66 Kumar,Rekha K,V. and BER computation of QAM/OFDM System 2013
Satheesh Prabhu Under Fading Channel
Merene Joseph,Meera rose International Conference on
Benny , Shalet V Joy, Emerging Trends in
67 International OFDM Modelling and Analysis 2015
Sharika Harikrishnan , Engineering and
Sherin Sebastian Technology(ICET-15)
4th national Conference on
emerging trends in Electronics
68 Jomy Susan Ipe National Reversible data hiding technique 2015
Engineering &
Technology(NCETET)
Measurement of Program Outcomes Attainment for
69 Therese Yamuna Mahesh International 2015 Engineering and Management
Engineering Graduates by using Excel
Research (IJEMR)
Tessy Annie Varghese, Jilu National Conference on emerging
Validation of heart rate extraction using video
70 James, Dhanu Marry, National 2015 trends in Electronics Engineering
imaging on a built-in camera syatem of a PC
Doreen Devasia, Lois Roy & Technology
Innovation in Engineering and
Measurement of Program Outcomes Attainment for Technology (IJIET)
71 Therese Yamuna Mahesh International 2015
Engineering Graduates by using Neural Networks ISSN:2319-1058
Volume 5 Issue 2 April 2015
IJIET
10
Engineering and Research
Beker’s algorithm: an efficient and improved
Abubeker K.M,Jose J Development Volume 1, Issue 11,
72 International architecture of DAA instruction for decimal 2015
Edathala,Shinto Sebastian November -2014, Scientific
conversion in 8085 μp
Journal of Impact Factor (SJIF):
3.134 , page No. 266-268.
Jose J Edathala, Megha
Varghese,Navya Athira
73 International Drivers Assistance System using LabVIEW 2015 Electrical , Electronics and
Ram, Mereena Thomas,
Vrinda Krishna
Careena.P,
Rosy Roy, Ruby K Joseph
74 International Intelligent Fire Sensing and Extinguishing Robot 2015 Electrical , Electronics and
Rosmy Alex, Rosna
Cherian
ISSN (Online): 2321 - 7782
ISSN (Print): 2347 - 1778
Therese Yamuna Mahesh/ International Journal of Advanced
75 International A study on male voice mutation 2015
Rinku Research in Computer Science
and Management
Studies(IJARCSMS)
11

Self Assessment Report (SAR) : For Accreditation of UG ENGINEERING (Electronics & Communication) Programme (TIER-II)

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Self Assessment Report (SAR) : For Accreditation of UG ENGINEERING (Electronics & Communication) Programme (TIER-II)

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

SELF ASSESSMENT REPORT

NATIONAL BOARD OF ACCREDITATION

AMAL JYOTHI COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING

Title Page No.

Self-Assessment Report (SAR)

I.2. Name, designation, telephone number, and e­mail address of

I.3. History of the institution (including the date of introduction and

Intake of B. Tech. CSE increased (60)

I.4. Ownership status: Govt. (central/state) / trust / society

Managed by the Catholic Diocese of Kanjirapally, Kottayam, Kerala

I.5. Mission and Vision of the Institution:

I.6. Organizational Structure:

ORGANISATION STRUCTURE OF AJCE

Figure 1: Organization Structure of AJCE: Management

Figure2: Organization Structure of AJCE: Department

I.8. Nature of the trust/society:

Diocesan Educational Trust, Kanjirapally having its office at Pastoral Centre,

I.9. External sources of funds:

Name of the external source CFY CFYm1 CFYm2 CFYm3

I.10 Internally acquired funds:

Name of the internal source CFY CFYm1 CFYm2 CFYm3

I.11 Were scholarships or any other financial assistance provided

CFYm3 CFYm2 CFYm1 CFY

TFW GOVT. 81 54.51 98 67.26 113 84.75 123 92.25

TFW MGMT 2 0.75 4 2.00 7 4.625

AJECS AJECS 39 6.15 43 11.30 14 4.26 11 0.38

CSS GOVT. 8 2.90

I.12 Basis/criterion for admission to the institution:

I.13 Total number of engineering students:

CAY CAYm1 CAYm2 CAYm3

Total no. of boys: 1612 1516 1350 1187

Total number of other students, if any

MCA Students CAY CAYm1 CAYm2 CAYm3

2014-15 2013-2014 2012-13 2011-12

I.14 Total number of employees

Items Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Max

M 104 117 116 96 103 100 95 104

CAY CAYm1 CAYm2 CAYm3

II. Departmental Information

II.1.Name and address of the department:

II.2. Name, designation, telephone number, and e­mail address of the

II.3. History of the department including date of introduction and number

Started with 45 seats in 2001

PG in Communication Started with 18 seats in 2009

II.4. Mission and Vision of the department

To take an anchoring position as one of the prime departments of the College in

To prepare students of the Department of Electronics and Communication

II.5. List of the programmes/ departments which share human

Subjects taken for S3 CSE two batches Hours/

II.6. Total number of students:

CAY CAYm1 CAYm2 CAYm3

Min. Max. Min. Max. Min. Max. Min. Max.

Teaching staff in the

Actual expenses in CFY

Laboratory 5.44 1.80

Software NIL NIL 14.00 16.21 1.00 NIL 5.00 4.72

Total 15.17 17.66 19.43 13.68 6.59 17.07 11.17

III. Programme Specific information

III.1. Name of the Programme

III.2. Title of the Degree

Bachelor of Technology in Electronics & Communication Engineering

III.3. Name, designation, telephone number, and e­mail address of the

III.5. Deficiencies, weaknesses/concerns from previous accreditations:

I.2. Name, designation, telephone number, and email address of

II.2. Name, designation, telephone number, and email address of the

III.3. Name, designation, telephone number, and email address of the